Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

EP4274894A2 - Variants d'éditeur primaire, constructions et procédés pour améliorer l'efficacité et la précision d'une édition primaire - Google Patents

Variants d'éditeur primaire, constructions et procédés pour améliorer l'efficacité et la précision d'une édition primaire

Info

Publication number
EP4274894A2
EP4274894A2 EP22702103.7A EP22702103A EP4274894A2 EP 4274894 A2 EP4274894 A2 EP 4274894A2 EP 22702103 A EP22702103 A EP 22702103A EP 4274894 A2 EP4274894 A2 EP 4274894A2
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
fold
seq
dna
amino acid
basepair
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
EP22702103.7A
Other languages
German (de)
English (en)
Inventor
David R. Liu
Peter J. CHEN
Brittany ADAMSON
Jeffrey HUSSMANN
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Harvard College
University of California
Princeton University
Broad Institute Inc
Original Assignee
Harvard College
University of California
Princeton University
Broad Institute Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Harvard College, University of California, Princeton University, Broad Institute Inc filed Critical Harvard College
Publication of EP4274894A2 publication Critical patent/EP4274894A2/fr
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
    • C12N15/111—General methods applicable to biologically active non-coding nucleic acids
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/10—Processes for the isolation, preparation or purification of DNA or RNA
    • C12N15/102—Mutagenizing nucleic acids
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N9/00—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
    • C12N9/10—Transferases (2.)
    • C12N9/12—Transferases (2.) transferring phosphorus containing groups, e.g. kinases (2.7)
    • C12N9/1241—Nucleotidyltransferases (2.7.7)
    • C12N9/1276—RNA-directed DNA polymerase (2.7.7.49), i.e. reverse transcriptase or telomerase
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N9/00—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
    • C12N9/14—Hydrolases (3)
    • C12N9/16—Hydrolases (3) acting on ester bonds (3.1)
    • C12N9/22—Ribonucleases RNAses, DNAses
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Y—ENZYMES
    • C12Y207/00—Transferases transferring phosphorus-containing groups (2.7)
    • C12Y207/07—Nucleotidyltransferases (2.7.7)
    • C12Y207/07049—RNA-directed DNA polymerase (2.7.7.49), i.e. telomerase or reverse-transcriptase
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Y—ENZYMES
    • C12Y301/00—Hydrolases acting on ester bonds (3.1)
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/10—Type of nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/20—Type of nucleic acid involving clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats [CRISPRs]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/35—Nature of the modification
    • C12N2310/351—Conjugate
    • C12N2310/3519—Fusion with another nucleic acid

Definitions

  • PCT/US2020/023553 filed March 19, 2020; International PCT Application No. PCT/US2020/023583, filed March 19, 2020; International PCT Application No. PCT/US2020/023730, filed March 19, 2020; International PCT Application No. PCT/US2020/023713, filed March 19, 2020; International PCT Application No. PCT/US2020/023712, filed March 19, 2020; International PCT Application No. PCT/US2020/023727, filed March 19, 2020; International PCT Application No. PCT/US2020/023724, filed March 19, 2020; International PCT Application No. PCT/US2020/023725, filed March 19, 2020; International PCT Application No. PCT/US2020/023728, filed March 19, 2020; International PCT Application No.
  • Prime editing uses an engineered Cas9 nickase–reverse transcriptase fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) paired with an engineered prime editing guide RNA (pegRNA) that not only directs Cas9 to a target genomic site, but also which encodes the information for installing the desired edit.
  • an engineered Cas9 nickase–reverse transcriptase fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • pegRNA engineered prime editing guide RNA
  • prime editing proceeds through a presumed multi-step editing process: 1) the Cas9 domain binds and nicks the target genomic DNA site, which is specified by the pegRNA’s spacer sequence; 2) the reverse transcriptase domain uses the nicked genomic DNA as a primer to initiate the synthesis of an edited DNA strand using an engineered extension on the pegRNA as a template for reverse transcription–this generates a single-stranded 3 ⁇ flap containing the edited DNA sequence; 3) cellular DNA repair resolves the 3 ⁇ flap intermediate by the displacement of a 5 ⁇ flap species that occurs via invasion by the edited 3 ⁇ flap, excision of the 5 ⁇ flap containing the original DNA sequence, and ligation of the new 3 ⁇ flap to incorporate the edited DNA strand, forming a heteroduplex of one edited and one unedited strand; and 4) cellular DNA repair replaces the unedited strand within the heteroduplex using the edited strand as a template for repair, completing the editing process.
  • Prime editing Since 2019, prime editing has been applied to introduce genetic changes in a wide variety of cells and/or organisms. Given its rapid adoption, prime editing represents a powerful tool for genomic editing. Despite its versatility and wide-scale use, prime editing efficiency can vary widely across different edit classes, target loci, and cell types (Anzalone et al., 2019). Thus, modifications to prime editing systems which result in increasing the specificity and/or efficiency of the prime editing process would significantly help advance the art. In particular, modifications that facilitate more efficient incorporation of the edited DNA strand synthesized by the prime editor into the target genomic site are desirable. It is also desirable to reduce the frequency of indel byproducts that can form as a result of prime editing. Such further modifications to prime editing would advance the art.
  • the present disclosure relates to the observation that the efficiency and/or specificity of prime editing is impacted by a cell’s own DNA mismatch repair (MMR) DNA repair pathway.
  • MMR is a multi-factor pathway that is involved in correcting basepair mismatches and insertion/deletion mispairs generated during DNA replication and recombination.
  • the inventors developed a novel genetic screening method—referred to in one embodiment as “pooled CRISPRi screen for prime editing outcomes”—which led to the identification of various genetic determinates, including MMR, as affecting the efficiency and/or specificity of prime editing.
  • the present disclosure provides novel prime editing systems comprising a means for inhibiting and/or evade the effects of MMR, thereby increasing the efficiency and/or specificity of prime editing.
  • the disclosure provides a prime editing system that comprises an MMR- inhibiting protein, such as, but not limited to, a dominant negative variant of an MMR protein, such as a dominant negative MLH1 protein (i.e., “MLH1dn”).
  • the prime editing system comprises the installation of one or more silent mutations nearby an intended edit, thereby allowing the intended edit from evading MMR recognition, even in the absence of an MMR-inhibiting protein, such as an MLH1dn.
  • the disclosure provides a novel genetic screen for identifying genetic determinants, such as MMR, that impact the efficiency and/or specificity of prime editing.
  • the disclosure provides nucleic acid constructs encoding the improved prime editing systems described herein.
  • the disclosure in other aspects also provides vectors (e.g., AAV or lentivirus vectors) comprising nucleic acids encoding the improved prime editing system described herein.
  • the disclosure provides cells comprising the improved prime editing systems described herein.
  • compositions and kits e.g., pharmaceutical compositions, comprising the improved prime editing system described herein and which are capable of being administered to a cell, tissue, or organism by any suitable means, such as by gene therapy, mRNA delivery, virus-like particle delivery, or ribonucleoprotein (RNP) delivery.
  • RNP ribonucleoprotein
  • the present disclosure provides methods of using the improved prime editing system to install one or more edits in a target nucleic acid molecule, e.g., a genomic locus.
  • the present disclosure provides methods of treating a disease or disorder using the improved prime editing system to correct or otherwise repair one or more genetic changes (e.g., a single nucleotide polymorphism) in a target nucleic acid molecule, e.g., a genomic locus comprising one or more disease-causing mutations.
  • MMR DNA mismatch repair
  • the editing efficiency of prime editing may be significantly increased (e.g., at least a 2-fold increase, at least a 3-fold increase, at least a 4-fold increase, at least a 5-fold increase, at least a 6-fold increase, at least a 7-fold increase, at least an 8-fold increase, at least a 9-fold increase, at least a 10-fold increase, or more) when one or more functions of the DNA mismatch repair (MMR) system are inhibited, blocked, or otherwise inactivated during prime editing (such as using the MLH1dn inhibitor of MMR).
  • MMR DNA mismatch repair
  • the inventors have surprisingly found that the frequency of indel formation resulting from prime editing may be significantly decreased (e.g., about a 2-fold decrease, about a 3-fold decrease, about a 4-fold decrease, about a 5-fold decrease, about a 6-fold decrease, about a 7-fold decrease, about a 8-fold decrease, about a 9-fold decrease, or about a 10-fold decrease or lower) when one or more functions of the DNA mismatch repair (MMR) system are inhibited, blocked, or otherwise inactivated during prime editing.
  • MMR DNA mismatch repair
  • the present disclosure also describes in other embodiments an improved and modified approach to prime editing that comprises evading the DNA mismatch repair (MMR) system during prime editing.
  • the editing efficiency of prime editing may be significantly increased (e.g., at least 1.5-fold, at least 2.0-fold, at least 2.5-fold, at least 3.0-fold, at least 3.5-fold, at least 4.0-fold, at least 4.5-fold, at least 5.0-fold, at least 5.5- fold, at least 6.0-fold, at least 6.5-fold, at least 7.0-fold, at least 7.5-fold, at least 8.0-fold, at least 8.5-fold, at least 9.0-fold, at least 9.5-fold, at least 10.0-fold, at least 11-fold, at least 12-fold, at least 13-fold, at least 14-fold, at least 15-fold, at least 16-fold, at least 17-fold, at least 18- fold, at least 19-fold, at least 20-fold, at least 21-fold, at least 22-fold, at least 23-fold, at least 24-fold, at least 25-fold, at least 26-fold, at least 27-fold, at least 28-fold, at least 29-fold, at least 1.5-fold,
  • the frequency of indel formation resulting from prime editing may be significantly decreased (e.g., at least 1.5-fold, at least 2.0-fold, at least 2.5-fold, at least 3.0-fold, at least 3.5-fold, at least 4.0-fold, at least 4.5-fold, at least 5.0-fold, at least 5.5-fold, at least 6.0-fold, at least 6.5-fold, at least 7.0-fold, at least 7.5-fold, at least 8.0- fold, at least 8.5-fold, at least 9.0-fold, at least 9.5-fold, at least 10.0-fold, at least 11-fold, at least 12-fold, at least 13-fold, at least 14-fold, at least 15-fold, at least 16-fold, at least 17-fold, at least 18-fold, at least 19-fold, at least 20-fold, at least 21-fold, at least 22-fold, at least 23- fold, at least 24-fold, at least 25-fold, at least 26-fold, at least 27-fold, at least
  • the disclosure describes an improved prime editing system referred to herein as “PE4,” which includes PE2 plus an MLH1 dominant negative protein (e.g., wild-type MLH1 with amino acids 754-756 truncated as described further herein).
  • the MLH1dn is expressed in trans in a cell comprising the PE2 fusion protein.
  • the MLH1dn and the PE2 may be provided together or separate, e.g., by delivery on separate plasmids, separate vectors (e.g., AAV or lentivirus vectors), separate vector-like particles, separate ribonucleoprotein complexes (RNPs), or by delivery on the same plasmids, same vectors (e.g., AAV or lentivirus vectors), same vector-like particles, same ribonucleoprotein complexes (RNPs).
  • the MLH1dn may be fused to PE2 or otherwise associated with, coupled, or joined to PE2 such that they are co-delivered.
  • the disclosure describes an improved prime editing system referred to as “PE5,” which includes PE3 (which is PE2 plus a second-strand nicking guide RNA) plus an MLH1 dominant negative protein (e.g., wild-type MLH1 with amino acids 754- 756 truncated as described further herein).
  • PE5 which includes PE3 (which is PE2 plus a second-strand nicking guide RNA) plus an MLH1 dominant negative protein (e.g., wild-type MLH1 with amino acids 754- 756 truncated as described further herein).
  • the MLH1dn is expressed in trans in a cell comprising the PE3 prime editor.
  • the MLH1dn and the PE3 may be provide together or separate, e.g., by delivery on separate plasmids, separate vectors (e.g., AAV or lentivirus vectors), separate vector-like particles, separate ribonucleoprotein complexes (RNPs), or by delivery on the same plasmid, same vector (e.g., AAV or lentivirus vectors), same vector- like particles, same ribonucleoprotein complexes (RNPs).
  • the MLH1dn may be fused to PE3 or otherwise associated with, coupled, or joined to PE3 such that they are co-delivered.
  • PEmax is a modified form of PE2 which comprises modified reverse transcriptase codon usage, SpCas9 mutations, NLS sequences, and is described in FIG.54B.
  • PEmax refers to a PE complex comprising a fusion protein comprising Cas9 (R221K N394K H840A) and a variant MMLV RT pentamutant (D200N T306K W313F T330P L603W) having the following structure: [bipartite NLS]- [Cas9(R221K)(N394K)(H840A)]-[linker]-[MMLV_RT(D200N)(T330P)(L603W)]-[bipartite NLS]-[NLS] + a desired PEgRNA, wherein the PE fusion has the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 99, which is shown as follows:
  • the PE4 may be modified to substitute the PE2 fusion protein with PEmax.
  • the modified prime editing system may be referred to as “PE4max.”
  • the PE5 may be modified to substitute the PE3 prime editor with PEmax.
  • the modified prime editing system may be referred to as “PE5max” and includes a second stranding nicking guide RNA.
  • the inventors developed prime editing which enables the insertion, deletion, and/or replacement of genomic DNA sequences without requiring error-prone double-strand DNA breaks.
  • the present disclosure now provides an improved method of prime editing involving the blocking, inhibiting, evading, or inactivation of the MMR pathway (e.g., by inhibiting, blocking, or inactivating an MMR pathway protein, including MLH1) during prime editing, whereby doing so surprisingly results in increased editing efficiency and reduced indel formation.
  • “during” prime editing can embrace any suitable sequence of events, such that the prime editing step can be applied before, at the same time, or after the step of blocking, inhibiting, evading, or inactivating the MMR pathway (e.g., by targeting the inhibition of MLH1).
  • prime editing uses an engineered Cas9 nickase–reverse transcriptase fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) paired with an engineered prime editing guide RNA (pegRNA) that both directs Cas9 to the target genomic site and encodes the information for installing the desired edit.
  • an engineered Cas9 nickase–reverse transcriptase fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • an engineered prime editing guide RNA pegRNA
  • Prime editing proceeds through a multi-step editing process: 1) the Cas9 domain binds and nicks the target genomic DNA site, which is specified by the pegRNA’s spacer sequence; 2) the reverse transcriptase domain uses the nicked genomic DNA as a primer to initiate the synthesis of an edited DNA strand using an engineered extension on the pegRNA as a template for reverse transcription–this generates a single-stranded 3 ⁇ flap containing the edited DNA sequence; 3) cellular DNA repair resolves the 3 ⁇ flap intermediate by the displacement of a 5’ flap species that occurs via invasion by the edited 3 ⁇ flap, excision of the 5 ⁇ flap containing the original DNA sequence, and ligation of the new 3 ⁇ flap to incorporate the edited DNA strand, forming a heteroduplex of one edited and one unedited strand; and 4) cellular DNA repair replaces the unedited strand within the heteroduplex using the edited strand as a template for repair, completing the editing process.
  • Efficient incorporation of the desired edit requires that the newly synthesized 3 ⁇ flap contains a portion of sequence that is homologous to the genomic DNA site. This homology enables the edited 3 ⁇ flap to compete with the endogenous DNA strand (the corresponding 5’ flap) for incorporation into the DNA duplex. Because the edited 3’ flap will contain less sequence homology than the endogenous 5 ⁇ flap, the competition is expected to favor the 5 ⁇ flap strand. Thus, a potential limiting factor in the efficiency of prime editing may be the failure of the 3 ⁇ flap, which contains the edit, to effectively invade and displace the 5 ⁇ flap strand. Moreover, successful 3 ⁇ flap invasion and removal of the 5 ⁇ flap only incorporates the edit on one strand of the double-stranded DNA genome.
  • Permanent installation of the edit requires cellular DNA repair to replace the unedited complementary DNA strand using the edited strand as a template. While the cell can be made to favor replacement of the unedited strand over the edited strand (step 4 above) by the introduction of a nick in the unedited strand adjacent to the edit using a secondary sgRNA (i.e., the PE3 system), this process still relies on a second stage of DNA repair.
  • This disclosure describes a modified approach to prime editing that comprises additionally inhibiting, blocking, or otherwise inactivating the DNA mismatch repair (MMR) system.
  • MMR DNA mismatch repair
  • the DNA mismatch repair (MMR) system can be inhibited, blocked, or otherwise inactivating one or more proteins of the MMR system, including, but not limited to MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , and PCNA.
  • the disclosure contemplates any suitable means by which to inhibit, block, or otherwise inactivate the DNA mismatch repair (MMR) system, including, but not limited to inactivating one or more critical proteins of the MMR system at the genetic level, e.g., by introducing one or more mutations in the genes encoding a protein of the MMR system, e.g., MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , and PCNA.
  • MMR DNA mismatch repair
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, evading, or otherwise inactivating the DNA mismatch repair (MMR) system.
  • MMR DNA mismatch repair
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, evading, or otherwise inactivating a protein of the MMR system, e.g., MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , and PCNA.
  • MLH1, PMS2 or MutL alpha
  • PMS1 or MutL beta
  • MLH3 or MutL gamma
  • MutS alpha MSH2-MSH6
  • MutS beta MSH2-MSH3
  • MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , and PCNA e.g., MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, evading, or otherwise inactivating MLH1 or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, evading, or otherwise inactivating PMS2 (or MutL alpha) or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, evading, or otherwise inactivating PMS1 (or MutL beta) or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, evading, or otherwise inactivating MLH3 (or MutL gamma) or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, evading, or otherwise inactivating MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6) or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, evading, or otherwise inactivating MSH2 or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, evading, or otherwise inactivating MSH6 or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, evading, or otherwise inactivating PCNA or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, evading, or otherwise inactivating RFC or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, evading, or otherwise inactivating EXO1 or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, evading, or otherwise inactivating POL ⁇ or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, evading, or otherwise inactivating the DNA mismatch repair (MMR) system.
  • MMR DNA mismatch repair
  • the disclosure provides a method for evading MMR by installing one or more silent mutations nearby an intended edit, resulting in the evading of MMR and thereby improving editing efficiency of prime editing.
  • the number of silent mutations installed can be one, or two, or three, or four, or five, or six, or seven, or eight, or nine, or ten, or eleven, or twelve, or thirteen, or fourteen, or fifteen, or sixteen, or seventeen, or eighteen, or nineteen, or twenty or more.
  • the one more silent mutations may be located upstream or downstream (or a combination if multiple silent mutations are involved) of the intended edit site, on the same or opposite strand of DNA as the intended edit site (or a combination if multiple silent mutations are involved).
  • the silent mutations may be located upstream or downstream of the intended edit by 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 2526, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, or more nucleotide positions away from the intended edit.
  • the method of evading by silent mutation installation results in a significant increase in editing efficiency of prime editing (e.g., at least 1.5-fold, at least 2.0-fold, at least 2.5-fold, at least 3.0-fold, at least 3.5-fold, at least 4.0-fold, at least 4.5-fold, at least 5.0-fold, at least 5.5-fold, at least 6.0-fold, at least 6.5-fold, at least 7.0-fold, at least 7.5-fold, at least 8.0-fold, at least 8.5-fold, at least 9.0- fold, at least 9.5-fold, at least 10.0-fold, at least 11-fold, at least 12-fold, at least 13-fold, at least 14-fold, at least 15-fold, at least 16-fold, at least 17-fold, at least 18-fold, at least 19-fold, at least 20-fold, at least 21-fold, at least 22-fold, at least 23-fold, at least 24-fold, at least 25- fold, at least 26-fold, at least 27-fold, at
  • the method of evading MMR by silent mutation installation results in a significant decrease in the frequency of indel formation of prime editing (e.g., at least 1.5-fold, at least 2.0-fold, at least 2.5- fold, at least 3.0-fold, at least 3.5-fold, at least 4.0-fold, at least 4.5-fold, at least 5.0-fold, at least 5.5-fold, at least 6.0-fold, at least 6.5-fold, at least 7.0-fold, at least 7.5-fold, at least 8.0-fold, at least 8.5-fold, at least 9.0-fold, at least 9.5-fold, at least 10.0-fold, at least 11-fold, at least 12- fold, at least 13-fold, at least 14-fold, at least 15-fold, at least 16-fold, at least 17-fold, at least 18-fold, at least 19-fold, at least 20-fold, at least 21-fold, at least 22-fold, at least 23-fold, at least 24-fold, at least 25-fold, at least 26-fold,
  • prime editing
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of the MMR system, e.g., an inhibitor of one or more of MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , or PCNA.
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody.
  • the inhibitor can be a variant of an MMR protein (e.g., a variant encoded by a dominant negative mutant of the gene encoding the MMR protein that adversely affects the function or expression of the normal wild type MMR protein, also referred to herein as a “dominant negative mutant,” “dominant negative variant,” or a “dominant negative protein,” e.g., a “dominant negative MMR protein”).
  • the inhibitor is a dominant negative variant of an MMR protein that inhibits the activity of a wild type MMR protein.
  • the inhibitor can be an MLH1 protein variant (e.g., a dominant negative mutant) of one or more of MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , or PCNA, e.g., a dominant negative mutant of MLH1.
  • MLH1 protein variant e.g., a dominant negative mutant of one or more of MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , or PCNA, e.g., a dominant negative mutant of MLH1.
  • the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription, e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , or PCNA.
  • siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , or PCNA.
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell an mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating MLH1 or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of MLH1.
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an anti- MLH1 antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody that inactivates MLH1.
  • the inhibitor can be a dominant negative mutant of MLH1.
  • the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription of MLH1, e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding MLH1.
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell an mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating PMS2 (or MutL alpha) or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of PMS2 (or MutL alpha).
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an anti-PMS2 (or MutL alpha) antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody that inactivates PMS2 (or MutL alpha).
  • the inhibitor can be a dominant negative mutant of PMS2 (or MutL alpha).
  • the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription of PMS2 (or MutL alpha), e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding ML PMS2 (or MutL alpha).
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell a mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating PMS1 (or MutL beta) or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of PMS1 (or MutL beta).
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an anti-PMS1 (or MutL beta) antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody that inactivates PMS1 (or MutL beta).
  • the inhibitor can be a dominant negative mutant of PMS1 (or MutL beta). In still other embodiments, the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription of PMS1 (or MutL beta), e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding PMS1 (or MutL beta).
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell a mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating MLH3 (or MutL gamma) or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of MLH3 (or MutL gamma).
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an anti-MLH3 (or MutL gamma) antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody that inactivates MLH3 (or MutL gamma).
  • the inhibitor can be a dominant negative mutant of MLH3 (or MutL gamma).
  • the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription of P MLH3 (or MutL gamma), e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding MLH3 (or MutL gamma).
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell a mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6) or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6).
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an anti-MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6) antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody that inactivates MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6).
  • the inhibitor can be a dominant negative mutant of MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6).
  • the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription of MutS alpha (MSH2- MSH6), e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6).
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell a mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating MSH2 or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of MSH2.
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an anti- MSH2 antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody that inactivates MSH2.
  • the inhibitor can be a dominant negative mutant of MSH2.
  • the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription of MSH2, e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding MSH2.
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell a mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e.g
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating MSH6 or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of MSH6.
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an anti-MSH6 antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody that inactivates MSH6.
  • the inhibitor can be a dominant negative mutant of MSH6.
  • the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription of MSH6, e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding MSH6.
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell a mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating PCNA or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of PCNA.
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an anti- PCNA antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody that inactivates PCNA.
  • the inhibitor can be a dominant negative mutant of PCNA.
  • the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription of PCNA, e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding PCNA.
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell a mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e.g
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating RFC or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of RFC.
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an anti-RFC antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody that inactivates RFC.
  • the inhibitor can be a dominant negative mutant of RFC.
  • the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription of RFC, e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding RFC.
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell a mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e.g
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating EXO1 or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of EXO1.
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an anti-EXO1 antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody that inactivates EXO1.
  • the inhibitor can be a dominant negative mutant of EXO1.
  • the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription of EXO1, e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding EXO1.
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell a mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating POL ⁇ or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of POL ⁇ .
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an anti-POL ⁇ antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody that inactivates POL ⁇ .
  • the inhibitor can be a dominant negative mutant of POL ⁇ .
  • the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription of POL ⁇ , e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding POL ⁇ .
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell a mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e
  • the present disclosure provides methods for editing a nucleic acid molecule by prime editing.
  • the method comprises contacting a nucleic acid molecule with a prime editor, a pegRNA, and an inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway, thereby installing one or more modifications to the nucleic acid molecule at a target site.
  • the method may increase the efficiency of prime editing and/or decrease the frequency of indel formation.
  • the prime editing efficiency is increased by at least 1.5-fold, at least 2.0-fold, at least 2.5-fold, at least 3.0-fold, at least 3.5-fold, at least 4.0-fold, at least 4.5-fold, at least 5.0-fold, at least 5.5-fold, at least 6.0-fold, at least 6.5-fold, at least 7.0- fold, at least 7.5-fold, at least 8.0-fold, at least 8.5-fold, at least 9.0-fold, at least 9.5-fold, or at least 10.0-fold in the presence of the inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway.
  • the frequency of indel formation is decreased by at least 1.5-fold, at least 2.0-fold, at least 2.5-fold, at least 3.0-fold, at least 3.5-fold, at least 4.0-fold, at least 4.5-fold, at least 5.0- fold, at least 5.5-fold, at least 6.0-fold, at least 6.5-fold, at least 7.0-fold, at least 7.5-fold, at least 8.0-fold, at least 8.5-fold, at least 9.0-fold, at least 9.5-fold, or at least 10.0-fold in the presence of the inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway.
  • the inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway inhibits one or more proteins of the DNA mismatch repair pathway.
  • the one or more proteins is selected from the group consisting of MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , and PCNA.
  • the one or more proteins is MLH1.
  • MLH1 comprises an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 204, or an amino acid sequence having at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or up to and including 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 204.
  • the inhibitor utilized in the method may be an antibody, a small molecule, a small interfering RNA (siRNA), a small non-coding microRNA, or a dominant negative variant of an MMR protein that inhibits the activity of a wild type MMR protein (e.g., a dominant negative variant of MLH1).
  • the inhibitor is an antibody that inhibits the activity of one or more proteins of the DNA mismatch repair pathway. In some embodiments, the inhibitor is a small molecule that inhibits the activity of one or more proteins of the DNA mismatch repair pathway. In certain embodiments, the inhibitor is a small interfering RNA (siRNA) or a small non-coding microRNA that inhibits the activity of one or more proteins of the DNA mismatch repair pathway. In some embodiments, the inhibitor is a dominant negative variant of MLH1 that inhibits MLH1.
  • the dominant negative variant is (a) MLH1 E34A (SEQ ID NO: 222), (b) MLH1 ⁇ 756 (SEQ ID NO: 208), (c) MLH1 ⁇ 754-756 (SEQ ID NO: 209), (d) MLH1 E34A ⁇ 754-756 (SEQ ID NO: 210), (e) MLH11-335 (SEQ ID NO: 211), (f) MLH11-335 E34A (SEQ ID NO: 212), (g) MLH11-335 NLS SV40 (SEQ ID NO: 213), (h) MLH1501-756 (SEQ ID NO: 215), (i) MLH1501-753 (SEQ ID NO: 216), (j) MLH1461-753 (SEQ ID NO: 218), or (k) NLS SV40 MLH1501-753 (SEQ ID NO: 223), or a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods of the present disclosure may comprise multiple components.
  • the prime editor comprises a napDNAbp and a polymerase.
  • the napDNAbp is a nuclease active Cas9 domain, a nuclease inactive Cas9 domain, or a Cas9 nickase domain or variant thereof.
  • the napDNAbp is selected from the group consisting of: Cas9, Cas12e, Cas12d, Cas12a, Cas12b1, Cas13a, Cas12c, Cas12b2, Cas13a, Cas12c, Cas12d, Cas12e, Cas12h, Cas12i, Cas12g, Cas12f (Cas14), Cas12f1, Cas12j (Cas ⁇ ), and Argonaute and optionally has a nickase activity.
  • the napDNAbp comprises an amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 2, 4-67, or 99 (PEmax) or an amino acid sequence having at least an 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% sequence identity with any one of SEQ ID NOs: 2, 4-67, or 99 (PEmax).
  • the napDNAbp comprises an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2 or SEQ ID NO: 37 (e.g., the napDNAbp of PE1 and PE2) or an amino acid sequence having at least an 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • the polymerase is a DNA- dependent DNA polymerase or an RNA-dependent DNA polymerase.
  • the polymerase is a reverse transcriptase.
  • the reverse transcriptase comprises an amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 69-98 or an amino acid sequence having at least an 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% sequence identity with any one of SEQ ID NOs: 69-98.
  • the napDNAbp and the polymerase of the prime editor may be joined together to form a fusion protein.
  • the napDNAbp and the polymerase of the prime editor are joined by a linker to form a fusion protein.
  • the linker comprises an amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 102, or 118-131, or an amino acid sequence having at least an 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% sequence identity with any one of SEQ ID NOs: 102, or 118-131.
  • the linker is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 38, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 amino acids in length.
  • the components used in the method may be encoded on a DNA vector.
  • the prime editor, the pegRNA, and the inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway are encoded on one or more DNA vectors.
  • the one or more DNA vectors comprise AAV or lentivirus DNA vectors.
  • the AAV vector is serotype 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10.
  • the prime editors utilized in the presently disclosed methods may also be further joined to additional components.
  • the prime editor as a fusion protein is further joined by a second linker to the inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway.
  • the second linker is a self-hydrolyzing linker.
  • the second linker comprises an amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 102, 118-131, or 233-236, or an amino acid sequence having at least an 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% sequence identity with any one of SEQ ID NOs: 102, 118-131, or 233-236.
  • the second linker is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 amino acids in length.
  • the one or more modifications to the nucleic acid molecule installed at the target site comprise one or more transitions, one or more transversions, one or more insertions, one or more deletions, or one more inversions.
  • the one or more transitions are selected from the group consisting of: (a) T to C; (b) A to G; (c) C to T; and (d) G to A.
  • the one or more transversions are selected from the group consisting of: (a) T to A; (b) T to G; (c) C to G; (d) C to A; (e) A to T; (f) A to C; (g) G to C; and (h) G to T.
  • the one or more modifications comprises changing (1) a G:C basepair to a T:A basepair, (2) a G:C basepair to an A:T basepair, (3) a G:C basepair to a C:G basepair, (4) a T:A basepair to a G:C basepair, (5) a T:A basepair to an A:T basepair, (6) a T:A basepair to a C:G basepair, (7) a C:G basepair to a G:C basepair, (8) a C:G basepair to a T:A basepair, (9) a C:G basepair to an A:T basepair, (10) an A:T basepair to a T:A basepair, (11) an A:T basepair to a G:C basepair, or (12) an A:T basepair to a C:G basepair.
  • the one or more modifications comprises an insertion or deletion of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25 nucleotides.
  • the methods of the present disclosure may be used for making corrections to one or more disease-associated genes.
  • the one or more modifications comprises a correction to a disease-associated gene.
  • the disease-associated gene is associated with a polygenic disorder selected from the group consisting of: heart disease; high blood pressure; Alzheimer’s disease; arthritis; diabetes; cancer; and obesity.
  • the disease-associated gene is associated with a monogenic disorder selected from the group consisting of: Adenosine Deaminase (ADA) Deficiency; Alpha-1 Antitrypsin Deficiency; Cystic Fibrosis; Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy; Galactosemia; Hemochromatosis; Huntington’s Disease; Maple Syrup Urine Disease; Marfan Syndrome; Neurofibromatosis Type 1; Pachyonychia Congenita; Phenylketonuria; Severe Combined Immunodeficiency; Sickle Cell Disease; Smith-Lemli-Opitz Syndrome; a trinucleotide repeat disorder; a prion disease; and Tay- Sachs Disease.
  • ADA Adenosine Deaminase
  • the present disclosure provides compositions for editing a nucleic acid molecule by prime editing.
  • the composition comprises a prime editor, a pegRNA, and an inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway, wherein the composition is capable of installing one or more modifications to the nucleic acid molecule at a target site.
  • the composition may increase the efficiency of prime editing and/or decrease the frequency of indel formation.
  • the prime editing efficiency is increased by at least 1.5-fold, at least 2.0-fold, at least 2.5-fold, at least 3.0-fold, at least 3.5-fold, at least 4.0- fold, at least 4.5-fold, at least 5.0-fold, at least 5.5-fold, at least 6.0-fold, at least 6.5-fold, at least 7.0-fold, at least 7.5-fold, at least 8.0-fold, at least 8.5-fold, at least 9.0-fold, at least 9.5-fold, or at least 10.0-fold in the presence of the inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway.
  • the frequency of indel formation is decreased by at least 1.5-fold, at least 2.0-fold, at least 2.5-fold, at least 3.0-fold, at least 3.5-fold, at least 4.0-fold, at least 4.5-fold, at least 5.0- fold, at least 5.5-fold, at least 6.0-fold, at least 6.5-fold, at least 7.0-fold, at least 7.5-fold, at least 8.0-fold, at least 8.5-fold, at least 9.0-fold, at least 9.5-fold, or at least 10.0-fold in the presence of the inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway.
  • the inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway inhibits one or more proteins of the DNA mismatch repair pathway.
  • the one or more proteins is selected from the group consisting of MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , and PCNA.
  • the one or more proteins is MLH1.
  • MLH1 comprises an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 204, or an amino acid sequence having at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or up to and including 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 204.
  • the inhibitor utilized in the composition may be an antibody, a small molecule, a small interfering RNA (siRNA), a small non-coding microRNA, or a dominant negative variant of an MMR protein that inhibits the activity of a wild type MMR protein (e.g., a dominant negative variant of MLH1).
  • the inhibitor is an antibody that inhibits the activity of one or more proteins of the DNA mismatch repair pathway. In some embodiments, the inhibitor is a small molecule that inhibits the activity of one or more proteins of the DNA mismatch repair pathway. In certain embodiments, the inhibitor is a small interfering RNA (siRNA) or a small non-coding microRNA that inhibits the activity of one or more proteins of the DNA mismatch repair pathway. In some embodiments, the inhibitor is a dominant negative variant of MLH1 that inhibits MLH1.
  • the dominant negative variant is (a) MLH1 E34A (SEQ ID NO: 222), (b) MLH1 ⁇ 756 (SEQ ID NO: 208), (c) MLH1 ⁇ 754-756 (SEQ ID NO: 209), (d) MLH1 E34A ⁇ 754-756 (SEQ ID NO: 210), (e) MLH11-335 (SEQ ID NO: 211), (f) MLH11-335 E34A (SEQ ID NO: 212), (g) MLH11-335 NLS SV40 (SEQ ID NO: 213), (h) MLH1501-756 (SEQ ID NO: 215), (i) MLH1501-753 (SEQ ID NO: 216), (j) MLH1461-753 (SEQ ID NO: 218), or (k) NLS SV40 MLH1501-753 (SEQ ID NO: 223), or a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence
  • the prime editors utilized in the compositions of the present disclosure comprise multiple components.
  • the prime editor comprises a napDNAbp and a polymerase.
  • the napDNAbp is a nuclease active Cas9 domain, a nuclease inactive Cas9 domain, or a Cas9 nickase domain or variant thereof.
  • the napDNAbp is selected from the group consisting of: Cas9, Cas12e, Cas12d, Cas12a, Cas12b1, Cas13a, Cas12c, Cas12b2, Cas13a, Cas12c, Cas12d, Cas12e, Cas12h, Cas12i, Cas12g, Cas12f (Cas14), Cas12f1, Cas12j (Cas ⁇ ), and Argonaute and optionally has a nickase activity.
  • the napDNAbp comprises an amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 2, 4-67, or 99 (PEmax) or an amino acid sequence having at least an 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% sequence identity with any one of SEQ ID NOs: 2, 4-67, or 99 (PEmax).
  • the napDNAbp comprises an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2 or SEQ ID NO: 37 (i.e., the napDNAbp of PE1 and PE2) or an amino acid sequence having at least an 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 2 or SEQ ID NO: 37.
  • the polymerase is a DNA-dependent DNA polymerase or an RNA-dependent DNA polymerase.
  • the polymerase is a reverse transcriptase.
  • the reverse transcriptase comprises an amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 69-98 or an amino acid sequence having at least an 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% sequence identity with any one of SEQ ID NOs: 69-98.
  • the napDNAbp and the polymerase of the prime editor may be joined together to form a fusion protein.
  • the napDNAbp and the polymerase of the prime editor are joined by a linker to form a fusion protein.
  • the linker comprises an amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 102, 118-131, or an amino acid sequence having at least an 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% sequence identity with any one of SEQ ID NOs: 102, 118-131.
  • the linker is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 38, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 amino acids in length.
  • the components used in the compositions disclosed herein may be encoded on a DNA vector.
  • the prime editor, the pegRNA, and the inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway are encoded on one or more DNA vectors.
  • the one or more DNA vectors comprise AAV or lentivirus DNA vectors.
  • the AAV vector is serotype 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10.
  • the prime editors utilized in the presently disclosed compositions may also be further joined to additional components.
  • the prime editor as a fusion protein is further joined by a second linker to the inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway.
  • the second linker is a self-hydrolyzing linker.
  • the second linker comprises an amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 102, 118-131, or 233-236, or an amino acid sequence having at least an 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% sequence identity with any one of SEQ ID NOs: 102, 118-131, or 233-236.
  • the second linker is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 amino acids in length.
  • the one or more modifications to the nucleic acid molecule installed at the target site comprise one or more transitions, one or more transversions, one or more insertions, one or more deletions, or one more inversions.
  • the one or more transitions are selected from the group consisting of: (a) T to C; (b) A to G; (c) C to T; and (d) G to A.
  • the one or more transversions are selected from the group consisting of: (a) T to A; (b) T to G; (c) C to G; (d) C to A; (e) A to T; (f) A to C; (g) G to C; and (h) G to T.
  • the one or more modifications comprises changing (1) a G:C basepair to a T:A basepair, (2) a G:C basepair to an A:T basepair, (3) a G:C basepair to a C:G basepair, (4) a T:A basepair to a G:C basepair, (5) a T:A basepair to an A:T basepair, (6) a T:A basepair to a C:G basepair, (7) a C:G basepair to a G:C basepair, (8) a C:G basepair to a T:A basepair, (9) a C:G basepair to an A:T basepair, (10) an A:T basepair to a T:A basepair, (11) an A:T basepair to a G:C basepair, or (12) an A:T basepair to a C:G basepair.
  • the one or more modifications comprises an insertion or deletion of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25 nucleotides.
  • the compositions of the present disclosure may be used for making corrections to one or more disease-associated genes.
  • the one or more modifications comprises a correction to a disease-associated gene.
  • the disease-associated gene is associated with a polygenic disorder selected from the group consisting of: heart disease; high blood pressure; Alzheimer’s disease; arthritis; diabetes; cancer; and obesity.
  • the disease-associated gene is associated with a monogenic disorder selected from the group consisting of: Adenosine Deaminase (ADA) Deficiency; Alpha-1 Antitrypsin Deficiency; Cystic Fibrosis; Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy; Galactosemia; Hemochromatosis; Huntington’s Disease; Maple Syrup Urine Disease; Marfan Syndrome; Neurofibromatosis Type 1; Pachyonychia Congenita; Phenylketonuria; Severe Combined Immunodeficiency; Sickle Cell Disease; Smith-Lemli-Opitz Syndrome; a trinucleotide repeat disorder; a prion disease; and Tay- Sachs Disease.
  • ADA Adenosine Deaminase
  • this disclosure provides polynucleotides for editing a DNA target site by prime editing.
  • the polynucleotide comprises a nucleic acid sequence encoding a napDNAbp, a polymerase, and an inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway, wherein the napDNAbp and polymerase is capable in the presence of a pegRNA of installing one or more modifications in the DNA target site.
  • the polynucleotide may increase the efficiency of prime editing and/or decrease the frequency of indel formation.
  • the prime editing efficiency is increased by at least 1.5-fold, at least 2.0-fold, at least 2.5-fold, at least 3.0-fold, at least 3.5-fold, at least 4.0- fold, at least 4.5-fold, at least 5.0-fold, at least 5.5-fold, at least 6.0-fold, at least 6.5-fold, at least 7.0-fold, at least 7.5-fold, at least 8.0-fold, at least 8.5-fold, at least 9.0-fold, at least 9.5-fold, or at least 10.0-fold in the presence of the inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway.
  • the frequency of indel formation is decreased by at least 1.5-fold, at least 2.0-fold, at least 2.5-fold, at least 3.0-fold, at least 3.5-fold, at least 4.0-fold, at least 4.5-fold, at least 5.0- fold, at least 5.5-fold, at least 6.0-fold, at least 6.5-fold, at least 7.0-fold, at least 7.5-fold, at least 8.0-fold, at least 8.5-fold, at least 9.0-fold, at least 9.5-fold, or at least 10.0-fold in the presence of the inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway.
  • the inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway inhibits one or more proteins of the DNA mismatch repair pathway.
  • the one or more proteins is selected from the group consisting of MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , and PCNA.
  • the one or more proteins is MLH1.
  • MLH1 comprises an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 204, or an amino acid sequence having at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or up to and including 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 204.
  • the inhibitor utilized in the polynucleotide may be an antibody, a small molecule, a small interfering RNA (siRNA), a small non-coding microRNA, or a dominant negative variant of an MMR protein that inhibits the activity of a wild type MMR protein (e.g., a dominant negative variant of (MLH1).
  • the inhibitor is an antibody that inhibits the activity of one or more proteins of the DNA mismatch repair pathway. In some embodiments, the inhibitor is a small molecule that inhibits the activity of one or more proteins of the DNA mismatch repair pathway. In certain embodiments, the inhibitor is a small interfering RNA (siRNA) or a small non-coding microRNA that inhibits the activity of one or more proteins of the DNA mismatch repair pathway. In some embodiments, the inhibitor is a dominant negative variant of MLH1 that inhibits MLH1.
  • the dominant negative variant is (a) MLH1 E34A (SEQ ID NO: 222), (b) MLH1 ⁇ 756 (SEQ ID NO: 208), (c) MLH1 ⁇ 754-756 (SEQ ID NO: 209), (d) MLH1 E34A ⁇ 754-756 (SEQ ID NO: 210), (e) MLH11-335 (SEQ ID NO: 211), (f) MLH11-335 E34A (SEQ ID NO: 212), (g) MLH11-335 NLS SV40 (SEQ ID NO: 213), (h) MLH1501-756 (SEQ ID NO: 215), (i) MLH1501-753 (SEQ ID NO: 216), (j) MLH1461-753 (SEQ ID NO: 218), or (k) NLS SV40 MLH1501-753 (SEQ ID NO: 223), or a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence
  • the prime editors utilized in the polynucleotides of the present disclosure comprise multiple components (e.g., a napDNAbp and a polymerase).
  • the napDNAbp is a nuclease active Cas9 domain, a nuclease inactive Cas9 domain, or a Cas9 nickase domain or variant thereof.
  • the napDNAbp is selected from the group consisting of: Cas9, Cas12e, Cas12d, Cas12a, Cas12b1, Cas13a, Cas12c, Cas12b2, Cas13a, Cas12c, Cas12d, Cas12e, Cas12h, Cas12i, Cas12g, Cas12f (Cas14), Cas12f1, Cas12j (Cas ⁇ ), and Argonaute and optionally has a nickase activity.
  • the napDNAbp comprises an amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 2, 4-67, or 99 (PEmax) or an amino acid sequence having at least an 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% sequence identity with any one of SEQ ID NOs: 2, 4-67, or 99 (PEmax).
  • the napDNAbp comprises an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2 or SEQ ID NO: 37 (i.e., the napDNAbp of PE1 and PE2) or an amino acid sequence having at least an 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 2 or SEQ ID NO: 37.
  • the polymerase is a DNA-dependent DNA polymerase or an RNA-dependent DNA polymerase.
  • the polymerase is a reverse transcriptase.
  • the reverse transcriptase comprises an amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 69-98 or an amino acid sequence having at least an 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% sequence identity with any one of SEQ ID NOs: 69-98.
  • the napDNAbp and the polymerase of the prime editor may be joined together to form a fusion protein.
  • the napDNAbp and the polymerase of the prime editor are joined by a linker to form a fusion protein.
  • the linker comprises an amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 102, 118-131, or an amino acid sequence having at least an 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% sequence identity with any one of SEQ ID NOs: 102, 118-131.
  • the linker is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 38, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 amino acids in length.
  • the polynucleotides disclosed herein may comprise vectors.
  • the polynucleotide is a DNA vector.
  • the DNA vector is an AAV or lentivirus DNA vector.
  • the AAV vector is serotype 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10.
  • the prime editors encoded by the presently disclosed polynucleotides may also be further joined to additional components.
  • the prime editor as a fusion protein is further joined by a second linker to the inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway.
  • the second linker comprises a self-hydrolyzing linker.
  • the second linker comprises an amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 102, 118-131, or 233-236, or an amino acid sequence having at least an 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% sequence identity with any one of SEQ ID NOs: 102, 118-131, or 233-236.
  • the second linker is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 amino acids in length.
  • the one or more modifications to the nucleic acid molecule installed at the target site comprise one or more transitions, one or more transversions, one or more insertions, one or more deletions, or one more inversions.
  • the one or more transitions are selected from the group consisting of: (a) T to C; (b) A to G; (c) C to T; and (d) G to A.
  • the one or more transversions are selected from the group consisting of: (a) T to A; (b) T to G; (c) C to G; (d) C to A; (e) A to T; (f) A to C; (g) G to C; and (h) G to T.
  • the one or more modifications comprises changing (1) a G:C basepair to a T:A basepair, (2) a G:C basepair to an A:T basepair, (3) a G:C basepair to a C:G basepair, (4) a T:A basepair to a G:C basepair, (5) a T:A basepair to an A:T basepair, (6) a T:A basepair to a C:G basepair, (7) a C:G basepair to a G:C basepair, (8) a C:G basepair to a T:A basepair, (9) a C:G basepair to an A:T basepair, (10) an A:T basepair to a T:A basepair, (11) an A:T basepair to a G:C basepair, or (12) an A:T basepair to a C:G basepair.
  • the one or more modifications comprises an insertion or deletion of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25 nucleotides.
  • the polynucleotides of the present disclosure may be used for making corrections to one or more disease-associated genes.
  • the one or more modifications comprises a correction to a disease-associated gene.
  • the disease- associated gene is associated with a polygenic disorder selected from the group consisting of: heart disease; high blood pressure; Alzheimer’s disease; arthritis; diabetes; cancer; and obesity.
  • the disease-associated gene is associated with a monogenic disorder selected from the group consisting of: Adenosine Deaminase (ADA) Deficiency; Alpha-1 Antitrypsin Deficiency; Cystic Fibrosis; Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy; Galactosemia; Hemochromatosis; Huntington’s Disease; Maple Syrup Urine Disease; Marfan Syndrome; Neurofibromatosis Type 1; Pachyonychia Congenita; Phenylketonuria; Severe Combined Immunodeficiency; Sickle Cell Disease; Smith-Lemli-Opitz Syndrome; a trinucleotide repeat disorder; a prion disease; and Tay-Sachs Disease.
  • ADA Adenosine Deaminase
  • the present disclosure provides cells.
  • the cell comprises any of the polynucleotides described herein.
  • the present disclosure provides pharmaceutical compositions.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises any of the compositions disclosed herein.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises any of the compositions disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises any of the polynucleotides disclosed herein.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises any of the polynucleotides disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the present disclosure provides kits.
  • the kit comprises any of the compositions disclosed herein, a pharmaceutical excipient, and instructions for editing a DNA target site by prime editing.
  • the kit comprises any of the polynucleotides disclosed herein, a pharmaceutical excipient, and instructions for editing a DNA target site by prime editing.
  • the present disclosure also provides methods and pegRNAs for prime editing whereby correction by the MMR pathway of the alterations introduced into a target nucleic acid molecule is evaded, without the need to provide an inhibitor of the MMR pathway.
  • pegRNAs designed with consecutive nucleotide mismatches compared to the endogenous sequence of a target site on a target nucleic acid can evade correction by the MMR pathway, resulting in an increase in prime editing efficiency and a decrease in the frequency of indel formation compared to the introduction of a single nucleotide mismatch using prime editing.
  • insertions or deletions of consecutive nucleotides at the target site of the target nucleic acid also evade correction by the MMR pathway, resulting in an increase in prime editing efficiency and a decrease in the frequency of indel formation compared to the introduction of an insertion or deletion of less than 10 nucleotides in length using prime editing.
  • the present disclosure provides methods for editing a nucleic acid molecule by prime editing comprising contacting a nucleic acid molecule with a prime editor (e.g., PE2, PE3, or any of the other prime editors described herein) and a pegRNA with a DNA synthesis template on its extension arm comprising three or more consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule.
  • a prime editor e.g., PE2, PE3, or any of the other prime editors described herein
  • a pegRNA with a DNA synthesis template on its extension arm comprising three or more consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule.
  • at least one of the consecutive nucleotide mismatches results in an alteration in the amino acid sequence of a protein expressed from the nucleic acid molecule, while at least one of the remaining nucleotide mismatches is a silent mutation.
  • the silent mutations may be in coding regions of the target nucleic acid molecule (i.e., in a part of a gene that encodes a protein), or the silent mutations may be in non-coding regions of the target nucleic acid molecule.
  • the silent mutations when the silent mutations are in a coding region, the silent mutations introduce into the nucleic acid molecule one or more alternate codons encoding the same amino acid as the unedited nucleic acid molecule.
  • the silent mutations when the silent mutations are in a non-coding region, the silent mutations are present in a region of the nucleic acid molecule that does not influence splicing, gene regulation, RNA lifetime, or other biological properties of the target site on the nucleic acid molecule.
  • any number of consecutive nucleotide mismatches compared to the sequence of the target site can be designed in the DNA synthesis template of a pegRNA to achieve the benefits of evading correction by the MMR pathway, and thereby increase prime editing efficiency and/or reduce indel formation.
  • the DNA synthesis template comprises at least three consecutive nucleotide mismatches compared to the sequence of the target site.
  • the DNA synthesis template of the extension arm on the pegRNA comprises 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25 consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site in the nucleic acid molecule edited by prime editing.
  • the DNA synthesis template of the extension arm on the pegRNA comprises three or more, four or more, five or more, six or more, seven or more, eight or more, nine or more, or ten or more consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule.
  • the use of three or more consecutive nucleotide mismatches results in an increase in prime editing efficiency by at least 1.5-fold, at least 2.0-fold, at least 2.5-fold, at least 3.0-fold, at least 3.5-fold, at least 4.0-fold, at least 4.5-fold, at least 5.0-fold, at least 5.5-fold, at least 6.0- fold, at least 6.5-fold, at least 7.0-fold, at least 7.5-fold, at least 8.0-fold, at least 8.5-fold, at least 9.0-fold, at least 9.5-fold, or at least 10.0-fold relative to a method using a pegRNA comprising a DNA synthesis template comprising only one consecutive nucleotide mismatch relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule.
  • the use of three or more consecutive nucleotide mismatches results in a decrease in the frequency of indel formation by at least 1.5-fold, at least 2.0-fold, at least 2.5-fold, at least 3.0-fold, at least 3.5-fold, at least 4.0-fold, at least 4.5-fold, at least 5.0-fold, at least 5.5-fold, at least 6.0-fold, at least 6.5-fold, at least 7.0-fold, at least 7.5-fold, at least 8.0-fold, at least 8.5-fold, at least 9.0- fold, at least 9.5-fold, or at least 10.0-fold relative to a method using a pegRNA comprising a DNA synthesis template comprising only one consecutive nucleotide mismatch relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule.
  • the present disclosure provides methods for editing a nucleic acid molecule by prime editing comprising contacting a nucleic acid molecule with a prime editor (e.g., PE2, PE3, or any of the other prime editors described herein) and a pegRNA with a DNA synthesis template on its extension arm comprising an insertion or deletion of 10 or more contiguous nucleotides relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule.
  • a prime editor e.g., PE2, PE3, or any of the other prime editors described herein
  • a pegRNA with a DNA synthesis template on its extension arm comprising an insertion or deletion of 10 or more contiguous nucleotides relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule.
  • the DNA synthesis template of a pegRNA can be designed to introduce insertions or deletions greater than 3 nucleotides to avoid or reduce the impact of mismatch correction by the cellular MMR pathway, thereby improving prime editing efficiency.
  • the DNA synthesis template of the pegRNA is designed to introduce one or more insertions and/or deletions of 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more contiguous nucleotides to avoid or reduce the impact of mismatch correction by the cellular MMR pathway, thereby improving prime editing efficiency.
  • insertions or deletions of any length greater than 10 contiguous nucleotides can be used to achieve the benefits of evading correction by the MMR pathway.
  • the DNA synthesis template comprises an insertion of 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25 contiguous nucleotides relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on a nucleic acid molecule edited by prime editing.
  • the DNA synthesis template comprises a deletion of 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25 contiguous nucleotides relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on a nucleic acid molecule edited by prime editing.
  • the DNA synthesis template comprises an insertion of 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, or 40 contiguous nucleotides relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on a nucleic acid molecule edited by prime editing.
  • the DNA synthesis template comprises a deletion of 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, or 40 contiguous nucleotides relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on a nucleic acid molecule edited by prime editing.
  • the DNA synthesis template comprises an insertion or deletion of 11 or more contiguous nucleotides, 12 or more contiguous nucleotides, 13 or more contiguous nucleotides, 14 or more contiguous nucleotides, 15 or more contiguous nucleotides, 16 or more contiguous nucleotides, 17 or more contiguous nucleotides, 18 or more contiguous nucleotides, 19 or more contiguous nucleotides, 20 or more contiguous nucleotides, 21 or more contiguous nucleotides, 22 or more contiguous nucleotides, 23 or more contiguous nucleotides, 24 or more contiguous nucleotides, or 25 or more contiguous nucleotides relative to a target site on a nucleic acid molecule.
  • the DNA synthesis template comprises an insertion or deletion of 15 or more contiguous nucleotides relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule.
  • prime editing with a pegRNA designed to introduce an insertion and/or deletion of multiple contiguous nucleotides, for example, three or more contiguous nucleotides, relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site results in an increase in prime editing efficiency compared to prime editing with a corresponding control pegRNA (e.g., a control pegRNA that does not introduce an insertion or deletion of three or more contiguous nucleotides) by at least 1.5-fold, at least 2.0-fold, at least 2.5-fold, at least 3.0-fold, at least 3.5- fold, at least 4.0-fold, at least 4.5-fold, at least 5.0-fold, at least 5.5-fold, at least 6.0-fold, at least 6.5-fold, at least 7.0-fold, at least 7.5-
  • a control pegRNA e
  • prime editing with a pegRNA designed to introduce an insertion or deletion of 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more contiguous nucleotides relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site results in an increase in prime editing efficiency relative to prime editing with a corresponding control pegRNA (e.g., a control pegRNA that does not introduce insertion or deletion of the three or more contiguous nucleotides) by at least 1.5-fold, at least 2.0-fold, at least 2.5-fold, at least 3.0-fold, at least 3.5- fold, at least 4.0-fold, at least 4.5-fold, at least 5.0-fold, at least 5.5-fold, at least 6.0-fold, at least 6.5-fold, at least 7.0-fold, at least 7.5-fold, at least 8.0-fold, at least 8.5-fold, at least 9.0-fold, at least 9.5-fold, or at least 10.0-fold.
  • a control pegRNA e.g., a control pegRNA that does not introduce insertion or deletion of the
  • making an insertion or deletion of 10 or more contiguous nucleotides results in an increase in prime editing efficiency by at least 1.5- fold, at least 2.0-fold, at least 2.5-fold, at least 3.0-fold, at least 3.5-fold, at least 4.0-fold, at least 4.5-fold, at least 5.0-fold, at least 5.5-fold, at least 6.0-fold, at least 6.5-fold, at least 7.0-fold, at least 7.5-fold, at least 8.0-fold, at least 8.5-fold, at least 9.0-fold, at least 9.5-fold, or at least 10.0- fold relative to a method using a pegRNA comprising a DNA synthesis template comprising an insertion or deletion of fewer than 10 nucleotides relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule.
  • making an insertion or deletion of 10 or more nucleotides results in a decrease in the frequency of indel formation by at least 1.5-fold, at least 2.0-fold, at least 2.5-fold, at least 3.0-fold, at least 3.5-fold, at least 4.0-fold, at least 4.5- fold, at least 5.0-fold, at least 5.5-fold, at least 6.0-fold, at least 6.5-fold, at least 7.0-fold, at least 7.5-fold, at least 8.0-fold, at least 8.5-fold, at least 9.0-fold, at least 9.5-fold, or at least 10.0-fold relative to a method using a pegRNA comprising a DNA synthesis template comprising an insertion or deletion of fewer than 10 nucleotides relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule.
  • the present disclosure also provides pegRNAs useful for editing a nucleic acid molecule by prime editing while evading correction by the MMR pathway of the alterations introduced into the nucleic acid molecule, thereby increasing prime editing efficiency and/or reducing indel formation.
  • the extension arm of the pegRNAs provided by the present disclosure comprise three or more consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments, at least one of the three consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to the endogenous sequence of the target site is a silent mutation.
  • At least one of the consecutive nucleotide mismatches results in an alteration in the amino acid sequence of a protein expressed from the target nucleic acid molecule, while at least one of the remaining nucleotide mismatches is a silent mutation.
  • the silent mutations may be in coding regions of the target nucleic acid molecule (i.e., in a part of a gene that encodes a protein), or the silent mutations may be in non-coding regions of the target nucleic acid molecule.
  • the silent mutations when the silent mutations are in a coding region, the silent mutations introduce into the nucleic acid molecule one or more alternate codons encoding the same amino acid as the unedited nucleic acid molecule.
  • the silent mutations when the silent mutations are in a non- coding region, the silent mutations are present in a region of the nucleic acid molecule that does not influence splicing, gene regulation, RNA lifetime, or other biological properties of the target site on the nucleic acid molecule.
  • Any number of consecutive nucleotide mismatches of three or more can be incorporated into the extension arm of the pegRNAs described herein to achieve the benefits of evading correction by the MMR pathway.
  • the DNA synthesis template of the extension arm of the pegRNA comprises 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25 consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule edited by prime editing. In some embodiments, the DNA synthesis template of the extension arm of the pegRNA comprises at least three consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule edited by prime editing.
  • the DNA synthesis template of the extension arm of the pegRNA comprises 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule edited by prime editing. In some embodiments, the DNA synthesis template of the extension arm of the pegRNA comprises 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule edited by prime editing.
  • the DNA synthesis template of the extension arm on the pegRNA comprises three or more, four or more, five or more, six or more, seven or more, eight or more, nine or more, or ten or more consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule.
  • the presence of three or more consecutive nucleotide mismatches on the extension arm of the pegRNA results in an increase in prime editing efficiency by at least 1.5-fold, at least 2.0-fold, at least 2.5-fold, at least 3.0-fold, at least 3.5-fold, at least 4.0-fold, at least 4.5-fold, at least 5.0-fold, at least 5.5-fold, at least 6.0-fold, at least 6.5- fold, at least 7.0-fold, at least 7.5-fold, at least 8.0-fold, at least 8.5-fold, at least 9.0-fold, at least 9.5-fold, or at least 10.0-fold relative to a pegRNA comprising a DNA synthesis template comprising only one consecutive nucleotide mismatch relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule.
  • the use of three or more consecutive nucleotide mismatches results in a decrease in the frequency of indel formation by at least 1.5-fold, at least 2.0-fold, at least 2.5-fold, at least 3.0-fold, at least 3.5-fold, at least 4.0- fold, at least 4.5-fold, at least 5.0-fold, at least 5.5-fold, at least 6.0-fold, at least 6.5-fold, at least 7.0-fold, at least 7.5-fold, at least 8.0-fold, at least 8.5-fold, at least 9.0-fold, at least 9.5-fold, or at least 10.0-fold relative to a pegRNA comprising a DNA synthesis template comprising only one consecutive nucleotide mismatch relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule.
  • the present disclosure provides a prime editor system for site specific genome modification comprising (a) a prime editor comprising (i) a nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein (napDNAbp) and (ii) a DNA polymerase, and (b) an inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway.
  • a prime editor comprising (i) a nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein (napDNAbp) and (ii) a DNA polymerase, and (b) an inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway.
  • the inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway inhibits one or more proteins of the DNA mismatch repair pathway (e.g., MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , and/or PCNA).
  • the one or more proteins is MLH1.
  • the MLH1 comprises an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 204, or an amino acid sequence having at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or up to and including 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 204.
  • Any inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway may be used in the systems described herein.
  • the inhibitor is an antibody that inhibits the activity of one or more proteins of the DNA mismatch repair pathway.
  • the inhibitor is a small molecule that inhibits the activity of one or more proteins of the DNA mismatch repair pathway.
  • the inhibitor is a small interfering RNA (siRNA) or a small non-coding microRNA that inhibits the activity of one or more proteins of the DNA mismatch repair pathway.
  • the inhibitor is a dominant negative variant of an MMR protein that inhibits the activity of a wild type MMR protein (e.g., a dominant negative variant of MLH1 that inhibits MLH1).
  • the dominant negative variant used in the systems of the present disclosure is (a) MLH1 E34A (SEQ ID NO: 222), (b) MLH1 ⁇ 756 (SEQ ID NO: 208), (c) MLH1 ⁇ 754-756 (SEQ ID NO: 209), (d) MLH1 E34A ⁇ 754-756 (SEQ ID NO: 210), (e) MLH1 1-335 (SEQ ID NO: 211), (f) MLH11-335 E34A (SEQ ID NO: 212), (g) MLH11-335 NLSSV40 (SEQ ID NO: 213), (h) MLH1501-756 (SEQ ID NO: 215), (i) MLH1501-753 (SEQ ID NO: 216), (j) MLH1461-753 (SEQ ID NO: 218), or (k) NLSSV40 MLH1501-753 (SEQ ID NO: 223), or a polypeptid
  • the present disclosure also contemplates methods for performing prime editing on a nucleic acid molecule in a cell in which MMR activity is knocked out entirely (e.g., by knocking down one or more genes involved in the MMR pathway in the genome of the cell). Such methods provide the benefits of inhibiting MMR (e.g., improved editing efficiency and decreased indel formation) without the need to provide an inhibitor of MMR.
  • the present disclosure provides methods for editing a nucleic acid molecule by prime editing comprising: contacting a nucleic acid molecule with a prime editor and a pegRNA, thereby installing one or more modifications to the nucleic acid molecule at a target site, wherein the nucleic acid molecule is in a cell comprising a knockout of one or more genes involved in the DNA mismatch repair (MMR) pathway.
  • the method further comprises contacting the nucleic acid molecule with a second strand nicking gRNA.
  • the prime editing efficiency is increased by at least 1.5-fold, at least 2.0-fold, at least 2.5-fold, at least 3.0-fold, at least 3.5-fold, at least 4.0-fold, at least 4.5- fold, at least 5.0-fold, at least 5.5-fold, at least 6.0-fold, at least 6.5-fold, at least 7.0-fold, at least 7.5-fold, at least 8.0-fold, at least 8.5-fold, at least 9.0-fold, at least 9.5-fold, or at least 10.0-fold relative to a method performed in a cell that does not comprise a knockout of one or more genes involved in MMR.
  • the frequency of indel formation is decreased by at least 1.5-fold, at least 2.0-fold, at least 2.5-fold, at least 3.0-fold, at least 3.5-fold, at least 4.0- fold, at least 4.5-fold, at least 5.0-fold, at least 5.5-fold, at least 6.0-fold, at least 6.5-fold, at least 7.0-fold, at least 7.5-fold, at least 8.0-fold, at least 8.5-fold, at least 9.0-fold, at least 9.5-fold, or at least 10.0-fold relative to a method performed in a cell that does not comprise a knockout of one or more genes involved in MMR.
  • the one or more genes involved in MMR is selected from the group consisting of genes encoding the proteins MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , and PCNA.
  • the one or more genes is the gene encoding MLH1 (e.g., comprising an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 204, or an amino acid sequence having at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or up to and including 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 204).
  • the present disclosure provides methods for editing a nucleic acid molecule by prime editing comprising: contacting a nucleic acid molecule with a prime editor, a pegRNA, and an inhibitor of p53, thereby installing one or more modifications to the nucleic acid molecule at a target site.
  • the method further comprises contacting the nucleic acid molecule with a second strand nicking gRNA.
  • the prime editing efficiency is increased by at least 1.5-fold, at least 2.0-fold, at least 2.5-fold, at least 3.0-fold, at least 3.5-fold, at least 4.0-fold, at least 4.5- fold, at least 5.0-fold, at least 5.5-fold, at least 6.0-fold, at least 6.5-fold, at least 7.0-fold, at least 7.5-fold, at least 8.0-fold, at least 8.5-fold, at least 9.0-fold, at least 9.5-fold, at least 10.0-fold, at least 11-fold, at least 12-fold, at least 13-fold, at least 14-fold, at least 15-fold, at least 16-fold, at least 17-fold, at least 18-fold, at least 19-fold, at least 20-fold, at least 21-fold, at least 22- fold, at least 23-fold, at least 24-fold, at least 25-fold, at least
  • the frequency of indel formation is decreased by at least 1.5-fold, at least 2.0-fold, at least 2.5-fold, at least 3.0-fold, at least 3.5-fold, at least 4.0-fold, at least 4.5-fold, at least 5.0-fold, at least 5.5- fold, at least 6.0-fold, at least 6.5-fold, at least 7.0-fold, at least 7.5-fold, at least 8.0-fold, at least 8.5-fold, at least 9.0-fold, at least 9.5-fold, at least 10.0-fold, at least 11-fold, at least 12-fold, at least 13-fold, at least 14-fold, at least 15-fold, at least 16-fold, at least 17-fold, at least 18- fold, at least 19-fold, at least 20-fold, at least 21-fold, at least 22-fold, at least 23-fold, at least 24-fold, at least 25-fold, at least 26-fold, at least 27-fold, at least 28-fold, at least 29-fold, at least 30-fold, at least 31
  • the inhibitor of p53 is a protein. In certain embodiments, the inhibitor of p53 is the protein i53. In some embodiments, the inhibitor of p53 is an antibody that inhibits the activity of p53. In some embodiments, the inhibitor of p53 is a small molecule that inhibits the activity of p53. In some embodiments, the inhibitor of p53 is a small interfering RNA (siRNA) or a small non-coding microRNA that inhibits the activity of p53.
  • siRNA small interfering RNA
  • the present disclosure describes improved prime editor fusion proteins, including PEmax of SEQ ID NO: 99.
  • the disclosure also contemplates fusion proteins having an amino acid sequence with a sequence identity of at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least up to 100% with SEQ ID NO: 99.
  • the inventors have surprisingly found that the editing efficiency of prime editing may be significantly increased (e.g., 2-fold increase, 3-fold increase, 4-fold increase, 5-fold increase, 6- fold increase, 7-fold increase, 8-fold increase, 9-fold increase, or 10-fold increase or more) when one or more components of the canonical prime editor fusion protein (i.e., PE2) are modified.
  • Modifications may include a modified amino acid sequence of one or more components (e.g., a Cas9 component, a reverse transcriptase component, or a linker).
  • a modified amino acid sequence of one or more components e.g., a Cas9 component, a reverse transcriptase component, or a linker.
  • the present disclosure also provides compositions and pharmaceutical compositions comprising PEmax, methods of prime editing using PEmax, polynucleotides and vectors encoding PEmax, and kits and cells comprising PEmax.
  • the foregoing concepts, and additional concepts discussed below may be arranged in any suitable combination, as the present disclosure is not limited in this respect. Further, other advantages and novel features of the present disclosure will become apparent from the following detailed description of various non-limiting embodiments when considered in conjunction with the accompanying figures.
  • FIG.1 provides a schematic showing that prime editing enables guide RNA-templated genomic manipulations. DNA prime editing intermediates capable of being repaired by cellular factors are shown in boxes.
  • FIG.2 provides a schematic for a DNA repair CRISPRi screen for prime editing outcomes.
  • FIGs.3A-3C show optimization of prime editing efficiency at the target site.
  • FIG.3A provides a schematic for the optimization process.
  • FIG.3B shows percent reads with a specified modification at a target site in HeLa cells.
  • FIG.3C shows percent reads with a specified modification at a target site with blasticidin selection in HeLa cells.
  • FIGs.4A-4B show a prime editing CRISPRi screen with a DNA repair library.
  • FIG.4A provides a schematic of the screening process.
  • FIG.4B shows percent reads with a specified modification in bulk editing of post-screen HeLa cells.
  • FIGs.5A-5B show that the CRISPRi screen reveals that DNA mismatch repair limits prime editing efficiency. Knockdown of mismatch repair proteins (MSH2, MSH6, PMS2, and MLH1) improves the efficiency of PE2 by 3-fold and PE3 by 2-fold.
  • FIGS.6A-6C show that siRNA knockdown of MMR improves prime editing in HEK293T cells. Editing results at multiple endogenous loci validate the findings of the CRISPRi screen.
  • FIGS.7A-7B show that complete MMR knockout dramatically enhances prime editing. In the absence of MMR, PE2 editing efficiency is shown to match PE3 editing efficiency.
  • FIG.8A provides a schematic for the mechanism of mismatch repair (MMR). In the first step, MSH2:MSH6 (MutS ⁇ ) binds the mismatch and recruits MLH1:PMS2 (MutL ⁇ ). The DNA nick signals to MMR which strand to repair.
  • MMR mismatch repair
  • FIG.8B provides yet another schematic for the mechanism of mismatch repair, MMR, in eukaryotic cells. The left side of the schematic depicts 5 ⁇ MMR.
  • MMR mismatch repair
  • RPA bound to single-strand DNA prevents EXO1 from accessing and degrading DNA.
  • MutS ⁇ / ⁇ at a mismatch binds ATP and undergoes nucleotide switch activation, becoming a sliding clamp that diffuses along the DNA.
  • Multiple MSH clamps are loaded at a single mismatch. The interaction of EXO1 with MSH sliding clamps overcomes the RPA barrier and activates EXO1 for 5 ⁇ to 3 ⁇ excision from the 5 ⁇ nick.
  • MSH MutL homolog proteins
  • MLH may limit excision by modulating the number of MSH clamps on DNA.
  • RFC (not shown) loads PCNA clamps with specific orientation at 3 ⁇ termini of strand breaks or gaps, and PCNA facilitates high-fidelity DNA synthesis by Pol ⁇ or ⁇ .
  • E DNA ligase I seals the nick. The right side of the schematic depicts 3 ⁇ MMR.
  • A MSH recognizes a mismatch.
  • B In the sliding clamp model, ATP-dependent binding and nucleotide switching creates MSH sliding clamps that diffuse from the mismatch. The interaction of ATP- bound MLH heterodimers with MSH sliding clamps and PCNA oriented with respect to 3 ⁇ termini activates MLH strand-specific nicking.
  • FIGs.9A-9C provide a schematic of mismatch repair of PE2 intermediates. MMR inhibition provides additional time for flap ligation, removing the strand discrimination signal for repair of the heteroduplex.
  • FIG.10 shows that expression of dominant-negative MLH1 mutants boosts PE2 efficiency. MLH1 dominant-negative mutants improve PE2 efficiency by 2- to 4-fold. RNF2 +3 G to C is not responsive to MMR-inhibition.
  • FIGs.11A-11B show the effect of MLH1 mutants on PE3. MLH1 mutants reduce PE3 indels by half.
  • FIGs.12A-12B show that MLH1 mutant improvements translate to other sites.
  • FIG.12A shows that PE2 editing efficiency increases with MLH1 mutants, and only RNF2 +3 G to C is resistant to MMR-inhibition.
  • FIG.12B shows that MLH1 mutants reduce the occurrence of indels by half.
  • FIG.13 provides a schematic showing mismatch repair of PE3 intermediates.
  • FIG.14 provides a schematic showing that mismatch repair differentially resolves PE3 intermediates. Mismatch repair is required for the one edit-favored intermediate.
  • FIG.15A-15H show screening of MLH1 mutants for smaller size and improved activity.
  • FIG.15A shows that MLH1 ⁇ 754-756 most strongly promotes PE2 editing (hereafter named MLH1dn).
  • MLH1 N-terminal domain approaches the effectiveness of MLH1dn (hereafter named MLH1dn NTD ).
  • MLH1 dominant negative mutants may function by saturating binding of MutS.
  • FIG.15B shows that the MLH1 N-terminal domain + NLS approaches the activity of MLH1neg.
  • FIG.15C shows that MLH1dn fusion to PE by a self-cleavable P2A linker (PE-2A-MLH1dn) can improve prime editing efficiency.
  • FIGs.15D-15F show that MMR KD phenocopies MLH1neg expression.
  • FIGs.15G-15H show that the efficiency of PE2 and PE3 is equal in the absence of MMR, suggesting that the complementary nick only serves to bias MMR.
  • FIG.16 shows that MLH1dn reduces indels for PE3.
  • Silent pegRNA is pegRNA that does not encode an edit or produce a mismatch.
  • FIG.17 show that mismatch repair of PE heteroduplexes produces a diffuse indel pattern. Indel distribution is broad for PE3 for these edits, but inhibiting MMR with MLH1dn narrows that distribution. This suggests that MMR makes incisions after mismatch recognition that contribute to the indels generated by PE3.
  • FIG.18 shows mismatch repair of PE3 intermediates.
  • FIGs.19A-19B show that MMR excision of the target locus generates indels in PE3.
  • FIGs.20A-20B show that MMR knockdown or knockout has no effect on RNF2 +3 G to C.
  • FIGs.21A-21C show that other substitution edits at RNF2 can be improved with MLH1dn.
  • FIGs.22A-22B show that MLH1dn improves substitution edits at other sites, including HEK3. MLH1dn strongly enhances PE2 editing and lowers PE3 indels.
  • FIGs.23A-23D show that MLH1dn improves substitution edits at other sites, including FANCF. MLH1dn strongly enhances PE2 editing and lowers PE3 indels.
  • FIGs.24A-24B show that PE improvement by MHL1dn is mismatch dependent. MLH1dn increases PE2 editing by 2-fold on average in HEK293T cells.
  • FIG.24A shows that G to C edits (C:C mismatches) are unaffected by MMR in HEK293T cells. This suggests that G to C edits have a higher baseline efficiency than other substitutions.
  • FIG.24B shows a substantial increase in the ratio of edit:indel purity from MLH1dn used with PE3, which is also mismatch dependent.
  • FIGs.25A-25D show that MLH1dn also improves the efficiency of small insertion and deletion edits.
  • FIGs.26A-26B show that MLH1dn reduced pegRNA scaffold integration. Scaffold integration events at these sites occur through a double-strand break (DSB) intermediate.
  • FIG.27 shows that MLH1dn does not promote substantial PE off-target editing. Small increases in off-target (OT) editing were observed at the HEK4 off-target site 3.
  • FIGs.28A-28B show that MLH1dn does not induce detectable microsatellite instability at biomarker loci. MMR inhibition is known to cause shortening of homopolymer microsatellite regions.
  • FIG.29 shows that MLH1dn offers a method to increase prime editing efficiency at sites without good ngRNAs, such as HEK4.
  • FIG.30 shows that MLH1dn improves PE at disease sites.
  • FIG.31 shows that MLH1dn enhances installation of the protective APOE castle allele in mouse astrocytes. A 50% boost in editing efficiency and a large reduction in indels is shown.
  • FIG.32 shows that HEK293T cells are MMR-compromised. The MLH1 promoter is hypermethylated in HEF293T, resulting in lower MLH1 expression.
  • FIGs.33A-33B show that MLH1dn enhances prime editing in HeLa cells.
  • FIG.33A shows prime editing with PE2.
  • FIG.33B shows prime editing with PE3.
  • FIGs.34A-34B show that MLH1dn enhances prime editing in HeLa cells.
  • FIG.34A shows editing of PRNP +6 G to T.
  • FIG.34B shows editing of APOE +6 G to T and +10 C to A.
  • FIGs.35A-35B show that MLH1dn has a larger effect in MMR competent cell lines like HeLa.
  • FIGs.36A-36D show that MLH1dn improvements synergize with stabilized pegRNAs.
  • FIGs.37A-37B show that contiguous substitutions are useful as another strategy for evading MMR.
  • FIG.38 shows that MMR does not efficiently repair 3 or more contiguous substitutions. Contiguous substitutions therefore offer a method for circumventing MMR and boosting PE efficiency.
  • FIGs.39A-39C show that MLH1neg improves PE in HeLa cells.
  • FIGs.40A-40G show that pooled Repair-seq CRISPRi screens reveal genetic determinants of substitution on prime editing outcomes.
  • FIG.40A shows that prime editing with the PE2 system is mediated by the PE2 enzyme (Streptococcus pyogenes Cas9 (SpCas9) H840A nickase fused to a reverse transcriptase) and a prime editing guide RNA (pegRNA).
  • the PE2 enzyme Streptococcus pyogenes Cas9 (SpCas9) H840A nickase fused to a reverse transcriptase
  • pegRNA prime editing guide RNA
  • the PE3 system uses an additional single guide RNA (sgRNA) to nick the non-edited strand and yield higher editing efficiency.
  • PBS primer binding site.
  • RT template reverse transcription template.
  • FIG.40B provides an overview of prime editing Repair-seq CRISPRi screens.
  • a library of CRISPRi sgRNAs and a pre-validated prime edit site are transduced into CRISPRi cell lines and transfected with prime editors targeting the edit site.
  • CRISPRi sgRNA identities and prime edited sites are amplified together from genomic DNA and paired-end sequenced together to link each genetic perturbation with editing outcome.
  • SaCas9 Staphylococcus aureus Cas9.
  • FIG.40C shows the effect of each CRISPRi sgRNA on the percentage of sequencing reads reporting the intended G•C-to-C•G prime edit at the targeted edit site in pooled CRISPRi screens. Each value depicts all sequencing reads carrying the same CRISPRi sgRNA.
  • FIG.40D shows the effect of CRISPRi sgRNAs on editing efficiency in all screen conditions. Black dots represent individual non-targeting sgRNAs, black lines show the mean of all non-targeting sgRNAs, and gray shading represents kernel density estimates of the distributions of all sgRNAs.
  • FIGs.40E–40G show comparisons of gene-level effects of CRISPRi targeting on the intended G•C-to-C•G prime edit across different screen conditions.
  • FIG.40E K562 PE2 vs. HeLa PE2.
  • FIG.40F K562 PE3+50 vs. HeLa PE3+50.
  • FIG.40G K562 PE2 vs. K562 PE3+50.
  • FIGs.41A-41J show genetic modulators of unintended prime editing outcomes.
  • FIGs.41A-41J show genetic modulators of unintended prime editing outcomes.
  • 41A-41D show representative examples of four categories of unintended prime editing outcomes observed in CRISPRi screens.
  • the black bar depicts the sequence of an editing outcome
  • the blue bar depicts genomic sequence around the targeted editing site
  • the orange bar depicts the pegRNA sequence.
  • Blue and orange lines between the editing outcome and the genome or pegRNA depict local alignments between the outcome sequence and the relevant reference sequence. Mismatches in alignments are marked by X’s, and insertions are marked by downward dimples.
  • the location of the programmed edit is marked by a grey box. Red and cyan rectangles on the genome mark SaCas9 protospacers and PAMs, and black vertical lines mark the locations of SaCas9 nick sites.
  • FIGs.41G-41H show a comparison of the effects of knockdown of all genes targeted in CRISPRi screens on the frequency of joining of reverse transcribed sequence at unintended locations (FIG.41G) or the frequency of deletions (FIG.41H) from PE3+50.
  • the effect of each gene is calculated as the average log2 fold change in frequency from non-targeting sgRNAs for the two most extreme sgRNAs targeting the gene.
  • FIG.41I shows the frequency of deletion as a function of genomic position relative to programmed PE3+50 nicks (dashed vertical lines) in K562 screen replicate 1 across all reads for indicated sets of CRISPRi sgRNAs (black line: 60 non-targeting sgRNAs; orange and green lines: three sgRNAs targeting each of MSH2, MSH6, MLH1, and PMS2) (top).
  • Log2 fold change in frequency of deletion as a function of genomic position from MSH2, MSH6, MLH1, and PMS2 sgRNAs compared to non- targeting sgRNAs bottom).
  • FIG.41 J shows the effect of gene knockdowns on the fraction of all observed deletions that remove sequence at least 25-nt outside of programmed PE3+50 nicks in K562 screens. Each dot represents all reads for all sgRNAs targeting each gene. Black dots represent 20 sets of three random non-targeting sgRNAs.
  • FIGs.42A-42D show a model for mismatch repair of prime editing intermediates.
  • FIG. 42A shows a model for DNA mismatch repair (MMR) of PE2 intermediates. MMR excises and replaces the nicked strand during repair of the prime editor-generated heteroduplex substrate.
  • MMR DNA mismatch repair
  • FIG.42B shows a model for MMR of PE3 intermediates.
  • PE3 installs an additional nick on the non-edited strand that can direct MMR to replace the non-edited strand.
  • Ligation of the edited strand nick leaves only the complementary-strand nick to signal repair by MMR, resulting in the desired prime editing outcome.
  • FIG.42C shows prime editing efficiencies of PE2 and PE3 prime editors at endogenous sites (HEK3, EMX1, and RUNX1) in HEK293T cells pre-treated with knockdown siRNAs against MSH2, MSH6, MLH1, or PMS2 transcripts.
  • FIGs.43A-43F show that engineered dominant negative MMR proteins (dominant negative variants of MSH2, MSH6, PMS2, and MLH1) enhance prime editing.
  • FIG.43A shows editing improvement at HEK2, EMX1, and RUNX1 sites by co-expression of PE2 in trans with human MMR proteins or dominant negative variants in HEK293T cells.
  • MMR proteins include MSH2, MSH6, PMS2, and MLH1.
  • FIG.43B shows functional annotation of the 756-aa human MLH1 protein, including an ATPase domain, MSH2 interaction domain, NLS domain, PMS2 dimerization domain, and an endonuclease domain.
  • FIG.43C shows editing enhancement of MLH1 variants co-expressed with PE2 in HEK293T cells at HEK3, EMX1, and RUNX1 sites. Red boxes indicate mutations that inactivate MLH1 ATPase or endonuclease function.
  • MLH1dn MLH1 ⁇ 754-756.
  • FIG.43F compares the structure of PE2, PE3, PE4, and PE5.
  • the PE4 editing system consists of a prime editor enzyme (nickase Cas9-RT fusion), MLH1dn, and pegRNA.
  • the PE5 editing system consists of a prime editor enzyme, MLH1dn, pegRNA, and second-strand nicking sgRNA.
  • FIGs.44A-44G show the characterization of PE4 and PE5 across diverse prime editing classes and cell types.
  • FIGs.44G-44H show that installation of additional silent or benign mutations near the intended edit can increase editing efficiency by generating a heteroduplex substrate that evades MMR.
  • the PAM sequence (NGG) for each target is underlined.
  • FIG.44I shows a comparison of prime editing enhancement in different cell types.
  • PE4 and PE5 systems enhance prime editing to a greater extent in MMR deficient cells (MMR–) than in MMR proficient cells (MMR+).
  • MMR MMR deficient cells
  • MMR+ MMR proficient cells
  • the same set of 30 pegRNAs encoding single-base substitution edits were tested in HEK293T and HeLa cells.
  • K562 and U2OS cells were edited with 10 pegRNAs that are a direct subset of the 30 pegRNAs tested in HEK293T and HeLa cells.
  • the mean ⁇ SD of all individual values of sets of n 3 independent biological replicates are shown. P values were calculated using the Mann-Whitney U test.
  • FIGs.45A-45H show the effect of dominant negative MLH1 on prime editing product purity and off-targeting.
  • FIG.45A shows that edit-encoding pegRNAs program a base change within the nascent 3 ⁇ DNA flap and generate a heteroduplex following flap interconversion.
  • Non- editing pegRNAs template a 3 ⁇ DNA flap with perfect complementarity to the genomic target site.
  • FIG.45B shows the frequency of indels from PE3 or PE5 with four edit-encoding pegRNAs that program single base mutations or four non-editing pegRNAs.
  • FIG.45D shows distribution of deletions at genomic target DNA formed by PE3 and PE5 using 12 substitution-encoding pegRNAs at endogenous DNMT1 and RNF2 loci in HEK293T cells. Dotted lines indicate position of pegRNA- and sgRNA-directed nicks.
  • FIGs.46A-46F show that PEmax architecture with PE4 and PE5 editing systems enhances editing at disease-relevant gene targets and cell types.
  • FIG 46A shows a schematic of PE2 and PEmax editor architectures. bpNLSSV40, bipartite SV40 NLS nuclear localization signal. MMLV RT, Moloney Murine Leukemia Virus reverse transcriptase pentamutant; codon opt., human codon-optimized.
  • FIG.46B shows that engineered pegRNAs (epegRNAs) contain a 3 ⁇ RNA structural motif that improve prime editing performance.
  • FIG.46C shows prime editing efficiencies of PE4 and PE5 combined with PEmax architectures and epegRNAs.
  • FIG.46D shows prime editing at therapeutically-relevant sites in wild-type HeLa and HEK293T cells.
  • the HBB locus is edited at the E6 codon commonly mutated in patients with sickle cell disease (E6V).
  • the CDKL5 edit is at a site for which the c.1412delA mutation causes CDKL5 deficiency disorder.
  • FIGs.47A-47J show the design and results of Repair-seq screens for substitution prime editing outcomes.
  • FIG.47A shows optimization of a Staphylococcus aureus (Sa)-pegRNA for installation of a G•C-to-C•G edit within a lentivirally integrated HBB sequence using SaPE2 in HEK293T cells.
  • PBS primer-binding site.
  • FIG.47B shows the design of the prime editing Repair-seq lentiviral vector (pPC1000). In Repair-seq screens, a 453-bp region containing CRISPRi sgRNA sequence and prime editing outcome is amplified from genomic DNA for paired-end Illumina sequencing.
  • the CRISPRi sgRNA is sequenced with a 44-nt Illumina forward read (R1), and the prime edited site (including +50 and –50 nick sites) is sequenced with a 263-nt Illumina reverse read (R2). Black triangles indicate positions of SaPE2-induced nicks programmed by Sa-pegRNA and Sa- sgRNAs. Sizes of all vector components are to scale.
  • FIG.47C shows a schematic of PE2, PE3+50, and PE3–50 prime editing configurations with SaPE2 protein (SaCas9 N580A fused to an engineered MMLV RT).
  • FIG.47F shows functional annotation classes of the genes targeted by the pooled CRISPRi sgRNA library used in Repair-seq screens.
  • FIGs.47G-47J show that the knockdown of MSH2, MSH6, MLH1, and PMS2 increases the frequency of the intended +6 G•C-to-C•G prime edit in all Repair-seq screens. Dots represent reads from individual CRISPRi sgRNAs.
  • FIGs.48A-48I show the genetic modulators of unintended prime editing outcomes.
  • FIG. 48A shows an overview of PE3–50 outcomes in HeLa CRISPRi screens. TP53BP1 knockdown dramatically reduces formation of all unintended editing outcomes.
  • FIG.48B shows additional details of PE2 outcomes in K562 CRISPRi screens, supplementing FIG.41H.
  • FIG.48C shows additional details of PE3+50 outcomes in K562 CRISPRi screens, supplementing information in FIG.41G.
  • FIG.48D shows that MSH2, MLH1, and PMS2 knockdown produce larger fold changes in installation of additional edits than in intended edits in K562 PE2 screens.
  • FIG.48E shows unintended joining of reverse transcribed sequence in PE2 screens in K562 and HeLa cells are most increased by knockdown of Fanconi anemia genes (red) as well as a set of RAD51 homologs and other genes involved in homologous recombination (blue).
  • FIG.48F shows deletions in in PE2 screens in K562 and HeLa cells are most increased by a set of RAD51 homologs and other genes involved in homologous recombination (blue).
  • FIG.48G shows that in addition to MSH2, MLH1, and PMS2, HLTF knockdown produces larger fold changes in installation of additional edits than in intended edits in K562 PE3+50 screens.
  • FIG.48H shows that tandem duplications in HeLa and K562 PE3+50 screens are most decreased by knockdown of POLD and RFC subunits.
  • FIG.48I shows deletions in HeLa PE3+50 and PE3–50 screens have dramatically divergent genetic regulators, highlighting differences in the processing of the different overhang configurations.
  • FIGs.49A-49F show validation of prime editing Repair-seq screen results.
  • FIGs.49A- 49B show alignment of Sa-pegRNAs, their templated 3 ⁇ DNA flaps following SaPE2 reverse transcription, and the genomic target sequence (top).
  • an Sa-pegRNA with recoded scaffold sequence (FIG.49B) templates an extended 3 ⁇ DNA flap with reduced homology with genomic target sequence.
  • the recoded Sa-pegRNA contains 2 base pair changes that preserve base pairing interactions within the scaffold.
  • Reverse transcription of the Sa-pegRNA scaffold can generate a misextended 3 ⁇ flap that is incorporated into the genome.
  • Vertical lines depict base pairing.
  • X’s depict mismatches between the misextended reverse-transcribed 3 ⁇ flap and genomic sequence.
  • FIGs.49A-49B also show frequencies of editing outcome categories observed at the screen edit site from arrayed PE2 and PE3+50 experiments in HeLa CRISPRi cells (bottom).
  • FIG.49A shows siteRepair-seq screens
  • FIG.49B shows a recoded Sa-pegRNA
  • FIG.49C shows the mechanism of DNA mismatch repair in humans.
  • FIG.49D shows mismatch repair of a prime editing heteroduplex intermediate could install additional non-programmed nicks from MutL ⁇ endonuclease activity.
  • FIG. 49E shows the knockdown efficiency of siRNA treatment relative to a non-targeting siRNA control in HEK293T cells.
  • Cells were transfected with siRNAs, incubated for 3 days, transfected with PE2, pegRNAs, and the same siRNAs, then incubated for another 3 days before relative RNA abundances were assayed by RT-qPCR.
  • NT non-targeting.
  • FIG.50A shows the prime editing efficiencies from MMR proteins or dominant negative variants expressed in trans with or fused directly to PE2 in HEK293T cells.32aa linker, (SGGS) ⁇ 2–XTEN–(SGGS) ⁇ 2 (SEQ ID NO: 125) (SGGSSGGSSGSETPGTSESATPES SGGSSGGS (SEQ ID NO: 125) or structurally, [SGGS]- [SGGS]-[SGSETPGTSESATPES]-[SGGS]-[SGGS] (SEQ ID NO: 125)).
  • codon opt. human codon optimized.
  • FIG.50C shows prime editing with MLH1dn co- expression in MMR-deficient HCT116 cells that contain a biallelic deletion in MLH1. Bars represent the mean of 3 replicates.
  • FIG.50D shows a comparison of prime editing with human MLH1dn (human codon-optimized) or mouse MLH1dn (mouse codon optimized) in human HEK293T cells.
  • FIG.50G shows editing at the FANCF locus with PE3b and PE5b (complementary-strand nick that is specific for the edited sequence) in HEK293T cells.
  • FIGs.51A-51J show the characterization of PE4 and PE5 across diverse prime edit classes and cell types.
  • FIG.51C shows the efficiencies of single-base substitution prime edits that alter the PAM (+5 G and +6 G bases) of prime editing target protospacers in HEK293T cells.
  • Four G•C-to-A•T, five G•C-to-C•G, and six G•C-to-T•A PAM edits across a combined seven endogenous sites are shown.
  • FIG.51E shows the effect of MMR gene knockout on G•C-to- C•G editing at the RNF2 locus in HAP1 cells.
  • FIG.51F shows prime editing at the integrated screen edit site with CRISPRi knockdown in HeLa CRISPRi cells.
  • PE2 indicates editing with SaPE2 protein and Sa-pegRNA.
  • FIG.51G provides a summary of PE5 enhancement in editing efficiency over PE3 for 84 single-base substitution edits in HEK293T cells.
  • FIG.51I shows that PE5 improves editing efficiency and reduces indel byproducts compared to PE3 across small insertion and deletion prime edits in HEK293T cells.
  • FIG.51J shows PE2 and PE4 editing efficiencies at 33 different insertion and deletion prime edits across a combined three endogenous loci.
  • FIGs.52A-52C show characterization of PE4 and PE5 systems and improved prime editing efficiency with additional silent mutations.
  • FIG.52B shows that installation of additional silent mutations can increase prime editing efficiency by evading MMR.
  • PE4/PE2 fold-change in editing frequency reflects the extent to which MMR activity impedes the indicated prime edit.
  • Edited nucleotides that make the indicated coding mutation are marked in red, and edited nucleotides that make silent mutations are marked in green.
  • FIGs.53A-53G show the effect of dominant negative MLH1 on prime editing product purity and off-targeting.
  • FIG.53A shows the frequency of indels in HEK293T cells treated with pegRNAs, nicking sgRNAs, and PE2 enzyme, RT-impaired PE2 (PE2–dRT), or nickase Cas9 (SpCas9 H840A), with and without MLH1dn.
  • FIG.53B shows the distribution of deletion outcomes from PE3 and PE5 at endogenous loci in HEK293T cells.12 different pegRNAs that program single-base substitutions were tested at each indicated locus.
  • FIG. 53C shows the distribution of deletion outcomes from PE3 and PE5 with an edit-encoding and non-editing pegRNA in HEK293T cells.
  • the non-editing pegRNA templates a 3 ⁇ DNA flap with perfect complementarity to the genomic target sequence.
  • FIG.53D shows the frequency of all prime editing outcomes with unintended pegRNA scaffold sequence incorporation or unintended flap rejoining in HEK293T cells.12 pegRNAs each programming a different single-base substitution were tested at each of the seven indicated loci.
  • FIG.53F shows the distribution and cumulative distribution of microsatellite repeat lengths in the indicated cell types and treatments.
  • HAP1 and HeLa cells are MMR-proficient, and HCT116 cells have impaired MMR.
  • HAP1 ⁇ MSH2 cells underwent 60 cell divisions following knockout of MSH2.
  • FIGs.54A-54F show that use of PEmax architecture with PE4 and PE5 editing systems enhances editing at disease-relevant gene targets and cell types.
  • FIG.54A shows a schematic of PE2 and PEmax editor architectures.
  • bpNLS SV40 bipartite SV40 NLS.
  • MMLV RT Moloney Murine Leukemia Virus reverse transcriptase pentamutant.
  • GS codon Genscript human codon optimized.
  • FIG.54B shows engineered pegRNAs (epegRNAs) containing a 3 ⁇ RNA structural motif that improve prime editing performance.
  • FIG.54D shows prime editing at therapeutically- relevant sites in wild-type HeLa and HEK293T cells. The HBB locus is edited at the E6 codon commonly mutated in patients with sickle cell disease (E6V).
  • E6V sickle cell disease
  • the CDKL5 edit is at a site for which the c.1412delA mutation causes CDKL5 deficiency disorder.
  • FIG.54E shows the correction of CDKL5 c.1412delA via an A•T insertion and a silent G•C-to-A•T edit in iPSCs derived from a patient heterozygous for the allele. Editing efficiencies indicate the percentage of sequencing reads with c.1412delA correction out of editable alleles that carry the mutation. Indel frequencies reflect all sequencing reads that contain any indels.
  • FIGs.55A-55B show the development of PEmax and application of PE4 and PE5 to primary cell types. FIGs.55A-55B show screening of prime editor variants to maximize editing efficiency in HeLa cells. All prime editor architectures carry a Cas9 H840A mutation to prevent nicking of the complementary DNA strand at the target protospacer.
  • FIGs.56A-56G show development of PEmax and application of PE4 and PE5 to primary cell types.
  • FIG.56A shows a screen of prime editor variants for improved editing efficiency with the PE3 system in HeLa cells. All prime editor architectures carry a SpCas9 H840A mutation to prevent nicking of the complementary DNA strand at the target protospacer.
  • FIG.56B shows the architecture of the original PE2 editor (Anzalone et al., 2019), PE2* (Liu et al., 2021), CMP–PE–V1 (Park et al., 2021), and prime editor variants developed in this work (PEmax, CMP–PEmax). HN1, HMGN1; H1G, histone H1 central globular domain; codon opt., human codon optimized.
  • FIG.56D shows fold-change in editing efficiency of prime editor architectures compared to PE2 with the PE3 system in HeLa cells.
  • FIG.56F shows the correction of CDKL5 c.1412delA via an A•T insertion and a G•C-to-A•T edit in iPSCs derived from a patient heterozygous for the disease allele.
  • Editing efficiencies indicate the percentage of sequencing reads with c.1412delA correction out of editable alleles that carry the mutation.
  • FIGs.57A-57B show that the recoded pegRNA scaffold reduces unintended outcomes from scaffold sequence incorporation.
  • FIG.57A shows an alignment of the prime editing Repair-seq target site and SaPE2-generated 3 ⁇ DNA flaps templated by (top) the Sa-pegRNA used in Repair-seq screens, or (bottom) an Sa-pegRNA with a recoded scaffold sequence.3 ⁇ flap sequences are aligned with the templated region of the Sa-pegRNA shown above (RT template or scaffold). Red indicates position of the intended +6 G•C to C•G edit programmed by both Sa- pegRNAs. Blue indicates positions at which the genomic target sequence does not align with the 3 ⁇ flap sequence templated by the Sa-pegRNA scaffold.
  • FIG.57B shows a summary of editing outcome categories observed in PE2 and PE3+50 experiments in HeLa CRISPRi cells.
  • Screen pegRNA indicates the Sa-pegRNA used in prime editing Repair-seq screens.
  • Sa-pegRNA with recoded scaffold (sequence shown in FIG.54A) avoids sequence homology with the Repair-seq edit site.
  • FIG.59 shows that PE improvement with MLH1dn depends on prime edit size. MMR most efficiently repairs substitutions and insertion and deletion errors of fewer than or equal to approximately 13 bp in length.
  • FIG.60 shows that PE4 and epegRNAs enable prime editing with a single pegRNA integrant.
  • FIG.61 shows that PE5 improves installation of the protective Wales allele in an APOE4 mouse astrocyte model.
  • FIGs.62A-62C show that inhibiting p53 enhances the efficiency and precision of PE3 prime editing. This is particularly true when the nicking sgRNA makes a nick upstream (- side) of the pegRNA-directed nick.
  • Each point on the graphs represents an individual CRISPRi gene knockdown in the Repair-seq screens.
  • the axes depict log2 fold changes compared to control.
  • Knocking down TP53BP1 increases intended editing (x-axis) and decreases three types of unintended editing (y-axes), including joining of the reverse transcribed sequence at unintended locations (FIG.62A), unintended deletions (FIG.62B), and unintended tandem duplications (FIG.62C).
  • FIG.63 shows that a p53 inhibitor (i53) can enhance the efficiency and precision of PE3 prime editing. This is particularly true when the nicking sgRNA makes a nick upstream (- side) of the pegRNA-directed nick.
  • FIG.64 represents various aspects of the disclosure, including the use of CRISPRi screens to reveal cellular genes—including mismatch repair genes—having an impact on prime editing outcomes, the use of engineered MLH1 of the mismatch repair (MMR) pathway to enhance the efficiency and precision of prime editing, and the demonstration that improved prime editing systems described herein (e.g., PE4 and PE5 systems, and PEmax editor) were shown to exhibit the same beneficial effects in many cell types.
  • FIG.64 shows that CRISPRi screens reveal cellular determinants of prime genome editing, that engineered MLH1 protein enhances prime editing efficiency and precision, and that improved prime editing systems were characterized across edit and cell types.
  • FIG.65 provides a schematic showing the optimization of PE2 protein.
  • FIG.66 shows the fold change in the frequency of the intended edit using PE2 and various other PE constructs in HEK293T cells (low plasmid dose) at a range of gene targets (HEK3, EMX1, RNF2, FANCF, FUNX1, DNMT1, VEGFA, HEK4, PRNP, APOE, CXCR4, HEK3).
  • FIG.67 shows the fold change in the frequency of the intended edit using PE3 and various prime editor constructs in HeLa cells at a range of gene targets (HEK3, FANCF, RUNX1, VEGFA).
  • FIG.68 shows a comparison of prime editing in HEK293T vs.
  • FIG.69 shows NLS architecture optimization of PE3 in HeLa cells.
  • FIG.70 provides a schematic showing the final PEmax construct, which corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 99.
  • FIG.71 shows that PEmax increases indels in addition to the intended edit. DEFINITIONS [171] Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the meaning commonly understood by a person skilled in the art to which this invention belongs. The following references provide one of skill with a general definition of many of the terms used in this invention: Singleton et al., Dictionary of Microbiology and Molecular Biology (2nd ed.
  • Cas9 refers to an RNA-guided nuclease comprising a Cas9 domain, or a fragment thereof (e.g., a protein comprising an active or inactive DNA cleavage domain of Cas9, and/or the gRNA binding domain of Cas9).
  • a “Cas9 domain” as used herein, is a protein fragment comprising an active or inactive cleavage domain of Cas9 and/or the gRNA binding domain of Cas9.
  • a “Cas9 protein” is a full length Cas9 protein.
  • a Cas9 nuclease is also referred to sometimes as a casn1 nuclease or a CRISPR (Clustered Regularly Interspaced Short Palindromic Repeat)-associated nuclease.
  • CRISPR is an adaptive immune system that provides protection against mobile genetic elements (viruses, transposable elements, and conjugative plasmids).
  • CRISPR clusters contain spacers, sequences complementary to antecedent mobile elements, and target invading nucleic acids.
  • CRISPR clusters are transcribed and processed into CRISPR RNA (crRNA).
  • crRNA CRISPR RNA
  • tracrRNA trans-encoded small RNA
  • rnc endogenous ribonuclease 3
  • Cas9 domain The tracrRNA serves as a guide for ribonuclease 3-aided processing of pre- crRNA.
  • Cas9/crRNA/tracrRNA endonucleolytically cleaves a linear or circular dsDNA target complementary to the spacer.
  • the target strand not complementary to crRNA is first cut endonucleolytically, then trimmed 3 ⁇ -5 ⁇ exonucleolytically.
  • RNA-binding and cleavage typically requires protein and both RNAs.
  • single guide RNAs (“sgRNA”, or simply “gNRA”) can be engineered to incorporate aspects of both the crRNA and tracrRNA into a single RNA species.
  • sgRNA single guide RNAs
  • Cas9 recognizes a short motif in the CRISPR repeat sequences (the PAM or protospacer adjacent motif) to help distinguish self versus non-self.
  • Cas9 nuclease sequences and structures are well known to those of skill in the art (see, e.g., “Complete genome sequence of an M1 strain of Streptococcus pyogenes.” Ferretti et al., J.J., McShan W.M., Ajdic D.J., Savic D.J., Savic G., Lyon K., Primeaux C., Sezate S., Suvorov A.N., Kenton S., Lai H.S., Lin S.P., Qian Y., Jia H.G., Najar F.Z., Ren Q., Zhu H., Song L., White J., Yuan X., Clifton S.W., Roe B.A., McLaughlin R.E., Proc.
  • Cas9 orthologs have been described in various species, including, but not limited to, S. pyogenes and S. thermophilus. Additional suitable Cas9 nucleases and sequences will be apparent to those of skill in the art based on this disclosure, and such Cas9 nucleases and sequences include Cas9 sequences from the organisms and loci disclosed in Chylinski, Rhun, and Charpentier, “The tracrRNA and Cas9 families of type II CRISPR-Cas immunity systems” (2013) RNA Biology 10:5, 726-737; the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • a Cas9 nuclease comprises one or more mutations that partially impair or inactivate the DNA cleavage domain.
  • a nuclease-inactivated Cas9 domain may interchangeably be referred to as a “dCas9” protein (for nuclease-“dead” Cas9).
  • Methods for generating a Cas9 domain (or a fragment thereof) having an inactive DNA cleavage domain are known (see, e.g., Jinek et al., Science.
  • the DNA cleavage domain of Cas9 is known to include two subdomains, the HNH nuclease subdomain and the RuvC1 subdomain.
  • the HNH subdomain cleaves the strand complementary to the gRNA, whereas the RuvC1 subdomain cleaves the non-complementary strand. Mutations within these subdomains can silence the nuclease activity of Cas9.
  • proteins comprising fragments of Cas9 are provided.
  • a protein comprises one of two Cas9 domains: (1) the gRNA binding domain of Cas9; or (2) the DNA cleavage domain of Cas9.
  • proteins comprising Cas9 or fragments thereof are referred to as “Cas9 variants.”
  • a Cas9 variant shares homology to Cas9, or a fragment thereof.
  • a Cas9 variant is at least about 70% identical, at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, at least about 95% identical, at least about 96% identical, at least about 97% identical, at least about 98% identical, at least about 99% identical, at least about 99.5% identical, at least about 99.8% identical, or at least about 99.9% identical to wild type Cas9 (e.g., SpCas9 of SEQ ID NO: 2).
  • wild type Cas9 e.g., SpCas9 of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • the Cas9 variant may have 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 21, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, or more amino acid changes compared to wild type Cas9 (e.g., SpCas9 of SEQ ID NO: 2).
  • the Cas9 variant comprises a fragment of SEQ ID NO: 2 Cas9 (e.g., a gRNA binding domain or a DNA-cleavage domain), such that the fragment is at least about 70% identical, at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, at least about 95% identical, at least about 96% identical, at least about 97% identical, at least about 98% identical, at least about 99% identical, at least about 99.5% identical, or at least about 99.9% identical to the corresponding fragment of wild type Cas9 (e.g., SpCas9 of SEQ ID NO: 2).
  • wild type Cas9 e.g., SpCas9 of SEQ ID NO: 2
  • the fragment is at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% identical, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% of the amino acid length of a corresponding wild type Cas9 (e.g., SpCas9 of SEQ ID NO: 2).
  • a corresponding wild type Cas9 e.g., SpCas9 of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • circular permutant refers to a protein or polypeptide (e.g., a Cas9) comprising a circular permutation, which is a change in the protein’s structural configuration involving a change in the order of amino acids appearing in the protein’s amino acid sequence.
  • circular permutants are proteins that have altered N- and C- termini as compared to a wild-type counterpart, e.g., the wild-type C-terminal half of a protein becomes the new N-terminal half.
  • Circular permutation is essentially the topological rearrangement of a protein’s primary sequence, connecting its N- and C-terminus, often with a peptide linker, while concurrently splitting its sequence at a different position to create new, adjacent N- and C-termini.
  • the result is a protein structure with different connectivity, but which often can have the same overall similar three-dimensional (3D) shape, and possibly include improved or altered characteristics, including reduced proteolytic susceptibility, improved catalytic activity, altered substrate or ligand binding, and/or improved thermostability.
  • Circular permutant proteins can occur in nature (e.g., concanavalin A and lectin).
  • Circularly permuted Cas9 refers to any Cas9 protein, or variant thereof, that occurs as a circular permutant, whereby its N- and C-termini have been topically rearranged.
  • Such circularly permuted Cas9 proteins (“CP-Cas9”), or variants thereof, retain the ability to bind DNA when complexed with a guide RNA (gRNA).
  • CRISPR is a family of DNA sequences (i.e., CRISPR clusters) in bacteria and archaea that represent snippets of prior infections by a virus that have invaded the prokaryote.
  • the snippets of DNA are used by the prokaryotic cell to detect and destroy DNA from subsequent attacks by similar viruses and effectively compose, along with an array of CRISPR-associated proteins (including Cas9 and homologs thereof) and CRISPR-associated RNA, a prokaryotic immune defense system.
  • CRISPR clusters are transcribed and processed into CRISPR RNA (crRNA).
  • tracrRNA trans-encoded small RNA
  • rnc endogenous ribonuclease 3
  • Cas9 protein a trans-encoded small RNA
  • the tracrRNA serves as a guide for ribonuclease 3-aided processing of pre-crRNA.
  • Cas9/crRNA/tracrRNA endonucleolytically cleaves a linear or circular dsDNA target complementary to the RNA. Specifically, the target strand not complementary to crRNA is first cut endonucleolytically, then trimmed 3 ⁇ -5 ⁇ exonucleolytically.
  • RNA-binding and cleavage typically requires protein and both RNAs.
  • single guide RNAs (“sgRNA”, or simply “gNRA”) can be engineered so as to incorporate aspects of both the crRNA and tracrRNA into a single RNA species – the guide RNA.
  • sgRNA single guide RNAs
  • Cas9 recognizes a short motif in the CRISPR repeat sequences (the PAM or protospacer adjacent motif) to help distinguish self versus non-self.
  • Cas9 orthologs have been described in various species, including, but not limited to, S. pyogenes and S. thermophilus. Additional suitable Cas9 nucleases and sequences will be apparent to those of skill in the art based on this disclosure, and such Cas9 nucleases and sequences include Cas9 sequences from the organisms and loci disclosed in Chylinski, Rhun, and Charpentier, “The tracrRNA and Cas9 families of type II CRISPR-Cas immunity systems” (2013) RNA Biology 10:5, 726-737; the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • tracrRNA trans-encoded small RNA
  • rnc endogenous ribonuclease 3
  • Cas9 protein a trans-encoded small RNA
  • the tracrRNA serves as a guide for ribonuclease 3-aided processing of pre- crRNA.
  • Cas9/crRNA/tracrRNA endonucleolytically cleaves a linear or circular nucleic acid target complementary to the RNA. Specifically, the target strand not complementary to crRNA is first cut endonucleolytically, then trimmed 3 ⁇ -5 ⁇ exonucleolytically.
  • RNA-binding and cleavage typically requires protein and both RNAs.
  • single guide RNAs (“sgRNA”, or simply “gRNA”) can be engineered to incorporate embodiments of both the crRNA and tracrRNA into a single RNA species—the guide RNA.
  • sgRNA single guide RNAs
  • gRNA single guide RNAs
  • gRNA single guide RNAs
  • gRNA single guide RNAs
  • gRNA single guide RNAs
  • gRNA single guide RNAs
  • gRNA single guide RNAs
  • a “CRISPR system” refers collectively to transcripts and other elements involved in the expression of or directing the activity of CRISPR-associated (“Cas”) genes, including sequences encoding a Cas gene, a tracr (trans-activating CRISPR) sequence (e.g.
  • tracrRNA or an active partial tracrRNA a tracr mate sequence (encompassing a “direct repeat” and a tracrRNA-processed partial direct repeat in the context of an endogenous CRISPR system), a guide sequence (also referred to as a “spacer” in the context of an endogenous CRISPR system), or other sequences and transcripts from a CRISPR locus.
  • the tracrRNA of the system is complementary (fully or partially) to the tracr mate sequence present on the guide RNA.
  • DNA synthesis template refers to the region or portion of the extension arm of a PEgRNA that is utilized as a template strand by a polymerase of a prime editor to encode a 3 ⁇ single-strand DNA flap that contains the desired edit and which then, through the mechanism of prime editing, replaces the corresponding endogenous strand of DNA at the target site.
  • the extension arm including the DNA synthesis template, may be comprised of DNA or RNA.
  • the polymerase of the prime editor can be an RNA-dependent DNA polymerase (e.g., a reverse transcriptase).
  • the polymerase of the prime editor can be a DNA-dependent DNA polymerase.
  • the DNA synthesis template may comprise the “edit template” and the “homology arm”, and all or a portion of the optional 5 ⁇ end modifier region, e2. That is, depending on the nature of the e2 region (e.g., whether it includes a hairpin, toeloop, or stem/loop secondary structure), the polymerase may encode none, some, or all of the e2 region as well.
  • the DNA synthesis template can include the portion of the extension arm that spans from the 5' end of the primer binding site (PBS) to 3 ⁇ end of the gRNA core that may operate as a template for the synthesis of a single-strand of DNA by a polymerase (e.g., a reverse transcriptase).
  • a polymerase e.g., a reverse transcriptase
  • the DNA synthesis template can include the portion of the extension arm that spans from the 5' end of the PEgRNA molecule to the 3 ⁇ end of the edit template.
  • the DNA synthesis template excludes the primer binding site (PBS) of PEgRNAs either having a 3 ⁇ extension arm or a 5' extension arm.
  • an RT template which is inclusive of the edit template and the homology arm, i.e., the sequence of the PEgRNA extension arm which is actually used as a template during DNA synthesis.
  • the term “RT template” is equivalent to the term “DNA synthesis template.”
  • an RT template may be used to refer to a template polynucleotide for reverse transcription, e.g., in a prime editing system, complex, or method using a prime editor having a polymerase that is a reverse transcriptase.
  • a DNA synthesis template may be used to refer to a template polynucleotide for DNA polymerization, e.g., RNA-dependent DNA polymerization or DNA-dependent DNA polymerization, e.g., in a prime editing system, complex, or method using a prime editor having a polymerase that is an RNA-dependent DNA polymerase or a DNA-dependent DNA polymerase.
  • the DNA synthesis template is a single-stranded portion of the PEgRNA that is 5’ of the PBS and comprises a region of complementarity to the PAM strand (i.e., the non-target strand or the edit strand), and comprises one or more nucleotide edits compared to the endogenous sequence of the double stranded target DNA.
  • the DNA synthesis template is complementary or substantially complementary to a sequence on the non-target strand that is downstream of a nick site, except for one or more non-complementary nucleotides at the intended nucleotide edit positions.
  • the DNA synthesis template is complementary or substantially complementary to a sequence on the non-target strand that is immediately downstream (i.e., directly downstream) of a nick site, except for one or more non-complementary nucleotides at the intended nucleotide edit positions. In some embodiments, one or more of the non-complementary nucleotides at the intended nucleotide edit positions are immediately downstream of a nick site. In some embodiments, the DNA synthesis template comprises one or more nucleotide edits relative to the double-stranded target DNA sequence. In some embodiments, the DNA synthesis template comprises one or more nucleotide edits relative to the non-target strand of the double-stranded target DNA sequence.
  • a nick site is characteristic of the particular napDNAbp to which the gRNA core of the PEgRNA associates, and is characteristic of the particular PAM required for recognition and function of the napDNAbp.
  • the nick site in the phosphodiester bond between bases three (“-3” position relative to the position 1 of the PAM sequence) and four (“-4” position relative to position 1 of the PAM sequence).
  • the DNA synthesis template and the primer binding site are immediately adjacent to each other.
  • nucleotide edit refers to a specific nucleotide edit, e.g., a specific deletion of one or more nucleotides, a specific insertion of one or more nucleotides, a specific substitution (or multiple substitutions) of one or more nucleotides, or a combination thereof, at a specific position in a DNA synthesis template of a PEgRNA to be incorporated in a target DNA sequence.
  • the DNA synthesis template comprises more than one nucleotide edit relative to the double-stranded target DNA sequence.
  • each nucleotide edit is a specific nucleotide edit at a specific position in the DNA synthesis template, each nucleotide edit is at a different specific position relative to any of the other nucleotide edits in the DNA synthesis template, and each nucleotide edit is independently selected from a specific deletion of one or more nucleotides, a specific insertion of one or more nucleotides, a specific substitution (or multiple substitutions) of one or more nucleotides, or a combination thereof.
  • a nucleotide edit may refer to the edit on the DNA synthesis template as compared to the sequence on the target strand of the target gene, or a nucleotide edit may refer to the edit encoded by the DNA synthesis template on the newly synthesized single stranded DNA that replaces the endogenous target DNA sequence on the non-target strand.
  • Dominant Negative Variant [181] The terms “dominant negative variant” and “dominant negative mutant” refer to genes or gene products (e.g., proteins) that comprise a mutation that results in the gene product acting antagonistically to the wild-type gene product (i.e., inhibiting its activity). Dominant negative mutations generally result in an altered molecular function (often inactive).
  • edit template refers to a portion of the extension arm that encodes the desired edit in the single strand 3 ⁇ DNA flap that is synthesized by the polymerase, e.g., a DNA-dependent DNA polymerase, RNA-dependent DNA polymerase (e.g., a reverse transcriptase).
  • a DNA-dependent DNA polymerase e.g., a DNA-dependent DNA polymerase
  • RNA-dependent DNA polymerase e.g., a reverse transcriptase
  • an RT template refers to both the edit template and the homology arm together, i.e., the sequence of the PEgRNA extension arm which is actually used as a template during DNA synthesis.
  • extension arm refers to a nucleotide sequence component of a PEgRNA which comprises a primer binding site and a DNA synthesis template (e.g., an edit template and a homology arm) for a polymerase (e.g., a reverse transcriptase). In some embodiments, the extension arm is located at the 3 ⁇ end of the guide RNA.
  • the extension arm is located at the 5' end of the guide RNA.
  • the extension arm comprises a DNA synthesis template and a primer binding site.
  • the extension arm comprises the following components in a 5' to 3 ⁇ direction: the DNA synthesis template and the primer binding site.
  • the extension arm also includes a homology arm.
  • the extension arm comprises the following components in a 5' to 3 ⁇ direction: the homology arm, the edit template, and the primer binding site.
  • the extension arm may also be described as comprising generally two regions: a primer binding site (PBS) and a DNA synthesis template, for instance.
  • PBS primer binding site
  • the primer binding site binds to the primer sequence that is formed from the endogenous DNA strand of the target site when it becomes nicked by the prime editor complex, thereby exposing a 3 ⁇ end on the endogenous nicked strand.
  • the binding of the primer sequence to the primer binding site on the extension arm of the PEgRNA creates a duplex region with an exposed 3 ⁇ end (i.e., the 3 ⁇ of the primer sequence), which then provides a substrate for a polymerase to begin polymerizing a single strand of DNA from the exposed 3 ⁇ end along the length of the DNA synthesis template.
  • the sequence of the single strand DNA product is the complement of the DNA synthesis template. Polymerization continues towards the 5' of the DNA synthesis template (or extension arm) until polymerization terminates.
  • the DNA synthesis template represents the portion of the extension arm that is encoded into a single strand DNA product (i.e., the 3 ⁇ single strand DNA flap containing the desired genetic edit information) by the polymerase of the prime editor complex and which ultimately replaces the corresponding endogenous DNA strand of the target site that sits immediately downstream of the PE-induced nick site.
  • polymerase of the prime editor complex i.e., the 3 ⁇ single strand DNA flap containing the desired genetic edit information
  • Polymerization may terminate in a variety of ways, including, but not limited to (a) reaching a 5' terminus of the PEgRNA (e.g., in the case of the 5' extension arm wherein the DNA polymerase simply runs out of template), (b) reaching an impassable RNA secondary structure (e.g., hairpin or stem/loop), or (c) reaching a replication termination signal, e.g., a specific nucleotide sequence that blocks or inhibits the polymerase, or a nucleic acid topological signal, such as, supercoiled DNA or RNA.
  • Fusion protein refers to a hybrid polypeptide which comprises protein domains from at least two different proteins.
  • One protein may be located at the amino- terminal (N-terminal) portion of the fusion protein or at the carboxy-terminal (C-terminal) protein thus forming an “amino-terminal fusion protein” or a “carboxy-terminal fusion protein,” respectively.
  • a protein may comprise different domains, for example, a nucleic acid binding domain (e.g., the gRNA binding domain of Cas9 that directs the binding of the protein to a target site) and a nucleic acid cleavage domain or a catalytic domain of a nucleic-acid editing protein.
  • Another example includes a Cas9 or equivalent thereof to a reverse transcriptase. Any of the proteins provided herein may be produced by any method known in the art.
  • the proteins provided herein may be produced via recombinant protein expression and purification, which is especially suited for fusion proteins comprising a peptide linker.
  • Methods for recombinant protein expression and purification are well known, and include those described by Green and Sambrook, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (4 th ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (2012)), the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • guide RNA is a particular type of guide nucleic acid which is mostly commonly associated with a Cas protein of a CRISPR-Cas9 and which associates with Cas9, directing the Cas9 protein to a specific sequence in a DNA molecule that includes complementarity to the protospacer sequence of the guide RNA.
  • this term also embraces the equivalent guide nucleic acid molecules that associate with Cas9 equivalents, homologs, orthologs, or paralogs, whether naturally occurring or non-naturally occurring (e.g., engineered or recombinant), and which otherwise program the Cas9 equivalent to localize to a specific target nucleotide sequence.
  • the Cas9 equivalents may include other napDNAbp from any type of CRISPR system (e.g., type II, V, VI), including Cpf1 (a type-V CRISPR-Cas systems), C2c1 (a type V CRISPR-Cas system), C2c2 (a type VI CRISPR-Cas system) and C2c3 (a type V CRISPR-Cas system).
  • Cpf1 a type-V CRISPR-Cas systems
  • C2c1 a type V CRISPR-Cas system
  • C2c2 a type VI CRISPR-Cas system
  • C2c3 a type V CRISPR-Cas system
  • guide RNAs are and structures of guide RNAs are provided herein.
  • methods for designing appropriate guide RNA sequences are provided herein.
  • the “guide RNA” may also be referred to as a “traditional guide RNA” to contrast it with the modified forms of guide RNA termed “prime editing guide RNAs” (or “PEgRNAs”).
  • Primary editing guide RNAs or “PEgRNAs”.
  • Guide RNAs or PEgRNAs may comprise various structural elements that include, but are not limited to: [188] Spacer sequence – the sequence in the guide RNA or PEgRNA (having about 20 nts in length) which binds to the protospacer in the target DNA.
  • gRNA core refers to the sequence within the gRNA that is responsible for Cas9 binding, it does not include the 20 bp spacer/targeting sequence that is used to guide Cas9 to target DNA.
  • the gRNA core or scaffold comprises a sequence that comprises one or more nucleotide alterations compared to a naturally occurring CRISPR-Cas guide RNA scaffold, for example, a Cas9 guide RNA scaffold.
  • the sequence of the gRNA core is designed to comprise minimal or no sequence homology to the endogenous sequence of the target nucleic acid at the target site, thereby reducing unintended edits.
  • one or more base pairs in the second stem loop of a Cas9 gRNA core may be “flipped” (e.g., the G-U base pair and the U- A base pair as exemplified in Fig.49A) to reduce unintended edits.
  • the gRNA core comprises no more than 1%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, or 30% sequence homology to the sequence of the double stranded target DNA that flanks 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 nucleotides upstream or downstream of the position of the one or more nucleotide edits
  • Extension arm – a single strand extension at the 3 ⁇ end or the 5' end of the PEgRNA which comprises a primer binding site and a DNA synthesis template sequence that encodes via a polymerase (e.g., a reverse transcriptase) a single stranded DNA flap containing the genetic change of interest, which then integrates into the endogenous DNA by replacing the corresponding endogenous strand, thereby installing the desired genetic change.
  • a polymerase e.g., a reverse transcriptase
  • Transcription terminator – the guide RNA or PEgRNA may comprise a transcriptional termination sequence at the 3 ⁇ of the molecule.
  • the PEgRNA comprises a transcriptional termination sequence between the DNA synthesis template and the gRNA core.
  • homology refers to the degree of sequence identity between an amino acid or polynucleotide sequence and a corresponding reference sequence. “Homology” can refer to polymeric sequences, e.g., polypeptide or DNA sequences that are similar.
  • Homology can mean, for example, nucleic acid sequences with at least about: 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identity.
  • a “homologous sequence” of nucleic acid sequences may exhibit 93%, 95%, or 98% sequence identity to the reference nucleic acid sequence.
  • a “region of homology to a genomic region” can be a region of DNA that has a similar sequence to a given genomic region in the genome.
  • a region of homology can be of any length that is sufficient to promote binding of a spacer or protospacer sequence to the genomic region.
  • the region of homology can comprise at least 5, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600, 1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2100, 2200, 2300, 2400, 2500, 2600, 2700, 2800, 2900, 3000, 3100, or more bases in length such that the region of homology has sufficient homology to undergo binding with the corresponding genomic region.
  • sequence homology or identity when a percentage of sequence homology or identity is specified, in the context of two nucleic acid sequences or two polypeptide sequences, the percentage of homology or identity generally refers to the alignment of two or more sequences across a portion of their length when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence. When a position in the compared sequence can be occupied by the same base or amino acid, then the molecules can be homologous at that position. Unless stated otherwise, sequence homology or identity is assessed over the specified length of the nucleic acid, polypeptide, or portion thereof. In some embodiments, the homology or identity is assessed over a functional portion or a specified portion of the length.
  • Alignment of sequences for assessment of sequence homology can be conducted by algorithms known in the art, such as the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST) algorithm, which is described in Altschul et al, J. Mol. Biol.215:403- 410, 1990.
  • BLAST Basic Local Alignment Search Tool
  • a publicly available, internet interface, for performing BLAST analyses is accessible through the National Center for Biotechnology Information. Additional known algorithms include those published in: Smith & Waterman, “Comparison of Biosequences”, Adv. Appl. Math.2:482, 1981; Needleman & Wunsch, “A general method applicable to the search for similarities in the amino acid sequence of two proteins” J. Mol.
  • Examples of global alignment programs include NEEDLE (available at www.ebi.ac.uk/Tools/psa/emboss_needle/) which is part of the EMBOSS package (Rice P et al., Trends Genet., 2000; 16: 276-277), and the GGSEARCH program fasta.bioch.virginia.edu/fasta_www2/, which is part of the FASTA package (Pearson W and Lipman D, 1988, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 85: 2444-2448). Both of these programs are based on the Needleman-Wunsch algorithm, which is used to find the optimum alignment (including gaps) of two sequences along their entire length.
  • host cell refers to a cell that can host, replicate, and express a vector described herein, e.g., a vector comprising a nucleic acid molecule encoding an MLH1 variant and a fusion protein comprising a Cas9 or Cas9 equivalent and a reverse transcriptase.
  • inhibitor As used herein the term “inhibiting,” “inhibit,” or “inhibition” in the context of proteins and enzymes, for example, in the context of enzymes involved in the DNA mismatch repair pathway, refers to a reduction in the activity of the protein or enzyme.
  • the term refers to a reduction of the level of enzyme activity, e.g., the activity of one or more enzymes in the DNA mismatch repair pathway, to a level that is statistically significantly lower than an initial level, which may, for example, be a baseline level of enzyme activity.
  • the term refers to a reduction of the level of enzyme activity, e.g., the activity of one or more enzymes in the DNA mismatch repair pathway, to a level that is less than 75%, less than 50%, less than 40%, less than 30%, less than 25%, less than 20%, less than 10%, less than 9%, less than 8%, less than 7%, less than 6%, less than 5%, less than 4%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, less than 0.1%, less than 0.01%, less than 0.001%, or less than 0.0001% of an initial level, which may, for example, be a baseline level of enzyme activity.
  • the level of enzyme activity e.g., the activity of one or more enzymes in the DNA mismatch repair pathway
  • linker refers to a molecule linking two other molecules or moieties.
  • the linker can be an amino acid sequence in the case of a linker joining two fusion proteins.
  • a Cas9 can be fused to a reverse transcriptase by an amino acid linker sequence.
  • the linker can also be a nucleotide sequence in the case of joining two nucleotide sequences together.
  • the traditional guide RNA is linked via a spacer or linker nucleotide sequence to the RNA extension of a prime editing guide RNA which may comprise a RT template sequence and an RT primer binding site.
  • the linker is an organic molecule, group, polymer, or chemical moiety.
  • the linker is 5-100 amino acids in length, for example, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 30-35, 35-40, 40-45, 45-50, 50-60, 60-70, 70-80, 80-90, 90-100, 100-150, or 150-200 amino acids in length. Longer or shorter linkers are also contemplated.
  • the linker is a self-hydrolyzing linker (e.g., a 2A self- cleaving peptide as described further herein).
  • MLH1 refers to a gene encoding MLH1 (or MutL Homolog 1), a DNA mismatch repair enzyme.
  • the protein encoded by this gene can heterodimerize with mismatch repair endonuclease PMS2 to form MutL alpha (MutL ⁇ ), part of the DNA mismatch repair system.
  • MLH1 mediates protein-protein interactions during mismatch recognition, strand discrimination, and strand removal.
  • the heterodimer MSH2:MSH6 forms and binds the mismatch.
  • MLH1 forms a heterodimer with PMS2 (MutL ⁇ ) and binds the MSH2:MSH6 heterodimer.
  • the MutL ⁇ heterodimer then incises the nicked strand 5 ⁇ and 3 ⁇ of the mismatch, followed by excision of the mismatch from MutL ⁇ -generated nicks by EXO1. Finally, POL ⁇ resynthesizes the excised strand, followed by LIG1 ligation.
  • An exemplary amino acid sequence of MLH1 is human isoform 1, P40692-1: >sp
  • Another exemplary amino acid sequence of MLH1 is human isoform 2, P40692-2 (wherein amino acids 1-241 of isoform 1 are missing): >sp
  • Another exemplary amino acid sequence of MLH1 is human isoform 3, P40692-3 (where amino acids 1-101 (MSFVAGVIRR...ASISTYGFRG (SEQ ID NO: 206) is replaced with MAF): >sp
  • the present disclosure contemplates targeting MLH1 and/or MMR pathway components that interact with MLH1, including any wildtype or naturally occurring variant of MLH1, including any amino acid sequence having at least 70%, or 75%, or 80%, or 85%, or 90%, or 95%, or 99% or more sequence identity with any of SEQ ID NOs: 204, 208-213, 215, 216, 218, 222, or 223, or nucleic acid molecules encoding any MLH1 or variant of MLH1 (e.g., a dominant negative mutant of MLH1 as described herein), for inhibiting, blocking, or otherwise inactivating the wild type MLH1 function in the MMR pathway, and consequently, inhibiting, blocking, or otherwise inactivating the MMR pathway, e.g., during genome editing with a prime editor.
  • inactivation of the MMR pathway involves an inhibitor that disrupts, blocks, interferes with, or otherwise inactivates the wild type function of the MLH1 protein.
  • inactivation of the MMR pathway involves a mutant of the MLH1 protein, for example, contacting a target cell with a MLH1 mutant protein or expressing in a target cell an MLH1 mutant nucleic acid that encodes an MLH1 mutant protein.
  • the MLH1 mutant protein interferes with, and thereby inactivates, the function of a wild type MLH1 protein in the MMR pathway.
  • the MLH1 mutant is a dominant negative mutant.
  • the MLH mutant protein is capable of binding to an MLH1-interacting protein, for example, MutS.
  • MLH1 dominant negative mutants function by saturating binding of MutS, thereby blocking MutS-wild type MLH1 binding and interfering with the function of the wild type MLH1 protein in the MMR pathway.
  • the dominant negative MLH1 can include, for example, MLH1 E34A, which is based on SEQ ID NO: 222 and having the following amino acid sequence (underline and bolded to show the E34A mutation): or an amino acid sequence having at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or up to and including 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 222.
  • MLH1 E34A which is based on SEQ ID NO: 222 and having the following amino acid sequence (underline and bolded to show the E34A mutation): or an amino acid sequence having at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or up to and including 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 222.
  • the dominant negative MLH1 can include, for example, MLH1 ⁇ 756, which is based on SEQ ID NO: 208 and having the following amino acid sequence (underline and bolded to show the ⁇ 756 mutation at the C terminus of the sequence): or an amino acid sequence having at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or up to and including 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 208 (wherein the [-] indicates deleted amino acid residue(s) relative to the parent or wildtype sequence).
  • the dominant negative MLH1 can include, for example, MLH1 ⁇ 754- ⁇ 756, which is based on SEQ ID NO: 209 and having the following amino acid sequence (underline and bolded to show the ⁇ 754- ⁇ 756 mutation at the C terminus of the sequence): or an amino acid sequence having at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or up to and including 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 209 (wherein the [- - -] indicates deleted amino acid residue(s) relative to the parent or wildtype sequence).
  • the dominant negative MLH1 can include, for example, MLH1 E34A ⁇ 754- ⁇ 756, which is based on SEQ ID NO: 210 and having the following amino acid sequence (underline and bolded to show the E34A and ⁇ 754- ⁇ 756 mutations): or an amino acid sequence having at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or up to and including 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 210.
  • the dominant negative MLH1 can include, for example, MLH1 1-335, which is based on SEQ ID NO: 211 and having the following amino acid sequence (contains amino acids 1-335 of SEQ NO: 204 ): or an amino acid sequence having at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or up to and including 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 211.
  • the dominant negative MLH1 can include, for example, MLH11- 335 E34A, which is based on SEQ ID NO: 212 and having the following amino acid sequence (contains amino acids 1-335 of SEQ NO: 204 and a E34A mutation relative to SEQ ID NO: 204): or an amino acid sequence having at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or up to and including 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 212.
  • the dominant negative MLH1 can include, for example, MLH1 1-335 NLS SV40 (or referred to as MLH1dn NTD , which is based on SEQ ID NO: 204 and having the following amino acid sequence (contains amino acids 1-335 of SEQ NO: 204 and an NLS sequence of SV40): F with the underlined and bolded portion referring to the NLS of SV40), or an amino acid sequence having at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or up to and including 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 213.
  • the dominant negative MLH1 can include, for example, MLH1 1-335 NLS alternate (which is based on SEQ ID NO: 204 and having the following amino acid sequence (contains amino acids 1-335 of SEQ NO: 204 and an alternate NLS sequence)): [ q ], or an amino acid sequence having at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or up to and including 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 214.
  • the alternate NLS sequence can be any suitable NLS sequence, including but not limited to:
  • an NLS sequence is appended to the N-terminus of a protein and begins with a methionine (“M”).
  • M methionine
  • an NLS sequence may be appended at the C- terminus of a protein, or between multiple domains of a fusion protein, and does not begin with a methionine (i.e., the M in, for example, SEQ ID NOs: 101, 1, and 134 is not included in the NLS when it is appended at the C-terminus or between two domains in a fusion protein).
  • the dominant negative MLH1 can include, for example, MLH1 501-756, which corresponds to a C-terminal fragment of SEQ ID NO: 204 that corresponds to amino acids 501-756 of SEQ ID NO: 204: or an amino acid sequence having at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or up to and including 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 215.
  • the dominant negative MLH1 can include, for example, MLH1 501-753, which corresponds to a C-terminal fragment of SEQ ID NO: 204 that corresponds to amino acids 501-753 of SEQ ID NO: 204: or an amino acid sequence having at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or up to and including 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 216.
  • MLH1 501-753 which corresponds to a C-terminal fragment of SEQ ID NO: 204 that corresponds to amino acids 501-753 of SEQ ID NO: 204: or an amino acid sequence having at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or up to and including 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 216.
  • the dominant negative MLH1 can include, for example, MLH1 461-756, which is a C-terminal fragment of SEQ ID NO: 204 that corresponds to amino acids 461-756 of SEQ ID NO: 204: or an amino acid sequence having at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or up to and including 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 217.
  • MLH1 461-756 is a C-terminal fragment of SEQ ID NO: 204 that corresponds to amino acids 461-756 of SEQ ID NO: 204: or an amino acid sequence having at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or up to and including 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 217.
  • the dominant negative MLH1 can include, for example, MLH1 461-753, which is a C-terminal fragment of SEQ ID NO: 204 that corresponds to amino acids 461-753 of SEQ ID NO: 204: YKVF[ ] (SEQ ID NO: 218), or an amino acid sequence having at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or up to and including 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 218.
  • the dominant negative MLH1 can include, for example, MLH1 461-753, which is a C-terminal fragment of SEQ ID NO: 204 that corresponds to amino acids 461-753 of SEQ ID NO: 204, and which further comprises an N-terminal NLS, e.g., NLS SV40 : or an amino acid sequence having at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or up to and including 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 218.
  • NLS NLS SV40
  • the NLS sequence can be any suitable NLS sequence, including but not limited to SEQ ID NOs: 1, 101, 103, 133-139.
  • napDNAbp [218]
  • nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein or “napDNAbp,” of which Cas9 is an example, refer to proteins that use RNA:DNA hybridization to target and bind to specific sequences in a DNA molecule.
  • Each napDNAbp is associated with at least one guide nucleic acid (e.g., guide RNA), which localizes the napDNAbp to a DNA sequence that comprises a DNA strand (i.e., a target strand) that is complementary to the guide nucleic acid, or a portion thereof (e.g., the protospacer of a guide RNA).
  • guide nucleic acid e.g., guide RNA
  • the guide nucleic-acid “programs” the napDNAbp (e.g., Cas9 or equivalent) to localize and bind to a complementary sequence.
  • the binding mechanism of a napDNAbp – guide RNA complex includes the step of forming an R-loop whereby the napDNAbp induces the unwinding of a double-strand DNA target, thereby separating the strands in the region bound by the napDNAbp.
  • the guide RNA spacer sequence then hybridizes to the “target strand.” This displaces a “non-target strand” that is complementary to the target strand, which forms the single strand region of the R-loop.
  • the napDNAbp includes one or more nuclease activities, which then cut the DNA, leaving various types of lesions.
  • the napDNAbp may comprises a nuclease activity that cuts the non-target strand at a first location, and/or cuts the target strand at a second location.
  • the target DNA can be cut to form a “double-stranded break” whereby both strands are cut.
  • the target DNA can be cut at only a single site, i.e., the DNA is “nicked” on one strand.
  • Exemplary napDNAbp with different nuclease activities include “Cas9 nickase” (“nCas9”) and a deactivated Cas9 having no nuclease activities (“dead Cas9” or “dCas9”).
  • nickase may refer to a Cas9 with one of the two nuclease domains inactivated. This enzyme is capable of cleaving only one strand of a target DNA.
  • a "nickase” may refer to a napDNAbp (e.g., a Cas protein) which is capable of cleaving only one of the two complementary strands of a double-stranded target DNA sequence, thereby generating a nick in that strand.
  • the nickase cleaves a non-target strand of a double stranded target DNA sequence.
  • the nickase comprises an amino acid sequence with one or more mutations in a catalytic domain of a canonical napDNAbp (e.g., a Cas protein), wherein the one or more mutations reduces or abolishes nuclease activity of the catalytic domain.
  • the napDNAbp is a Cas9 nickase, a Cas12a nickase, or a Cas12b1 nickase.
  • the nickase is a Cas9 that comprises one or more mutations in a RuvC-like domain relative to a wild type Cas9 sequence or to an equivalent amino acid position in other Cas9 variants or Cas9 equivalents.
  • the nickase is a Cas9 that comprises one or more mutations in an HNH-like domain relative to a wild type Cas9 sequence or to an equivalent amino acid position in other Cas9 variants or Cas9 equivalents.
  • the nickase is a Cas9 that comprises an aspartate-to-alanine substitution (D10A) in the RuvC I catalytic domain of Cas9 relative to a canonical Cas9 sequence or to an equivalent amino acid position in other Cas9 variants or Cas9 equivalents.
  • the nickase is a Cas9 that comprises a H840A, N854A, and/or N863A mutation relative to a canonical Cas9 sequence, or to an equivalent amino acid position in other Cas9 variants or Cas9 equivalents.
  • the term “Cas9 nickase” refers to a Cas9 with one of the two nuclease domains inactivated. This enzyme is capable of cleaving only one strand of a target DNA.
  • the nickase is a Cas protein that is not a Cas9 nickase.
  • the napDNAbp of the prime editing complex comprises an endonuclease having nucleic acid programmable DNA binding ability.
  • the napDNAbp comprises an active endonuclease capable of cleaving both strands of a double stranded target DNA.
  • the napDNAbp is a nuclease active endonuclease, e.g., a nuclease active Cas protein, that can cleave both strands of a double stranded target DNA by generating a nick on each strand.
  • a nuclease active Cas protein can generate a cleavage (a nick) on each strand of a double stranded target DNA.
  • the two nicks on both strands are staggered nicks, for example, generated by a napDNAbp comprising a Cas12a or Cas12b1.
  • the two nicks on both strands are at the same genomic position, for example, generated by a napDNAbp comprising a nuclease active Cas9.
  • the napDNAbp comprises an endonuclease that is a nickase.
  • the napDNAbp comprises an endonuclease comprising one or more mutations that reduce nuclease activity of the endonuclease, rendering it a nickase.
  • the napDNAbp comprises an inactive endonuclease.
  • the napDNAbp comprises an endonuclease comprising one or more mutations that abolish the nuclease activity.
  • the napDNAbp is a Cas9 protein or variant thereof.
  • the napDNAbp can also be a nuclease active Cas9, a nuclease inactive Cas9 (dCas9), or a Cas9 nickase (nCas9).
  • the napDNAbp is Cas9 nickase (nCas9) that nicks only a single strand.
  • the napDNAbp is a Cas9 nickase, a Cas12a nickase, or a Cas12b1 nickase.
  • the napDNAbp can be selected from the group consisting of: Cas9, Cas12e, Cas12d, Cas12a, Cas12b1, Cas12b2, Cas13a, Cas12c, Cas12d, Cas12e, Cas12h, Cas12i, Cas12g, Cas12f (Cas14), Cas12f1, Cas12j (Cas ⁇ ), and Argonaute, and optionally has a nickase activity such that only one strand is cut.
  • the napDNAbp is selected from Cas9, Cas12e, Cas12d, Cas12a, Cas12b1, Cas12b2, Cas13a, Cas12c, Cas12d, Cas12e, Cas12h, Cas12i, Cas12g, Cas12f (Cas14), Cas12f1, Cas12j (Cas ⁇ ), and Argonaute , and optionally has a nickase activity such that one DNA strand is cut preferentially to the other DNA strand.
  • cleavage site refers to a specific position in between two nucleotides or two base pairs in the double-stranded target DNA sequence.
  • the position of a nick site is determined relative to the position of a specific PAM sequence.
  • the nick site is the particular position where a nick will occur when the double stranded target DNA is contacted with a napDNAbp, e.g., a nickase such as a Cas nickase, that recognizes a specific PAM sequence.
  • a nick site is characteristic of the particular napDNAbp to which the gRNA core of the PEgRNA associates with, and is characteristic of the particular PAM required for recognition and function of the napDNAbp.
  • the nick site in the phosphodiester bond between bases three (“-3” position relative to the position 1 of the PAM sequence) and four (“-4” position relative to position 1 of the PAM sequence).
  • a nick site is in a target strand of the double-stranded target DNA sequence.
  • a nick site is in a non-target strand of the double-stranded target DNA sequence. In some embodiments, the nick site is in a protospacer sequence. In some embodiments, the nick site is adjacent to a protospacer sequence. In some embodiments, a nick site is downstream of a region, e.g., on a non-target strand, that is complementary to a primer binding site of a PEgRNA. In some embodiments, a nick site is downstream of a region, e.g., on a non-target strand, that binds to a primer binding site of a PEgRNA.
  • a nick site is immediately downstream of a region, e.g., on a non-target strand, that is complementary to a primer binding site of a PEgRNA.
  • the nick site is upstream of a specific PAM sequence on the non-target strand of the double stranded target DNA, wherein the PAM sequence is specific for recognition by a napDNAbp that associates with the gRNA core of a PEgRNA.
  • the nick site is downstream of a specific PAM sequence on the non-target strand of the double stranded target DNA. wherein the PAM sequence is specific for recognition by a napDNAbp that associates with the gRNA core of a PEgRNA.
  • the nick site is 3 nucleotides upstream of the PAM sequence, and the PAM sequence is recognized by a Streptococcus pyogenes Cas9 nickase, a P. lavamentivorans Cas9 nickase, a C. diphtheriae Cas9 nickase, a N. cinerea Cas9, a S. aureus Cas9, or a N. lari Cas9 nickase.
  • the nick site is 3 nucleotides upstream of the PAM sequence, and the PAM sequence is recognized by a Cas9 nickase, wherein the Cas9 nickase comprises a nuclease active HNH domain and a nuclease inactive RuvC domain.
  • the nick site is 2 base pairs upstream of the PAM sequence, and the PAM sequence is recognized by a S. thermophilus Cas9 nickase.
  • Nucleic acid molecule refers to a polymer of nucleotides.
  • the polymer may include natural nucleosides (i.e., adenosine, thymidine, guanosine, cytidine, uridine, deoxyadenosine, deoxythymidine, deoxyguanosine, and deoxycytidine), nucleoside analogs (e.g., 2-aminoadenosine, 2-thiothymidine, inosine, pyrrolo-pyrimidine, 3-methyl adenosine, 5- methylcytidine, C5 bromouridine, C5 fluorouridine, C5 iodouridine, C5 propynyl uridine, C5 propynyl cytidine, C5 methylcytidine, 7 deazaadenosine, 7 deazaguanosine, 8 oxoadenosine, 8 oxoguanosine, O(6) methylguanine, 4-acetylcytidine, 5-(carboxy
  • p53 refers to tumor protein 53.
  • p53 plays a role in DNA damage and repair, specifically in its role in regulation of the cell cycle, apoptosis, and genomic stability.
  • P53 can activate DNA repair proteins when DNA has been damaged.
  • P53 may also arrest cell growth by holding the cell cycle at the G1/S regulation point on DNA damage recognition, thereby providing DNA repair proteins more time to fix the DNA damage before allowing the cell to continue the cell cycle.
  • p53 is inhibited (e.g., by the p53 inhibitor protein “i53,” or another p53 inhibitor) to increase the efficiency of prime editing.
  • the terms “prime editing guide RNA” or “PEgRNA” or “extended guide RNA” refer to a specialized form of a guide RNA that has been modified to include one or more additional sequences for implementing the prime editing methods and compositions described herein.
  • the prime editing guide RNA comprise one or more “extended regions” of nucleic acid sequence.
  • the extended regions may comprise, but are not limited to, single-stranded RNA or DNA. Further, the extended regions may occur at the 3 ⁇ end of a traditional guide RNA. In other arrangements, the extended regions may occur at the 5 ⁇ end of a traditional guide RNA.
  • the extended region may occur at an intramolecular region of the traditional guide RNA, for example, in the gRNA core region which associates and/or binds to the napDNAbp.
  • the extended region comprises a “DNA synthesis template” which encodes (by the polymerase of the prime editor) a single-stranded DNA which, in turn, has been designed to be (a) homologous with the endogenous target DNA to be edited, and (b) which comprises at least one desired nucleotide change (e.g., a transition, a transversion, a deletion, or an insertion) to be introduced or integrated into the endogenous target DNA.
  • the extended region may also comprise other functional sequence elements, such as, but not limited to, a “primer binding site” and a “spacer or linker” sequence, or other structural elements, such as, but not limited to aptamers, stem loops, hairpins, toe loops (e.g., a 3 ⁇ toeloop), or an RNA- protein recruitment domain (e.g., MS2 hairpin).
  • the “primer binding site” comprises a sequence that hybridizes to a single-strand DNA sequence having a 3 ⁇ end generated from the nicked DNA of the R-loop.
  • the PEgRNAs have a 5' extension arm, a spacer, and a gRNA core.
  • the 5' extension further comprises in the 5' to 3 ⁇ direction a reverse transcriptase template, a primer binding site, and a linker.
  • the reverse transcriptase template may also be referred to more broadly as the “DNA synthesis template” where the polymerase of a prime editor described herein is not an RT, but another type of polymerase.
  • the PEgRNAs have a 5' extension arm, a spacer, and a gRNA core.
  • the 5' extension further comprises in the 5' to 3 ⁇ direction a reverse transcriptase template, a primer binding site, and a linker.
  • the reverse transcriptase template may also be referred to more broadly as the “DNA synthesis template” where the polymerase of a prime editor described herein is not an RT, but another type of polymerase.
  • the PEgRNAs have in the 5' to 3 ⁇ direction a spacer (1), a gRNA core (2), and an extension arm (3).
  • the extension arm (3) is at the 3 ⁇ end of the PEgRNA.
  • the extension arm (3) further comprises in the 5' to 3 ⁇ direction a “homology arm,” an “edit template,” and a “primer binding site.”
  • a PEgRNA comprises from 5’ to 3’, a space, a DNA synthesis template, and a primer binding site.
  • the extension arm (3) may also comprise an optional modifier region at the 3 ⁇ and 5' ends, which may be the same sequences or different sequences.
  • the 3 ⁇ end of the PEgRNA may comprise a transcriptional terminator sequence. These sequence elements of the PEgRNAs are further described and defined herein.
  • the PEgRNAs have in the 5' to 3 ⁇ direction an extension arm (3), a spacer (1), and a gRNA core (2).
  • the extension arm (3) is at the 5' end of the PEgRNA.
  • the extension arm (3) further comprises in the 3 ⁇ to 5' direction a “homology arm,” an “edit template,” and a “primer binding site.”
  • the extension arm (3) may also comprise an optional modifier region at the 3 ⁇ and 5' ends, which may be the same sequences or different sequences.
  • the PEgRNAs may also comprise a transcriptional terminator sequence at the 3 ⁇ end. These sequence elements of the PEgRNAs are further described and defined herein.
  • PE1 refers to a prime editor system comprising a fusion protein comprising Cas9(H840A) and a wild type MMLV RT having the following structure: [NLS]- [Cas9(H840A)]-[linker]-[MMLV_RT(wt)] + a desired PEgRNA, wherein the PE fusion has the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 100, which is shown as follows; NUCLEAR LOCALIZATION SEQUENCE (NLS) TOP:(SEQ ID NO: 101), BOTTOM: (SEQ ID NO: 103) CAS9(H840A) (SEQ ID NO: 37) (SEQ ID NO: 37 corresponds identically to SEQ ID NO: 2, except with an H840A substitution) 33-AMINO ACID LINKER (SEQ ID NO: 102) M-MLV reverse transcriptase (SEQ ID NO: 81).
  • PE1 may also refer to the prime editor fusion protein of SEQ ID NO: 100, i.e., without the pegRNA complexed thereto. PE1 may be complexed with a pegRNA during operation and/or use in prime editing.
  • PE2 refers to a prime editing system comprising a fusion protein comprising Cas9(H840A) and a variant MMLV RT having the following structure: [NLS]- [Cas9(H840A)]-[linker]-[MMLV_RT(D200N)(T330P)(L603W)(T306K)(W313F)] + a desired PEgRNA, wherein the PE fusion has the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 107, which is shown as follows: ( Q ) KEY: NUCLEAR LOCALIZATION SEQUENCE (NLS) TOP:(SEQ ID NO: 101), BOTTOM: (SEQ ID NO: 103) CAS9(H840A) (SEQ ID NO: 37) 33-AMINO ACID LINKER (SEQ ID NO: 102) M-MLV reverse transcriptase (SEQ ID NO: 98).
  • PE2 may also refer to the prime editor fusion protein of SEQ ID NO: 107, i.e., without the pegRNA complexed thereto. PE2 may be complexed with a pegRNA during operation and/or use in prime editing.
  • PE3 refers to PE2 plus a second-strand nicking guide RNA that complexes with the PE2 and introduces a nick in the non-edited DNA strand in order to induce preferential replacement of the edited strand.
  • PE3b refers to PE3 but wherein the second-strand nicking guide RNA is designed for temporal control such that the second strand nick is not introduced until after the installation of the desired edit. This is achieved by designing a gRNA with a spacer sequence that matches only the edited strand, but not the original allele. Using this strategy, referred to hereafter as PE3b, mismatches between the protospacer and the unedited allele should disfavor nicking by the sgRNA until after the editing event on the PAM strand takes place.
  • PE4 refers to a system comprising PE2 plus an MLH1 dominant negative protein (i.e., wild-type MLH1 with amino acids 754-756 truncated as described further herein) expressed in trans.
  • PE4 refers to a fusion protein comprising PE2 and an MLH1 dominant negative protein joined via an optional linker.
  • PE5 refers to a system comprising PE3 plus an MLH1 dominant negative protein (i.e., wild-type MLH1 with amino acids 754-756 deleted as described further herein, which may be referred to as “MLH1 ⁇ 754-756” or “MLH1dn”) expressed in trans.
  • MLH1 ⁇ 754-756 MLH1dn
  • PE5 refers to a fusion protein comprising PE3 and an MLH1 dominant negative protein joined via an optional linker.
  • PEmax refers to a PE complex comprising a fusion protein comprising Cas9(R221K N394K H840A) and a variant MMLV RT pentamutant (D200N T306K W313F T330P L603W) having the following structure: [bipartite NLS]- [Cas9(R221K)(N394K)(H840A)]-[linker]-[MMLV_RT(D200N)(T330P)(L603W)]-[bipartite NLS]-[NLS] + a desired PEgRNA, wherein the PE fusion has the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 99.
  • PE4max refers to PE4 but wherein the PE2 component is substituted with PEmax.
  • PE5max refers to PE5 but wherein the PE2 component of PE3 is substituted with PEmax.
  • PE-short refers to a PE construct that is fused to a C-terminally truncated reverse transcriptase, and has the following amino acid sequence: KEY: NUCLEAR LOCALIZATION SEQUENCE (NLS) TOP:(SEQ ID NO: 101), BOTTOM: (SEQ ID NO: 103) CAS9(H840A) (SEQ ID NO: 37) 33-AMINO ACID LINKER 1 (SEQ ID NO: 102) M-MLV TRUNCATED reverse transcriptase (SEQ ID NO: 80) Polymerase [243] As used herein, the term “polymerase” refers to an enzyme that synthesizes a nucleotide strand and that may be used in connection with the prime editor systems described herein.
  • the polymerase can be a “template-dependent” polymerase (i.e., a polymerase that synthesizes a nucleotide strand based on the order of nucleotide bases of a template strand).
  • the polymerase can also be a “template-independent” polymerase (i.e., a polymerase that synthesizes a nucleotide strand without the requirement of a template strand).
  • a polymerase may also be further categorized as a “DNA polymerase” or an “RNA polymerase.”
  • the prime editor system comprises a DNA polymerase.
  • the DNA polymerase can be a “DNA-dependent DNA polymerase” (i.e., whereby the template molecule is a strand of DNA).
  • the DNA template molecule can be a PEgRNA, wherein the extension arm comprises a strand of DNA.
  • the PEgRNA may be referred to as a chimeric or hybrid PEgRNA which comprises an RNA portion (i.e., the guide RNA components, including the spacer and the gRNA core) and a DNA portion (i.e., the extension arm).
  • the DNA polymerase can be an “RNA-dependent DNA polymerase” (i.e., whereby the template molecule is a strand of RNA).
  • the PEgRNA is RNA, i.e., including an RNA extension.
  • the term “polymerase” may also refer to an enzyme that catalyzes the polymerization of nucleotide (i.e., the polymerase activity). Generally, the enzyme will initiate synthesis at the 3'-end of a primer annealed to a polynucleotide template sequence (e.g., such as a primer sequence annealed to the primer binding site of a PEgRNA) and will proceed toward the 5 ⁇ end of the template strand.
  • a “DNA polymerase” catalyzes the polymerization of deoxynucleotides.
  • DNA polymerase includes a “functional fragment thereof.”
  • a “functional fragment thereof” refers to any portion of a wild-type or mutant DNA polymerase that encompasses less than the entire amino acid sequence of the polymerase and which retains the ability, under at least one set of conditions, to catalyze the polymerization of a polynucleotide.
  • Such a functional fragment may exist as a separate entity, or it may be a constituent of a larger polypeptide, such as a fusion protein.
  • Prime editing refers to an approach for gene editing using napDNAbps, a polymerase (e.g., a reverse transcriptase), and specialized guide RNAs that include a DNA synthesis template for encoding desired new genetic information (or deleting genetic information) that is then incorporated into a target DNA sequence.
  • a polymerase e.g., a reverse transcriptase
  • specialized guide RNAs that include a DNA synthesis template for encoding desired new genetic information (or deleting genetic information) that is then incorporated into a target DNA sequence.
  • Certain embodiments of prime editing are described in the embodiments of FIG.1.
  • Classical prime editing is described in the inventors’ publication of Anzalone, A. V. et al. Search-and-replace genome editing without double-strand breaks or donor DNA. Nature 576, 149–157 (2019), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • Prime editing represents a platform for genome editing that is a versatile and precise genome editing method that directly writes new genetic information into a specified DNA site using a nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein (“napDNAbp”) working in association with a polymerase (i.e., in the form of a fusion protein or otherwise provided in trans with the napDNAbp), wherein the prime editing system is programmed with a prime editing (PE) guide RNA (“PEgRNA”) that both specifies the target site and templates the synthesis of the desired edit in the form of a replacement DNA strand by way of an extension (either DNA or RNA) engineered onto a guide RNA (e.g., at the 5' or 3 ⁇ end, or at an internal portion of a guide RNA).
  • PE prime editing
  • PEgRNA prime editing guide RNA
  • the replacement strand containing the desired edit (e.g., a single nucleobase substitution) shares the same (or is homologous to) sequence as the endogenous strand (immediately downstream of the nick site) of the target site to be edited (with the exception that it includes the desired edit).
  • the endogenous strand downstream of the nick site is replaced by the newly synthesized replacement strand containing the desired edit.
  • prime editing may be thought of as a “search-and-replace” genome editing technology since the prime editors, as described herein, not only search and locate the desired target site to be edited, but at the same time, encode a replacement strand containing a desired edit which is installed in place of the corresponding target site endogenous DNA strand.
  • the prime editors of the present disclosure relate, in part, to the mechanism of target-primed reverse transcription (TPRT), which can be engineered for conducting precision CRISPR/Cas-based genome editing with high efficiency and genetic flexibility.
  • TPRT target-primed reverse transcription
  • mobile DNA elements such as mammalian non-LTR retrotransposons and bacterial Group II introns.
  • the inventors have herein used Cas protein-reverse transcriptase fusions or related systems to target a specific DNA sequence with a guide RNA, generate a single strand nick at the target site, and use the nicked DNA as a primer for reverse transcription of an engineered reverse transcriptase template that is integrated with the guide RNA.
  • the prime editors described herein are not limited to reverse transcriptases but may include the use of virtually any DNA polymerase. Indeed, while the application throughout may refer to prime editors with “reverse transcriptases,” it is set forth here that reverse transcriptases are only one type of DNA polymerase that may work with prime editing.
  • the prime editors may comprise Cas9 (or an equivalent napDNAbp) which is programmed to target a DNA sequence by associating it with a specialized guide RNA (i.e., PEgRNA) containing a spacer sequence that anneals to a complementary protospacer in the target DNA.
  • a specialized guide RNA i.e., PEgRNA
  • the specialized guide RNA also contains new genetic information in the form of an extension that encodes a replacement strand of DNA containing a desired genetic alteration which is used to replace a corresponding endogenous DNA strand at the target site.
  • the mechanism of prime editing involves nicking the target site in one strand of the DNA to expose a 3 ⁇ -hydroxyl group.
  • the exposed 3 ⁇ -hydroxyl group can then be used to prime the DNA polymerization of the edit-encoding extension on PEgRNA directly into the target site.
  • the extension which provides the template for polymerization of the replacement strand containing the edit—can be formed from RNA or DNA.
  • the polymerase of the prime editor can be an RNA- dependent DNA polymerase (such as, a reverse transcriptase).
  • the polymerase of the prime editor may be a DNA-dependent DNA polymerase.
  • the newly synthesized strand i.e., the replacement DNA strand containing the desired edit
  • the newly synthesized strand would be homologous to the genomic target sequence (i.e., have the same sequence as) except for the inclusion of a desired nucleotide change (e.g., a single nucleotide change, a deletion, or an insertion, or a combination thereof).
  • the newly synthesized (or replacement) strand of DNA may also be referred to as a single strand DNA flap, which would compete for hybridization with the complementary homologous endogenous DNA strand, thereby displacing the corresponding endogenous strand.
  • the system can be combined with the use of an error-prone reverse transcriptase enzyme (e.g., provided as a fusion protein with the Cas9 domain, or provided in trans to the Cas9 domain).
  • the error-prone reverse transcriptase enzyme can introduce alterations during synthesis of the single strand DNA flap.
  • error-prone reverse transcriptase can be utilized to introduce nucleotide changes to the target DNA.
  • the changes can be random or non-random.
  • Resolution of the hybridized intermediate (comprising the single strand DNA flap synthesized by the reverse transcriptase hybridized to the endogenous DNA strand) can include removal of the resulting displaced flap of endogenous DNA (e.g., with a 5' end DNA flap endonuclease, FEN1), ligation of the synthesized single strand DNA flap to the target DNA, and assimilation of the desired nucleotide change as a result of cellular DNA repair and/or replication processes.
  • FEN1 5' end DNA flap endonuclease
  • prime editing operates by contacting a target DNA molecule (for which a change in the nucleotide sequence is desired to be introduced) with a nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein (napDNAbp) complexed with a prime editing guide RNA (PEgRNA).
  • a target DNA molecule for which a change in the nucleotide sequence is desired to be introduced
  • napDNAbp nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein
  • PgRNA prime editing guide RNA
  • the prime editing guide RNA comprises an extension at the 3 ⁇ or 5 ⁇ end of the guide RNA, or at an intramolecular location in the guide RNA and encodes the desired nucleotide change (e.g., single nucleotide change, insertion, or deletion).
  • step (a) the napDNAbp/extended gRNA complex contacts the DNA molecule, and the extended gRNA guides the napDNAbp to bind to a target locus.
  • step (b) a nick in one of the strands of DNA of the target locus is introduced (e.g., by a nuclease or chemical agent), thereby creating an available 3 ⁇ end in one of the strands of the target locus.
  • the nick is created in the strand of DNA that corresponds to the R-loop strand, i.e., the strand that is not hybridized to the guide RNA sequence, i.e., the “non-target strand.”
  • the nick could be introduced in either of the strands.
  • the nick could be introduced into the R-loop “target strand” (i.e., the strand hybridized to the protospacer of the extended gRNA) or the “non- target strand” (i.e., the strand forming the single-stranded portion of the R-loop and which is complementary to the target strand).
  • target strand i.e., the strand hybridized to the protospacer of the extended gRNA
  • the “non- target strand” i.e., the strand forming the single-stranded portion of the R-loop and which is complementary to the target strand.
  • the 3 ⁇ end of the DNA strand formed by the nick
  • interacts with the extended portion of the guide RNA in order to prime reverse transcription i.e., “target-primed RT”.
  • the 3 ⁇ end DNA strand hybridizes to a specific RT priming sequence on the extended portion of the guide RNA, i.e., the “reverse transcriptase priming sequence” or “primer binding site” on the PEgRNA.
  • a reverse transcriptase or other suitable DNA polymerase is introduced which synthesizes a single strand of DNA from the 3 ⁇ end of the primed site towards the 5 ⁇ end of the prime editing guide RNA.
  • the DNA polymerase e.g., reverse transcriptase
  • Step (e) the napDNAbp and guide RNA are released.
  • Steps (f) and (g) relate to the resolution of the single strand DNA flap such that the desired nucleotide change becomes incorporated into the target locus. This process can be driven towards the desired product formation by removing the corresponding 5 ⁇ endogenous DNA flap that forms once the 3 ⁇ single strand DNA flap invades and hybridizes to the endogenous DNA sequence.
  • the cells endogenous DNA repair and replication processes resolves the mismatched DNA to incorporate the nucleotide change(s) to form the desired altered product.
  • the process can also be driven towards product formation with “second strand nicking.” This process may introduce at least one or more of the following genetic changes: transversions, transitions, deletions, and insertions.
  • PE primary editor
  • PE system or “prime editor (PE)” or “PE system” or “PE editing system” refers the compositions involved in the method of genome editing using target- primed reverse transcription (TPRT) describe herein, including, but not limited to the napDNAbps, reverse transcriptases (or another DNA polymerase), fusion proteins (e.g., comprising napDNAbps and reverse transcriptases or comprising napDNAbps and DNA polymerases), prime editing guide RNAs, and complexes comprising fusion proteins and prime editing guide RNAs, as well as accessory elements, such as second strand nicking components (e.g., second strand sgRNAs) and 5 ⁇ endogenous DNA flap removal endonucleases (e.g., FEN1) for helping to drive the prime editing process towards the edited product formation.
  • TPRT target- primed reverse transcription
  • the PEgRNA constitutes a single molecule comprising a guide RNA (which itself comprises a spacer sequence and a gRNA core or scaffold) and a 5' or 3 ⁇ extension arm comprising the primer binding site and a DNA synthesis template
  • the PEgRNA may also take the form of two individual molecules comprised of a guide RNA and a trans prime editor RNA template (tPERT), which essentially houses the extension arm (including, in particular, the primer binding site and the DNA synthesis domain) and an RNA-protein recruitment domain (e.g., MS2 aptamer or hairpin) in the same molecule which becomes co-localized or recruited to a modified prime editor complex that comprises a tPERT recruiting protein (e.g., MS2cp protein, which binds to the MS2 aptamer).
  • tPERT trans prime editor RNA template
  • Prime editor refers to fusion constructs comprising a napDNAbp (e.g., Cas9 nickase) and a reverse transcriptase and is capable of carrying out prime editing on a target nucleotide sequence in the presence of a PEgRNA (or “extended guide RNA”).
  • the term “prime editor” may refer to the fusion protein or to the fusion protein complexed with a PEgRNA, and/or further complexed with a second-strand nicking sgRNA.
  • the prime editor may also refer to the complex comprising a fusion protein (reverse transcriptase fused to a napDNAbp), a PEgRNA, and a regular guide RNA capable of directing the second-site nicking step of the non-edited strand as described herein.
  • a prime editor e.g., PE1, PE2, or PE3
  • an inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway such as a dominant negative MLH1 protein.
  • the inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway such as a dominant negative MLH1 protein, may be provided in trans to the prime editor.
  • the inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway may be complexed to the prime editor, e.g., coupled through a linker to the prime editor fusion protein.
  • Primer binding site refers to the portion of a PEgRNA as a component of the extension arm (for example, at the 3 ⁇ end of the extension arm) .
  • the term “primer binding site” refers to a single-stranded portion of the PEgRNA as a component of the extension arm that comprises a region of complementarity to a sequence on the non-target strand.
  • the primer binding site is complementary to a region upstream of a nick site in a non-target strand. In some embodiments, the primer binding site is complementary to a region immediately upstream of a nick site in the non-target strand. In some embodiments, the primer binding site is capable of binding to the primer sequence that is formed after nicking (e.g., by a nickase component of a prime editor, for example, a Cas9 nikcase) of the target sequence by the prime editor.
  • a 3 ⁇ -ended ssDNA flap is formed, which serves a primer sequence that anneals to the primer binding site on the PEgRNA to prime reverse transcription.
  • the PBS is complementary to, or substantially complementary to, and can anneal to, a free 3’ end on the non-target strand of the double stranded target DNA at the nick site.
  • the PBS annealed to the free 3’ end on the non-target strand can initiate target-primed DNA synthesis.
  • Protospacer refers to the sequence ( ⁇ 20 bp) in DNA adjacent to the PAM (protospacer adjacent motif) sequence.
  • the protospacer shares the same sequence as the spacer sequence of the guide RNA.
  • the guide RNA anneals to the complement of the protospacer sequence on the target DNA (specifically, one strand thereof, i.e., the “target strand” versus the “non-target strand” of the target DNA sequence).
  • PAM protospacer adjacent motif
  • the most commonly used Cas9 nuclease derived from S. pyogenes, recognizes a PAM sequence of NGG that is found directly downstream of the target sequence in the genomic DNA, on the non-target strand.
  • the skilled person will appreciate that the literature in the state of the art sometimes refers to the “protospacer” as the ⁇ 20-nt target-specific guide sequence on the guide RNA itself, rather than referring to it as a “spacer.”
  • the term “protospacer” as used herein may be used interchangeably with the term “spacer.”
  • the context of the description surrounding the appearance of either “protospacer” or “spacer” will help inform the reader as to whether the term is in reference to the gRNA or the DNA target.
  • Protospacer adjacent motif refers to an approximately 2-6 base pair DNA sequence that is an important targeting component of a Cas9 nuclease. Typically, the PAM sequence is on either strand, and is downstream in the 5' to 3 ⁇ direction of the Cas9 cut site.
  • the canonical PAM sequence i.e., the PAM sequence that is associated with the Cas9 nuclease of Streptococcus pyogenes or SpCas9
  • N is any nucleobase followed by two guanine (“G”) nucleobases.
  • any given Cas9 nuclease e.g., SpCas9
  • the PAM sequence can be modified by introducing one or more mutations, including (a) D1135V, R1335Q, and T1337R “the VQR variant”, which alters the PAM specificity to NGAN or NGNG, (b) D1135E, R1335Q, and T1337R “the EQR variant”, which alters the PAM specificity to NGAG, and (c) D1135V, G1218R, R1335E, and T1337R “the VRER variant”, which alters the PAM specificity to NGCG.
  • Cas9 enzymes from different bacterial species can have varying PAM specificities.
  • Cas9 from Staphylococcus aureus (SaCas9) recognizes NGRRT or NGRRN.
  • Cas9 from Neisseria meningitis (NmCas) recognizes NNNNGATT.
  • Speptococcus thermophilis (StCas9) recognizes NNAGAAW.
  • Cas9 from Treponema denticola recognizes NAAAAC.
  • TdCas Treponema denticola
  • non-SpCas9s bind a variety of PAM sequences, which makes them useful when no suitable SpCas9 PAM sequence is present at the desired target cut site.
  • non- SpCas9s may have other characteristics that make them more useful than SpCas9.
  • Cas9 from Staphylococcus aureus (SaCas9) is about 1 kilobase smaller than SpCas9, so it can be packaged into adeno-associated virus (AAV).
  • AAV adeno-associated virus
  • Reverse transcriptase describes a class of polymerases characterized as RNA-dependent DNA polymerases. All known reverse transcriptases require a primer to synthesize a DNA transcript from an RNA template. Historically, reverse transcriptase has been used primarily to transcribe mRNA into cDNA which can then be cloned into a vector for further manipulation.
  • Avian myoblastosis virus (AMV) reverse transcriptase was the first widely used RNA-dependent DNA polymerase (Verma, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 473:1 (1977)).
  • the enzyme has 5'-3 ⁇ RNA-directed DNA polymerase activity, 5'-3 ⁇ DNA-directed DNA polymerase activity, and RNase H activity.
  • RNase H is a processive 5' and 3 ⁇ ribonuclease specific for the RNA strand for RNA-DNA hybrids (Perbal, A Practical Guide to Molecular Cloning, New York: Wiley & Sons (1984)).
  • M-MLV reverse transcriptase substantially lacking in RNase H activity has also been described. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.5,244,797.
  • the invention contemplates the use of any such reverse transcriptases, or variants or mutants thereof.
  • the invention contemplates the use of reverse transcriptases that are error- prone, i.e., that may be referred to as error-prone reverse transcriptases or reverse transcriptases that do not support high fidelity incorporation of nucleotides during polymerization.
  • the error-prone reverse transcriptase can introduce one or more nucleotides which are mismatched with the RT template sequence, thereby introducing changes to the nucleotide sequence through erroneous polymerization of the single-strand DNA flap.
  • Reverse transcription indicates the capability of an enzyme to synthesize a DNA strand (that is, complementary DNA or cDNA) using RNA as a template.
  • the reverse transcription can be “error-prone reverse transcription,” which refers to the properties of certain reverse transcriptase enzymes which are error-prone in their DNA polymerization activity.
  • Protein, peptide, and polypeptide [258]
  • the terms “protein,” “peptide,” and “polypeptide” are used interchangeably herein, and refer to a polymer of amino acid residues linked together by peptide (amide) bonds. The terms refer to a protein, peptide, or polypeptide of any size, structure, or function.
  • a protein, peptide, or polypeptide will be at least three amino acids long.
  • a protein, peptide, or polypeptide may refer to an individual protein or a collection of proteins.
  • One or more of the amino acids in a protein, peptide, or polypeptide may be modified, for example, by the addition of a chemical entity such as a carbohydrate group, a hydroxyl group, a phosphate group, a farnesyl group, an isofarnesyl group, a fatty acid group, a linker for conjugation, functionalization, or other modification, etc.
  • a protein, peptide, or polypeptide may also be a single molecule or may be a multi-molecular complex.
  • a protein, peptide, or polypeptide may be just a fragment of a naturally occurring protein or peptide.
  • a protein, peptide, or polypeptide may be naturally occurring, recombinant, or synthetic, or any combination thereof.
  • Any of the proteins provided herein may be produced by any method known in the art.
  • the proteins provided herein may be produced via recombinant protein expression and purification, which is especially suited for fusion proteins comprising a peptide linker. Methods for recombinant protein expression and purification are well known, and include those described by Green and Sambrook, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (4 th ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (2012)), the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • silica refers to a mutation in a nucleic acid molecule that does not have an effect on the phenotype of the nucleic acid molecule, or the protein it produces if it encodes a protein. Silent mutations can be present in coding regions of a nucleic acid (i.e., segments of a gene that encode for a protein), or they can be present in non-coding regions of a nucleic acid.
  • a silent mutation in a nucleic acid sequence may be a nucleotide alteration that does not result in expression or function of the amino acid sequence encoded by the nucleic acid sequence, or other functional features of the target nucleic acid sequence.
  • silent mutations may be present in a coding region, they may be synonymous mutations.
  • Synonymous mutations refer to substitutions of one base for another in a gene such that the corresponding amino acid residue of the protein produced by the gene is not modified. This is due to the redundancy of the genetic code, allowing for multiple different codons to encode for the same amino acid in a particular organism.
  • a silent mutation When a silent mutation is in a non- coding region or a junction of a coding region and a non-coding region (e.g., an intron/exon junction), it may be in a region that does not impact any biological properties of the nucleic acid molecule (e.g., splicing, gene regulation, RNA lifetime, etc.). Silent mutations may be useful, for example, for increasing the length of an edit made to a target nucleotide sequence using prime editing to evade correction of the edit by the MMR pathway as described herein. In certain embodiments, the number of silent mutations installed may be one, or two, or three, or four, or five, or six, or seven, or eight, or nine, or ten, or more.
  • the silent mutations may be installed within one, or two, or three, or four, or five, or six, or seven, or eight, or nine, or ten, or 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25 nucleotides from the intended edit site.
  • Spacer sequence in connection with a guide RNA or a PEgRNA refers to the portion of the guide RNA or PEgRNA of about 20 nucleotides (e.g., 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 or 24 nucleotides) which contains a nucleotide sequence that shares the same sequence as the protospacer sequence in the target DNA sequence.
  • Target site refers to a sequence within a nucleic acid molecule to be edited by a prime editor (PE) disclosed herein.
  • the target site may refer to the endogenous sequence within the nucleic acid molecule to be edited, e.g., endogenous genomic sequence of a target genome, which is identical to the sequence of the DNA synthesis template except for the one or more nucleotide edits to be installed present on the DNA synthesis template (and except that the DNA synthesis template contains Uracil instead of Thymine), or the corresponding endogenous sequence on the non-target strand that is complementary to the DNA synthesis template except for one or more mismatches at the position of the one or more nucleotide edits to be installed present on the DNA synthesis template.
  • the target site may also further refer to the sequence within a nucleic acid molecule to which a complex of the prime editor (PE) and gRNA binds.
  • PE prime editor
  • variants should be taken to mean the exhibition of qualities that have a pattern that deviates from what occurs in nature, e.g., a variant Cas9 is a Cas9 comprising one or more changes in amino acid residues as compared to a wild type Cas9 amino acid sequence.
  • variants encompasses homologous proteins having at least 75%, or at least 80%, or at least 85%, or at least 90%, or at least 95%, or at least 99% percent identity with a reference sequence and having the same or substantially the same functional activity or activities as the reference sequence.
  • vector refers to a nucleic acid that can be modified to encode a gene of interest and that is able to enter into a host cell, mutate and replicate within the host cell, and then transfer a replicated form of the vector into another host cell.
  • exemplary suitable vectors include viral vectors, such as retroviral vectors or bacteriophages and filamentous phage, and conjugative plasmids. Additional suitable vectors will be apparent to those of skill in the art based on the instant disclosure.
  • the present disclosure provides compositions and methods for prime editing with improved editing efficiency and/or reduced indel formation by inhibiting the DNA mismatch repair pathway while conducting prime editing of a target site.
  • the inventors have surprisingly found that the editing efficiency of prime editing may be significantly increased (e.g., 2-fold increase, 3-fold increase, 4-fold increase, 5-fold increase, 6-fold increase, 7-fold increase, 8-fold increase, 9-fold increase, 10-fold increase, 11-fold increase, 12-fold increase,13-fold increase, 14-fold increase, 15-fold increase, 16-fold increase, 17-fold increase, 18-fold increase, 19-fold increase, 20-fold increase, 21-fold increase, 22-fold increase, 23-fold increase, 24-fold increase, 26-fold increase, 27-fold increase,28-fold increase, 29-fold increase, 30-fold increase, 31-fold increase, 32-fold increase, 33-fold increase, 34-fold increase, 35-fold increase, 36-fold increase, 37-fold increase, 38-
  • the inventors have surprisingly found that the frequency of indel formation resulting from prime editing may be significantly decreased (e.g., 2-fold decrease, 3-fold decrease, 4-fold decrease, 5-fold decrease, 6-fold decrease, 7-fold decrease, 8-fold decrease, 9-fold decrease, or 10-fold decrease or lower) when one or more functions of the DNA mismatch repair (MMR) system are inhibited, blocked, or otherwise inactivated during prime editing.
  • MMR DNA mismatch repair
  • the present disclosure provides novel prime editing systems comprising a means for inhibiting and/or evade the effects of MMR, thereby increasing the efficiency and/or specificity of prime editing.
  • a prime editing system that comprises an MMR- inhibiting protein, such as, but not limited to, a dominant negative MMR protein, such as a dominant negative MLH1 protein (i.e., “MLH1dn”).
  • the prime editing system comprises the installation of one or more silent mutations nearby an intended edit, thereby allowing the intended edit from evading MMR recognition, even in the absence of an MMR-inhibiting protein, such as an MLH1dn.
  • the disclosure provides a novel genetic screen for identifying genetic determinants, such as MMR, that impact the efficiency and/or specificity of prime editing.
  • the disclosure provides nucleic acid constructs encoding the improved prime editing systems described herein.
  • the disclosure in other aspects also provides vectors (e.g., AAV or lentivirus vectors) comprising nucleic acids encoding the improved prime editing system described herein.
  • the disclosure provides cells comprising the improved prime editing systems described herein.
  • compositions and kits e.g., pharmaceutical compositions, comprising the improved prime editing system described herein and which are capable of being administered to a cell, tissue, or organism by any suitable means, such as by gene therapy, mRNA delivery, virus-like particle delivery, or ribonucleoprotein (RNP) delivery.
  • RNP ribonucleoprotein
  • the present disclosure provides methods of using the improved prime editing system to install one or more edits in a target nucleic acid molecule, e.g., a genomic locus.
  • the present disclosure provides methods of treating a disease or disorder using the improved prime editing system to correct or otherwise repair one or more genetic changes (e.g., a single polymorphism) in a target nucleic acid molecule, e.g., a genomic locus comprising one or more disease-causing mutations.
  • the MLH1 protein is inhibited, blocked, or otherwise inactivated.
  • other proteins of the MMR system are inhibited, blocked, or otherwise inactivated, including, but not limited to, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , and PCNA.
  • the inhibition may involve inhibiting the protein with an inhibitor (e.g., antibody or small molecule inhibitor or a dominant negative variant of the protein which disrupts, blocks, or otherwise inactivates the function of the protein, e.g., a dominant negative form of MLH1).
  • an inhibitor e.g., antibody or small molecule inhibitor or a dominant negative variant of the protein which disrupts, blocks, or otherwise inactivates the function of the protein, e.g., a dominant negative form of MLH1.
  • the inhibition may also involve any other suitable means, such as by protein degradation (e.g., PROTAC-based degradation of MLH1), transcript-level inhibition (e.g., siRNA transcript degradation / gene silencing or microRNA-based inhibition of translation of the MLH1 transcript), or at the genetic level (i.e., installing a mutation in the MLH1 gene (or regulatory regions) which inactivates or reduces the expression of the MLH1 gene, or which installs a mutation which inactivates, blocks, or minimizes that activity of the encoded MLH1 product).
  • protein degradation e.g., PROTAC-based degradation of MLH1
  • transcript-level inhibition e.g., siRNA transcript degradation / gene silencing or microRNA-based inhibition of translation of the MLH1 transcript
  • at the genetic level i.e., installing a mutation in the MLH1 gene (or regulatory regions) which inactivates or reduces the expression of the MLH1 gene, or which installs a mutation which in
  • the disclosure contemplates that the prime editor (e.g., delivered as a fusion protein comprising a napDNAbp and a polymerase, such as a Cas9 nickase fused to a reverse transcriptase) may be administered together with any inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleic acid molecule by prime editing that involves contacting a nucleic acid molecule with a prime editor, a pegRNA, and an inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway, thereby installing one or more modifications to the nucleic acid molecule at a target site with increased editing efficiency and/or lower indel formation.
  • the present disclosure further provides polynucleotides for editing a DNA target site by prime editing comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding a napDNAbp, a polymerase, and an inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway, wherein the napDNAbp and polymerase is capable in the presence of a pegRNA of installing one or more modifications in the DNA target site with increased editing efficiency and/or lower indel formation.
  • the disclosure further provides, vectors, cells, and kits comprising the compositions and polynucleotides of the disclosure, as well as methods of making such vectors, cells, and kits, as well as methods for delivery such compositions, polynucleotides, vectors, cells and kits to cells in vitro, ex vivo (e.g., during cell-based therapy which modify cells outside of the body), and in vivo.
  • MMR pathway [268] As noted above, the present disclosure relates to the observation that the efficiency and/or specificity of prime editing is impacted by a cell’s own DNA mismatch repair (MMR) DNA repair pathway.
  • MMR DNA mismatch repair
  • DNA mismatch repair is a highly conserved biological pathway that plays a key role in maintaining genomic stability (e.g., see FIG.8A and 8B). Escherichia coli MutS and MutL and their eukaryotic homologs, MutS ⁇ and MutL ⁇ , respectively, are key players in MMR-associated genome maintenance.
  • the disclosure contemplates any suitable means by which to inhibit, block, or otherwise inactivate the DNA mismatch repair (MMR) system, including, but not limited to inactivating one or more critical proteins of the MMR system at the genetic level, e.g., by introducing one or more mutations in the gene(s) encoding a protein of the MMR system.
  • Such proteins include, but are not limited to MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2- MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , and PCNA.
  • MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2- MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , and PCNA are provided herein.
  • MMR protein any inhibitor, blocking agent, knockdown strategy, or other means of inactivating any known protein involved in MMR (“MMR protein”), including any wild type or naturally occurring variant of such MMR protein, and any engineered variant (including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, rearrangements, or fusions) of such MMR protein, so long as the inhibiting, blocking, or otherwise inactivation of one or more of said MMR proteins or variants thereof result in the inhibition, blockage, or inactivation of the MMR pathway.
  • MMR protein any inhibitor, blocking agent, knockdown strategy, or other means of inactivating any known protein involved in MMR (“MMR protein”), including any wild type or naturally occurring variant of such MMR protein, and any engineered variant (including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, rearrangements, or fusions) of such MMR protein, so long as the inhibiting, blocking, or otherwise inactivation of one or more of said MMR proteins or variants thereof result in the inhibition, blockage, or inactivation
  • the inhibiting, blocking, or inactivation of any one or more MMR proteins or variants may be by any suitable means applied at the genetic level (e.g., in the gene encoding the one or more MMR proteins, such as introducing a mutation that inactivates the MMR protein or variant thereof), transcriptional level (e.g., by transcript knockdown), translational level (e.g., by blocking translation of one or more MMR proteins from their cognate transcripts), or at the protein level (e.g., administering of an inhibitor (e.g., small molecule, antibody, dominant negative protein variant) or by targeted protein degradation (e.g., PROTAC-based degradation).
  • an inhibitor e.g., small molecule, antibody, dominant negative protein variant
  • targeted protein degradation e.g., PROTAC-based degradation
  • the present disclosure provides an improved method of prime editing comprising additionally inhibiting the DNA mismatch repair (MMR) system during prime editing by inhibiting, blocking, or otherwise inactivating MLH1 or a variant thereof.
  • MMR DNA mismatch repair
  • MLH1 is a key MMR protein that heterodimerizes with PMS2 to form MutL alpha, a component of the post-replicative DNA mismatch repair system (MMR). DNA repair is initiated by MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6) or MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3) binding to a dsDNA mismatch, then MutL alpha is recruited to the heteroduplex.
  • MutL-MutS-heteroduplex ternary complex Assembly of the MutL-MutS-heteroduplex ternary complex in presence of RFC and PCNA is sufficient to activate endonuclease activity of PMS2. It introduces single-strand breaks near the mismatch and thus generates new entry points for the exonuclease EXO1 to degrade the strand containing the mismatch. DNA methylation would prevent cleavage and therefore assure that only the newly mutated DNA strand is going to be corrected.
  • MutL alpha (MLH1-PMS2) interacts physically with the clamp loader subunits of DNA polymerase III, suggesting that it may play a role to recruit the DNA polymerase III to the site of the MMR.
  • MLH1 also heterodimerizes with MLH3 to form MutL gamma which plays a role in meiosis.
  • the “canonical” human MLH1 amino acid sequence is represented by SEQ ID NO: 204.
  • MLH1 also may include other human isoforms, including P40692-2 (SEQ ID NO: 205), which differs from the canonical sequence in that residues 1-241 of the canonical sequence are missing.
  • MLH1 also may include a third known isoform known as P40692-3 (SEQ ID NO: 207), which differs from the canonical sequence in that residues 1-101 (of MSFVAGVIRR...ASISTYGFRG (SEQ ID NO: 206)) are replaced with MAF.
  • MMR inhibitors and methods of MMR inhibition [274] The present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleic acid molecule by prime editing that involves contacting a nucleic acid molecule with a prime editor, a pegRNA, and an inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway, thereby installing one or more modifications to the nucleic acid molecule at a target site with increased editing efficiency and/or lower indel formation.
  • the present disclosure contemplates any suitable means to inhibit MMR.
  • the disclosure embraces administering an effective amount of an inhibitor of the MMR pathway.
  • the MMR pathway may be inhibited by inhibiting, blocking, or inactivating any one or more MMR proteins or variants at the genetic level (e.g., in the gene encoding the one or more MMR proteins, such as introducing a mutation that inactivates the MMR protein or variant thereof), transcriptional level (e.g., by transcript knockdown), translational level (e.g., by blocking translation of one or more MMR proteins from their cognate transcripts), or at the protein level (e.g., application of an inhibitor (e.g., small molecule, antibody, dominant negative protein partner) or by targeted protein degradation (e.g., PROTAC-based degradation).
  • an inhibitor e.g., small molecule, antibody, dominant negative protein partner
  • targeted protein degradation e.g., PROTAC-based degradation
  • the present disclosure also contemplates methods of prime editing which are designed to install modifications to a nucleic acid molecule that evade correction by the MMR pathway, without the need to provide an MMR inhibitor.
  • the inventors developed prime editing which enables the insertion, deletion, or replacement of genomic DNA sequences without requiring error-prone double-strand DNA breaks.
  • the present disclosure now provides an improved method of prime editing involving the blocking, inhibiting, or inactivation of the MMR pathway (e.g., by inhibiting, blocking, or inactivating an MMR pathway protein, including MLH1) during prime editing, whereby doing so surprisingly results in increased editing efficiency and reduced indel formation.
  • Prime editing can embrace any suitable sequence of events, such that the prime editing step can be applied before, at the same time, or after the step of blocking, inhibiting, or inactivating the MMR pathway (e.g., by targeting the inhibition of MLH1).
  • Prime editing uses an engineered Cas9 nickase–reverse transcriptase fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) paired with an engineered prime editing guide RNA (pegRNA) that both directs Cas9 to the target genomic site and encodes the information for installing the desired edit.
  • pegRNA engineered prime editing guide RNA
  • Prime editing proceeds through a multi-step editing process: 1) the Cas9 domain binds and nicks the target genomic DNA site, which is specified by the pegRNA’s spacer sequence; 2) the reverse transcriptase domain uses the nicked genomic DNA as a primer to initiate the synthesis of an edited DNA strand using an engineered extension on the pegRNA as a template for reverse transcription–this generates a single-stranded 3 ⁇ flap containing the edited DNA sequence; 3) cellular DNA repair resolves the 3 ⁇ flap intermediate by the displacement of a 5’ flap species that occurs via invasion by the edited 3 ⁇ flap, excision of the 5 ⁇ flap containing the original DNA sequence, and ligation of the new 3 ⁇ flap to incorporate the edited DNA strand, forming a heteroduplex of one edited and one unedited strand; and 4) cellular DNA repair replaces the unedited strand within the heteroduplex using the edited strand as a template for repair, completing the editing process.
  • Efficient incorporation of the desired edit requires that the newly synthesized 3 ⁇ flap contains a portion of sequence that is homologous to the genomic DNA site. This homology enables the edited 3 ⁇ flap to compete with the endogenous DNA strand (the corresponding 5’ flap) for incorporation into the DNA duplex. Because the edited 3’ flap will contain less sequence homology than the endogenous 5 ⁇ flap, the competition is expected to favor the 5 ⁇ flap strand. Thus, a potential limiting factor in the efficiency of prime editing may be the failure of the 3 ⁇ flap, which contains the edit, to effectively invade and displace the 5 ⁇ flap strand. Moreover, successful 3 ⁇ flap invasion and removal of the 5 ⁇ flap only incorporates the edit on one strand of the double-stranded DNA genome.
  • This disclosure describes a modified approach to prime editing that comprises additionally inhibiting, blocking, or otherwise inactivating the DNA mismatch repair (MMR) system.
  • MMR DNA mismatch repair
  • an MMR inhibitor is provided to the target nucleic acid along with other components of a prime editing system, for example, an exogenous MMR inhibitor such as an siRNA can be provided to a cell comprising the target nucleic acid.
  • a prime editing system component e.g., a pegRNA, is designed to install modifications in the target nucleic acid which evade the MMR system, without the need to provide an inhibitor.
  • the DNA mismatch repair (MMR) system can be inhibited, blocked, or otherwise inactivating one or more proteins of the MMR system, including, but not limited to MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , and PCNA.
  • the disclosure contemplates any suitable means by which to inhibit, block, or otherwise inactivate the DNA mismatch repair (MMR) system, including, but not limited to inactivating one or more critical proteins of the MMR system at the genetic level, e.g., by introducing one or more mutations in the genes encoding a protein of the MMR system, e.g., MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , and PCNA.
  • MMR DNA mismatch repair
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating the DNA mismatch repair (MMR) system.
  • MMR DNA mismatch repair
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating a protein of the MMR system, e.g., MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , and PCNA.
  • MMR DNA mismatch repair
  • the present disclosure provides an improved method of prime editing comprising additionally inhibiting the DNA mismatch repair (MMR) system during prime editing by inhibiting, blocking, or otherwise inactivating MLH1 or a variant thereof.
  • MMR DNA mismatch repair
  • MLH1 is a key MMR protein that heterodimerizes with PMS2 to form MutL alpha, a component of the post-replicative DNA mismatch repair system (MMR).
  • DNA repair is initiated by MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6) or MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3) binding to a dsDNA mismatch, then MutL alpha is recruited to the heteroduplex.
  • MutL- MutS-heteroduplex ternary complex Assembly of the MutL- MutS-heteroduplex ternary complex in presence of RFC and PCNA is sufficient to activate endonuclease activity of PMS2. It introduces single-strand breaks near the mismatch and thus generates new entry points for the exonuclease EXO1 to degrade the strand containing the mismatch. DNA methylation would prevent cleavage and therefore assure that only the newly mutated DNA strand is going to be corrected.
  • MutL alpha (MLH1-PMS2) interacts physically with the clamp loader subunits of DNA polymerase III, suggesting that it may play a role to recruit the DNA polymerase III to the site of the MMR.
  • MLH1 also heterodimerizes with MLH3 to form MutL gamma which plays a role in meiosis.
  • the “canonical” human MLH1 amino acid sequence is represented by SEQ ID NO: 204 [282]
  • MLH1 also may include other human isoforms, including P40692-2 (SEQ ID NO: 205), which differs from the canonical sequence in that residues 1-241 of the canonical sequence are missing.
  • MLH1 also may include a third known isoform known as P40692-3 (SEQ ID NO: 207), which differs from the canonical sequence in that residues 1-101 (of MSFVAGVIRR...ASISTYGFRG (SEQ ID NO: 206)) are replaced with MAF.
  • P40692-3 SEQ ID NO: 207
  • residues 1-101 of MSFVAGVIRR...ASISTYGFRG (SEQ ID NO: 206)
  • MAF MSFVAGVIRR...ASISTYGFRG
  • the disclosure contemplates that any of the following MLH1 proteins may be inhibited by an inhibitor, or otherwise blocked or inactivated in order to inhibit the MMR pathway during prime editing.
  • such exemplary proteins may also be used to engineer or otherwise make a dominant negative variant that may be used as a type of inhibitor when administered in an effective amount which blocks, inactivates, or inhibits the MMR.
  • MLH1 dominant negative mutants can saturate binding of MutS.
  • Exemplary MLH1 proteins include the following amino acid sequences, or amino acid sequences having at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or up to 100% sequence identity with any of the following sequences:
  • MLH1 mutants or truncated variants utilize MLH1 mutants or truncated variants.
  • the mutants and truncated variants of the human MLH1 wild- type protein are utilized.
  • a truncated variant of human MLH1 is provided by this disclosure.
  • amino acids 754-756 of the wild-type human MLH1 protein are truncated ( ⁇ 754- 756, hereinafter referred to as MLH1dn).
  • MLH1dn NTD a truncated variant of human MLH1 comprising only the N-terminal domain (amino acids 1-335) is provided (hereinafter referred to as MLH1dn NTD .
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating PMS2 (or MutL alpha) or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating PMS1 (or MutL beta) or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating MLH3 (or MutL gamma) or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6) or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating MSH2 or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating MSH6 or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating PCNA or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating RFC or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating EXO1or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating POL ⁇ or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating the DNA mismatch repair (MMR) system.
  • MMR DNA mismatch repair
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of the MMR system, e.g., an inhibitor of one or more of MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , or PCNA.
  • MMR DNA mismatch repair
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody.
  • the inhibitor can be a dominant negative mutant of one or more of MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , or PCNA, e.g., a dominant negative mutant of MLH1.
  • the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription, e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , or PCNA.
  • siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , or PCNA.
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell a mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating MLH1 or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of MLH1.
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an anti- MLH1 antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody that inactivates MLH1.
  • the inhibitor can be a dominant negative mutant of MLH1.
  • the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription of MLH1, e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding MLH1.
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell a mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating PMS2 (or MutL alpha) or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of PMS2 (or MutL alpha).
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an anti-PMS2 (or MutL alpha) antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody that inactivates PMS2 (or MutL alpha).
  • the inhibitor can be a dominant negative mutant of PMS2 (or MutL alpha).
  • the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription of PMS2 (or MutL alpha), e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding ML PMS2 (or MutL alpha).
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell a mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating PMS1 (or MutL beta) or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of PMS1 (or MutL beta).
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an anti-PMS1 (or MutL beta) antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody that inactivates PMS1 (or MutL beta).
  • the inhibitor can be a dominant negative mutant of PMS1 (or MutL beta). In still other embodiments, the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription of PMS1 (or MutL beta), e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding PMS1 (or MutL beta).
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell a mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating MLH3 (or MutL gamma) or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of MLH3 (or MutL gamma).
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an anti-MLH3 (or MutL gamma) antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody that inactivates MLH3 (or MutL gamma).
  • the inhibitor can be a dominant negative mutant of MLH3 (or MutL gamma).
  • the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription of P MLH3 (or MutL gamma), e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding MLH3 (or MutL gamma).
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell a mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6) or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6).
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an anti-MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6) antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody that inactivates MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6).
  • the inhibitor can be a dominant negative mutant of MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6).
  • the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription of MutS alpha (MSH2- MSH6), e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6).
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell a mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating MSH2 or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of MSH2.
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an anti- MSH2 antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody that inactivates MSH2.
  • the inhibitor can be a dominant negative mutant of MSH2.
  • the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription of MSH2, e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding MSH2.
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell a mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e.g
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating MSH6 or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of MSH6.
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an anti- MSH6 antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody that inactivates MSH6.
  • the inhibitor can be a dominant negative mutant of MSH6.
  • the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription of MSH6, e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding MSH6.
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell a mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating PCNA or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of PCNA.
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an anti- PCNA antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody that inactivates PCNA.
  • the inhibitor can be a dominant negative mutant of PCNA.
  • the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription of PCNA, e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding PCNA.
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell a mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e.g
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating RFC or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of RFC.
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an anti-RFC antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody that inactivates RFC.
  • the inhibitor can be a dominant negative mutant of RFC.
  • the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription of RFC, e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding RFC.
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell a mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e.g
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating EXO1 or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of EXO1.
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an anti- EXO1 antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody that inactivates EXO1.
  • the inhibitor can be a dominant negative mutant of EXO1.
  • the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription of EXO1, e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding EXO1.
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell a mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome) using prime editing while blocking, inhibiting, or otherwise inactivating POL ⁇ or variant thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleotide molecule (e.g., a genome), comprising contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor and an inhibitor of POL ⁇ .
  • the inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be an anti- POL ⁇ antibody, e.g., a neutralizing antibody that inactivates POL ⁇ .
  • the inhibitor can be a dominant negative mutant of POL ⁇ .
  • the inhibitor can be targeted at the level of transcription of POL ⁇ , e.g., an siRNA or other nucleic acid agent that knocks down the level of a transcript encoding POL ⁇ .
  • the step of “contacting a target nucleotide molecule with a prime editor” can include (i) delivering directly to a cell an effective amount of a prime editor fusion protein (e.g., PE1 or PE2) complexed with a lipid delivery system; (ii) delivery to a cell a mRNA or delivery complex comprising an mRNA that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA; and (iii) a DNA vector (e.g., an AAV or lentivirus vector, plasmid, or other nucleic acid delivery vector) that encodes a prime editor fusion protein and/or a suitable pegRNA on one or more DNA vectors.
  • a prime editor fusion protein e.g., PE1 or PE2
  • a DNA vector e
  • the present disclosure provides methods for prime editing whereby correction by the MMR pathway of the alterations introduced into a target nucleic acid molecule is evaded, without the need to provide an inhibitor of the MMR pathway.
  • pegRNAs designed with consecutive nucleotide mismatches compared to a target site on the target nucleic acid for example, pegRNAs that have three or more consecutive mismatching nucleotides, can evade correction by the MMR pathway, resulting in an increase in prime editing efficiency and/or a decrease in the frequency of indel formation compared to the introduction of a single nucleotide mismatch using prime editing.
  • insertions and deletions of multiple consecutive nucleotides may also evade correction by the MMR pathway, resulting in an increase in prime editing efficiency and/or a decrease in the frequency of indel formation compared to prime editing with a corresponding control pegRNA (e.g., a control pegRNA that does not introduce insertion or deletion of three or more contiguous nucleotides).
  • a control pegRNA e.g., a control pegRNA that does not introduce insertion or deletion of three or more contiguous nucleotides.
  • prime editing that introduces insertion or deletion of 10 or more contiguous nucleotides results in an increase in prime editing efficiency and/or a decrease in indel frequency compared to the introduction of an insertion or deletion of less than 10 nucleotides in length using prime editing.
  • the present disclosure provides methods for editing a nucleic acid molecule by prime editing comprising contacting a nucleic acid molecule with a prime editor and a pegRNA comprising a DNA synthesis template on its extension arm comprising three or more consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to a target site on the nucleic acid molecule.
  • the pegRNA comprises a DNA synthesis template comprising one or more nucleotide edits compared to the endogenous sequence of the nucleic acid molecule (e.g., a double stranded target DNA) to be edited, wherein the one or more nucleotide edits comprises (i) an intended change is an insertion, deletion, or substitution of x consecutive nucleotides that corrects a mutation (e.g. a disease associated mutation) in the nucleic acid molecule, and (ii) an insertion, deletion, or substitution of y consecutive nucleotides directly adjacent to the x nucleotides, wherein (x+y) is an integer no less than 3.
  • an intended change is an insertion, deletion, or substitution of x consecutive nucleotides that corrects a mutation (e.g. a disease associated mutation) in the nucleic acid molecule
  • an insertion, deletion, or substitution of y consecutive nucleotides directly adjacent to the x nucleotides wherein (x+
  • the insertion, deletion, or substitution of the y consecutive nucleotides is a silent mutation. In some embodiments, the insertion, deletion, or substitution of the y consecutive nucleotides is a benign mutation.
  • the silent mutations may be present in coding regions of the target nucleic acid molecule or in non-coding regions of the target nucleic acid molecule. When the silent mutations are present in a coding region, they introduce into the nucleic acid molecule one or more alternate codons encoding the same amino acid as the unedited nucleic acid molecule.
  • the silent mutations when the silent mutations are in a non-coding region or a junction of a coding region and a non-coding region (e.g., an intron/exon junction), the silent mutations may be present in a region of the nucleic acid molecule that does not influence splicing, gene regulation, RNA lifetime, or other biological properties of the target site on the nucleic acid molecule.
  • a benign mutation may refer to a nucleotide alteration or amino acid alteration that alters the amino acid sequence of the protein or polypeptide encoded by the target nucleic acid sequence, but does not impair or substantively impair expression and/or function of the protein or polypeptide.
  • x is an integer between 1 and 50.
  • y is an integer between 1 and 50. In some embodiments, y is an integer no less than 1. In some embodiments, the inclusion of the silent mutation(s) increases the efficiency, reduces unintended indel frequency, and/or improves editing outcome purity by prime editing.
  • the term “prime editing outcome purity” may refer to the ratio of intended edit to unintended indels that result from prime editing.
  • the inclusion of the silent mutation(s) increases the efficiency, reduces unintended indel frequency, and/or improves editing outcome purity by prime editing by at least 1.5-fold, at least 2.0 fold, at least 2.5-fold, at least 3.0-fold, at least 3.5- fold, at least 4.0-fold, at least 4.5-fold, at least 5.0-fold, at least 5.5-fold, at least 6.0-fold, at least 6.5-fold, at least 7.0-fold, at least 7.5-fold, at least 8.0-fold, at least 8.5-fold, at least 9.0-fold, at least 9.5-fold, at least 10.0 fold, at least 11-fold, at least 12-fold, at least 13-fold, at least 14-fold, at least 15-fold, at least 16-fold, at least 17-fold, at least 18-fold, at least 19-fold, at least 20-fold, at least 21-fold, at least 22-fold, at least 23-fold, at least 24-fold, at least 25-fold, at least 26-fold, at least
  • At least one of the three or more consecutive nucleotide mismatches results in an alteration in the amino acid sequence of a protein expressed from the nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments, more than one of the consecutive nucleotide mismatches results in an alteration in the amino acid sequence of a protein expressed from the nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments, at least one of the nucleotide mismatches are silent mutations that do not result in an alteration in the amino acid sequence of a protein expressed from the nucleic acid molecule. The silent mutations may be present in coding regions of the target nucleic acid molecule or in non-coding regions of the target nucleic acid molecule.
  • the silent mutations When the silent mutations are present in a coding region, they introduce into the nucleic acid molecule one or more alternate codons encoding the same amino acid as the unedited nucleic acid molecule. Alternatively, when the silent mutations are in a non-coding region, the silent mutations may be present in a region of the nucleic acid molecule that does not influence splicing, gene regulation, RNA lifetime, or other biological properties of the target site on the nucleic acid molecule. [314] Any number of consecutive nucleotide mismatches of three or more can be used to achieve the benefits of evading correction by the MMR pathway.
  • the DNA synthesis template of the extension arm on the pegRNA comprises 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25 consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site in the nucleic acid molecule edited by prime editing. In some embodiments, the DNA synthesis template of the extension arm on the pegRNA comprises 3, 4, or 5 consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site in the nucleic acid molecule edited by prime editing.
  • the DNA synthesis template of the extension arm on the pegRNA comprises 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site in the nucleic acid molecule edited by prime editing. In some embodiments, the DNA synthesis template of the extension arm on the pegRNA comprises three or more, four or more, five or more, six or more, seven or more, eight or more, nine or more, or ten or more consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to a target site on the nucleic acid molecule.
  • the present disclosure provides methods for editing a nucleic acid molecule by prime editing comprising contacting a nucleic acid molecule with a prime editor and a pegRNA comprising a DNA synthesis template on its extension arm comprising an insertion or deletion of 10 or more nucleotides relative to a target site on the nucleic acid molecule. Insertions and deletions of 10 or more nucleotides in length evade correction by the MMR pathway when introduced by prime editing and thus can benefit from the inhibition of the MMR pathway without the need to provide an inhibitor of MMR. Insertions and deletions of any length greater than 10 nucleotides can be used to achieve the benefits of evading correction by the MMR pathway.
  • the DNA synthesis template comprises an insertion or deletion of 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25 nucleotides relative to the endogenous sequence at a target site of the nucleic acid molecule edited by prime editing.
  • the DNA synthesis template comprises an insertion or deletion of 11 or more nucleotides, 12 or more nucleotides, 13 or more nucleotides, 14 or more nucleotides, 15 or more nucleotides, 16 or more nucleotides, 17 or more nucleotides, 18 or more nucleotides, 19 or more nucleotides, 20 or more nucleotides, 21 or more nucleotides, 22 or more nucleotides, 23 or more nucleotides, 24 or more nucleotides, or 25 or more nucleotides relative to a target site on a nucleic acid molecule.
  • the DNA synthesis template comprises an insertion or deletion of 15 or more nucleotides relative to a target site on the nucleic acid molecule.
  • the present disclosure provides compositions and methods for prime editing with improved editing efficiency and/or reduced indel formation by inhibiting the DNA mismatch repair pathway while conducting prime editing of a target site. Accordingly, the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleic acid molecule by prime editing that involves contacting a nucleic acid molecule with a prime editor, a pegRNA, and an inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway, thereby installing one or more modifications to the nucleic acid molecule at a target site with increased editing efficiency and/or lower indel formation.
  • the present disclosure further provides polynucleotides for editing a DNA target site by prime editing comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding a napDNAbp, a polymerase, and an inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway, wherein the napDNAbp and polymerase is capable in the presence of a pegRNA of installing one or more modifications in the DNA target site with increased editing efficiency and/or lower indel formation.
  • prime editors which may comprise a nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein (napDNAbp).
  • a napDNAbp of the prime editors described herein can be associated with or complexed with at least one guide nucleic acid (e.g., guide RNA or a PEgRNA), which localizes the napDNAbp to a DNA sequence that comprises a DNA strand (i.e., a target strand) that is complementary to the guide nucleic acid, or a portion thereof (e.g., the spacer of a guide RNA which anneals to the protospacer of the DNA target).
  • the guide nucleic-acid “programs” the napDNAbp (e.g., Cas9 or equivalent) to localize and bind to complementary sequence of the protospacer in the DNA.
  • any suitable napDNAbp may be used in the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein.
  • the napDNAbp may be any Class 2 CRISPR-Cas system, including any type II, type V, or type VI CRISPR-Cas enzyme.
  • CRISPR-Cas As a tool for genome editing, there have been constant developments in the nomenclature used to describe and/or identify CRISPR-Cas enzymes, such as Cas9 and Cas9 orthologs. This application references CRISPR-Cas enzymes with nomenclature that may be old and/or new.
  • CRISPR-Cas nomenclature is extensively discussed in Makarova et al., “Classification and Nomenclature of CRISPR-Cas Systems: Where from Here?,” The CRISPR Journal, Vol.1. No.5, 2018, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the particular CRISPR-Cas nomenclature used in any given instance in this Application is not limiting in any way and the skilled person will be able to identify which CRISPR-Cas enzyme is being referenced.
  • the following type II, type V, and type VI Class 2 CRISPR-Cas enzymes have the following art-recognized old (i.e., legacy) and new names.
  • Each of these enzymes, and/or variants thereof, may be used with the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein: * See Makarova et al., The CRISPR Journal, Vol.1, No.5, 2018 [320]
  • the mechanism of action of certain napDNAbp contemplated herein includes the step of forming an R-loop whereby the napDNAbp induces the unwinding of a double-strand DNA target, thereby separating the strands in the region bound by the napDNAbp.
  • the guide RNA spacer then hybridizes to the “target strand” at a region that is complementary to the protospacer sequence. This displaces a “non-target strand” that is complementary to the target strand, which forms the single strand region of the R-loop.
  • the napDNAbp includes one or more nuclease activities, which then cut the DNA leaving various types of lesions.
  • the napDNAbp may comprises a nuclease activity that cuts the non-target strand at a first location, and/ or cuts the target strand at a second location.
  • the target DNA can be cut to form a “double- stranded break” whereby both strands are cut.
  • the target DNA can be cut at only a single site, i.e., the DNA is “nicked” on one strand.
  • exemplary napDNAbp with different nuclease activities include “Cas9 nickase” (“nCas9”) and a deactivated Cas9 having no nuclease activities (“dead Cas9” or “dCas9”).
  • nCas9 Cas9 nickase
  • deactivated Cas9 having no nuclease activities deactivated Cas9 having no nuclease activities
  • the prime editors may comprise the canonical SpCas9, or any ortholog Cas9 protein, or any variant Cas9 protein —including any naturally occurring variant, mutant, or otherwise engineered version of Cas9 — that is known or that can be made or evolved through a directed evolutionary or otherwise mutagenic process.
  • the Cas9 or Cas9 variants have a nickase activity, i.e., only cleave one strand of the target DNA sequence.
  • the Cas9 or Cas9 variants have inactive nucleases, i.e., are “dead” Cas9 proteins.
  • Cas9 proteins that may be used are those having a smaller molecular weight than the canonical SpCas9 (e.g., for easier delivery) or having modified or rearranged primary amino acid structure (e.g., the circular permutant formats).
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein may also comprise Cas9 equivalents, including Cas12a (Cpf1) and Cas12b1 proteins which are the result of convergent evolution.
  • the napDNAbps used herein e.g., SpCas9, Cas9 variant, or Cas9 equivalents
  • any Cas9, Cas9 variant, or Cas9 equivalent which has at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.9% sequence identity to a reference Cas9 sequence, such as a reference SpCas9 canonical sequence or a reference Cas9 equivalent (e.g., Cas12a (Cpf1)).
  • the napDNAbp can be a CRISPR (clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeat)-associated nuclease.
  • CRISPR is an adaptive immune system that provides protection against mobile genetic elements (viruses, transposable elements, and conjugative plasmids).
  • CRISPR clusters contain spacers, sequences complementary to antecedent mobile elements, and target invading nucleic acids.
  • CRISPR clusters are transcribed and processed into CRISPR RNA (crRNA).
  • crRNA CRISPR RNA
  • tracrRNA trans-encoded small RNA
  • rnc endogenous ribonuclease 3
  • Cas9 protein The tracrRNA serves as a guide for ribonuclease 3-aided processing of pre- crRNA.
  • Cas9/crRNA/tracrRNA endonucleolytically cleaves a linear or circular dsDNA target complementary to the spacer.
  • the target strand not complementary to crRNA is first cut endonucleolytically, then trimmed 3 ⁇ -5 ⁇ exonucleolytically.
  • DNA-binding and cleavage typically requires protein and both RNAs.
  • single guide RNAs (“sgRNA”, or simply “gRNA”) can be engineered so as to incorporate aspects of both the crRNA and tracrRNA into a single RNA species. See, e.g., Jinek M. et al., Science 337:816-821(2012), the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • the napDNAbp directs cleavage of one or both strands at the location of a target sequence, such as within the target sequence and/or within the complement of the target sequence. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp directs cleavage of one or both strands within about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 50, 100, 200, 500, or more base pairs from the first or last nucleotide of a target sequence.
  • a vector encodes a napDNAbp that is mutated to with respect to a corresponding wild-type enzyme such that the mutated napDNAbp lacks the ability to cleave one or both strands of a target polynucleotide containing a target sequence.
  • an aspartate-to-alanine substitution (D10A) in the RuvC I catalytic domain of Cas9 from S. pyogenes converts Cas9 from a nuclease that cleaves both strands to a nickase (cleaves a single strand).
  • mutations that render Cas9 a nickase include, without limitation, H840A, N854A, and N863A in reference to the canonical SpCas9 sequence, or to equivalent amino acid positions in other Cas9 variants or Cas9 equivalents.
  • Cas protein refers to a full-length Cas protein obtained from nature, a recombinant Cas protein having a sequences that differs from a naturally occurring Cas protein, or any fragment of a Cas protein that nevertheless retains all or a significant amount of the requisite basic functions needed for the disclosed methods, i.e., (i) possession of nucleic-acid programmable binding of the Cas protein to a target DNA, and (ii) ability to nick the target DNA sequence on one strand.
  • the Cas proteins contemplated herein embrace CRISPR Cas 9 proteins, as well as Cas9 equivalents, variants (e.g., Cas9 nickase (nCas9) or nuclease inactive Cas9 (dCas9)) homologs, orthologs, or paralogs, whether naturally occurring or non-naturally occurring (e.g., engineered or recombinant), and may include a Cas9 equivalent from any Class 2 CRISPR system (e.g., type II, V, VI), including Cas12a (Cpf1), Cas12e (CasX), Cas12b1 (C2c1), Cas12b2, Cas12c (C2c3), C2c4, C2c8, C2c5, C2c10, C2c9 Cas13a (C2c2), Cas13d, Cas13c (C2c7), Cas13b (C2c6), and Cas13b.
  • Cas9 equivalents e.g
  • C2c2 is a single-component programmable RNA-guided RNA-targeting CRISPR effector,” Science 2016; 353(6299) and Makarova et al., “Classification and Nomenclature of CRISPR-Cas Systems: Where from Here?,” The CRISPR Journal, Vol.1. No.5, 2018, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Cas9 or “Cas9 nuclease” or “Cas9 moiety” or “Cas9 domain” embrace any naturally occurring Cas9 from any organism, any naturally-occurring Cas9 equivalent or functional fragment thereof, any Cas9 homolog, ortholog, or paralog from any organism, and any mutant or variant of a Cas9, naturally-occurring or engineered.
  • the term Cas9 is not meant to be particularly limiting and may be referred to as a “Cas9 or equivalent.”
  • Exemplary Cas9 proteins are further described herein and/or are described in the art and are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Cas9 nuclease sequences and structures are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, e.g., “Complete genome sequence of an M1 strain of Streptococcus pyogenes.” Ferretti et al., J.J., McShan W.M., Ajdic D.J., Savic D.J., Savic G., Lyon K., Primeaux C., Sezate S., Suvorov A.N., Kenton S., Lai H.S., Lin S.P., Qian Y., Jia H.G., Najar F.Z., Ren Q., Zhu H., Song L., White J., Yuan X., Clifton S.W., Roe B.A., McLaughlin R.E., Proc.
  • Prime editor constructs utilized in the methods and compositions described herein may comprise the “canonical SpCas9” nuclease from S.
  • This Cas9 protein is a large, multi-domain protein containing two distinct nuclease domains. Point mutations can be introduced into Cas9 to abolish one or both nuclease activities, resulting in a nickase Cas9 (nCas9) or dead Cas9 (dCas9), respectively, that still retains its ability to bind DNA in a sgRNA-programmed manner.
  • nCas9 nickase Cas9
  • dCas9 dead Cas9
  • Cas9, or variant thereof can target that protein to virtually any DNA sequence simply by co-expression with an appropriate sgRNA.
  • the canonical SpCas9 protein refers to the wild type protein from Streptococcus pyogenes having the following amino acid sequence: [330]
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein may include canonical SpCas9, or any variant thereof having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% sequence identity with a wild type Cas9 sequence provided above.
  • These variants may include SpCas9 variants containing one or more mutations, including any known mutation reported with the SwissProt Accession No. Q99ZW2 (SEQ ID NO: 2) entry, which include:
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein may include any of the above SpCas9 sequences, or any variant thereof having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% sequence identity thereto.
  • B. Wild type Cas9 orthologs [333]
  • the Cas9 protein can be a wild type Cas9 ortholog from another bacterial species different from the canonical Cas9 from S. pyogenes.
  • the following Cas9 orthologs can be used in connection with the prime editor constructs utilized in the methods and compositions described in this specification.
  • any variant Cas9 orthologs having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% sequence identity to any of the below orthologs may also be used with the prime editors.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein may include any of the above Cas9 ortholog sequences, or any variants thereof having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% sequence identity thereto.
  • the napDNAbp may include any suitable homologs and/or orthologs or naturally occurring enzymes, such as, Cas9. Cas9 homologs and/or orthologs have been described in various species, including, but not limited to, S. pyogenes and S. thermophilus.
  • the Cas moiety is configured (e.g., mutagenized, recombinantly engineered, or otherwise obtained from nature) as a nickase, i.e., capable of cleaving only a single strand of the target double- stranded DNA.
  • a nickase i.e., capable of cleaving only a single strand of the target double- stranded DNA.
  • Additional suitable Cas9 nucleases and sequences will be apparent to those of skill in the art based on this disclosure, and such Cas9 nucleases and sequences include Cas9 sequences from the organisms and loci disclosed in Chylinski, Rhun, and Charpentier, “The tracrRNA and Cas9 families of type II CRISPR-Cas immunity systems” (2013) RNA Biology 10:5, 726-737; the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • a Cas9 nuclease has an inactive (e.g., an inactivated) DNA cleavage domain; that is, the Cas9 is a nickase.
  • the Cas9 protein comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 80% identical to the amino acid sequence of a Cas9 protein as provided by any one of the variants of Table 3.
  • the Cas9 protein comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 92%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% identical to the amino acid sequence of a Cas9 protein as provided by any one of the Cas9 orthologs in the above tables.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein may include a dead Cas9, e.g., dead SpCas9, which has no nuclease activity due to one or more mutations that inactive both nuclease domains of Cas9, namely the RuvC domain (which cleaves the non-protospacer DNA strand) and HNH domain (which cleaves the protospacer DNA strand).
  • a dead Cas9 e.g., dead SpCas9
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein may include a dead Cas9, e.g., dead SpCas9, which has no nuclease activity due to one or more mutations that inactive both nuclease domains of Cas9, namely the RuvC domain (which cleaves the non-protospacer DNA strand) and HNH domain (which cleaves the protospacer DNA strand).
  • the nuclease inactivation may be due to one or mutations that result in one or more substitutions and/or deletions in the amino acid sequence of the encoded protein, or any variants thereof having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% sequence identity thereto.
  • dCas9 refers to a nuclease-inactive Cas9 or nuclease-dead Cas9, or a functional fragment thereof, and embraces any naturally occurring dCas9 from any organism, any naturally-occurring dCas9 equivalent or functional fragment thereof, any engineered dCas9 variant or functional fragment thereof, any dCas9 homolog, ortholog, or paralog from any organism, and any mutant or variant of a dCas9, naturally-occurring or engineered.
  • dCas9 is not meant to be particularly limiting and may be referred to as a “dCas9 or equivalent.” Exemplary dCas9 proteins and method for making dCas9 proteins are further described herein and/or are described in the art and are incorporated herein by reference. [338] In other embodiments, dCas9 corresponds to, or comprises in part or in whole, a Cas9 amino acid sequence having one or more mutations that inactivate the Cas9 nuclease activity.
  • Cas9 variants having mutations other than D10A and H840A are provided which may result in the full or partial inactivation of the endogenous Cas9 nuclease activity (e.g., nCas9 or dCas9, respectively).
  • Such mutations include other amino acid substitutions at D10 and H840, or other substitutions within the nuclease domains of Cas9 (e.g., substitutions in the HNH nuclease subdomain and/or the RuvC1 subdomain) with reference to a wild type sequence such as Cas9 from Streptococcus pyogenes (NCBI Reference Sequence: NC_017053.1).
  • variants or homologues of Cas9 are provided which are at least about 70% identical, at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, at least about 95% identical, at least about 98% identical, at least about 99% identical, at least about 99.5% identical, or at least about 99.9% identical to NCBI Reference Sequence: NC_017053.1.
  • variants of dCas9 are provided having amino acid sequences which are shorter, or longer than NC_017053.1 (SEQ ID NO: 4) by about 5 amino acids, by about 10 amino acids, by about 15 amino acids, by about 20 amino acids, by about 25 amino acids, by about 30 amino acids, by about 40 amino acids, by about 50 amino acids, by about 75 amino acids, by about 100 amino acids or more.
  • the dead Cas9 may be based on the canonical SpCas9 sequence of Q99ZW2 and may have the following sequence, which comprises a D10X and an H810X, wherein X may be any amino acid, substitutions (underlined and bolded), or a variant be variant of SEQ ID NO: 40 having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% sequence identity thereto.
  • the dead Cas9 may be based on the canonical SpCas9 sequence of Q99ZW2 and may have the following sequence, which comprises a D10A and an H810A substitutions (underlined and bolded), or be a variant of SEQ ID NO: 23 having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% sequence identity thereto.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein comprise a Cas9 nickase.
  • the term “Cas9 nickase” or “nCas9” refers to a variant of Cas9 which is capable of introducing a single-strand break in a double strand DNA molecule target.
  • the Cas9 nickase comprises only a single functioning nuclease domain.
  • the wild type Cas9 (e.g., the canonical SpCas9) comprises two separate nuclease domains, namely, the RuvC domain (which cleaves the non-protospacer DNA strand) and HNH domain (which cleaves the protospacer DNA strand).
  • the Cas9 nickase comprises a mutation in the RuvC domain which inactivates the RuvC nuclease activity.
  • nickase mutations in the RuvC domain could include D10X, H983X, D986X, or E762X, wherein X is any amino acid other than the wild type amino acid.
  • the nickase could be D10A, of H983A, D986A, or E762A, or a combination thereof.
  • the Cas9 nickase can have a mutation in the RuvC nuclease domain and have one of the following amino acid sequences, or a variant thereof having an amino acid sequence that has at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% sequence identity thereto.
  • nickase mutations in the HNH domain could include H840X and R863X, wherein X is any amino acid other than the wild type amino acid.
  • the nickase could be H840A or R863A or a combination thereof.
  • the Cas9 nickase can have a mutation in the HNH nuclease domain and have one of the following amino acid sequences, or a variant thereof having an amino acid sequence that has at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% sequence identity thereto.
  • the N-terminal methionine is removed from a Cas9 nickase, or from any Cas9 variant, ortholog, or equivalent disclosed or contemplated herein.
  • methionine-minus Cas9 nickases include the following sequences, or a variant thereof having an amino acid sequence that has at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% sequence identity thereto.
  • Cas9 variants Besides dead Cas9 and Cas9 nickase variants, the Cas9 proteins used herein may also include other “Cas9 variants” having at least about 70% identical, at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, at least about 95% identical, at least about 96% identical, at least about 97% identical, at least about 98% identical, at least about 99% identical, at least about 99.5% identical, or at least about 99.9% identical to any reference Cas9 protein, including any wild type Cas9, or mutant Cas9 (e.g., a dead Cas9 or Cas9 nickase), or fragment Cas9, or circular permutant Cas9, or other variant of Cas9 disclosed herein or known in the art.
  • Cas9 variants having at least about 70% identical, at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, at least about 95% identical, at least about 96% identical, at least about 97% identical, at least about 98% identical, at least about 99% identical, at least about 99
  • a Cas9 variant may have 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 21, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50 or more amino acid changes compared to a reference Cas9.
  • the Cas9 variant comprises a fragment of a reference Cas9 (e.g., a gRNA binding domain or a DNA-cleavage domain), such that the fragment is at least about 70% identical, at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, at least about 95% identical, at least about 96% identical, at least about 97% identical, at least about 98% identical, at least about 99% identical, at least about 99.5% identical, or at least about 99.9% identical to the corresponding fragment of wild type Cas9.
  • a reference Cas9 e.g., a gRNA binding domain or a DNA-cleavage domain
  • the fragment is at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% identical, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% of the amino acid length of a corresponding wild type Cas9 (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 2).
  • the disclosure also may utilize Cas9 fragments that retain their functionality and that are fragments of any herein disclosed Cas9 protein.
  • the Cas9 fragment is at least 100 amino acids in length.
  • the fragment is at least 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1000, 1050, 1100, 1150, 1200, 1250, or at least 1300 amino acids in length.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions disclosed herein may comprise one of the Cas9 variants described as follows, or a Cas9 variant thereof having at least about 70% identical, at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, at least about 95% identical, at least about 96% identical, at least about 97% identical, at least about 98% identical, at least about 99% identical, at least about 99.5% identical, or at least about 99.9% identical to any reference Cas9 variants.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions contemplated herein can include a Cas9 protein that is of smaller molecular weight than the canonical SpCas9 sequence.
  • the smaller-sized Cas9 variants may facilitate delivery to cells, e.g., by an expression vector, nanoparticle, or other means of delivery.
  • the smaller-sized Cas9 variants can include enzymes categorized as type II enzymes of the Class 2 CRISPR-Cas systems.
  • the smaller-sized Cas9 variants can include enzymes categorized as type V enzymes of the Class 2 CRISPR-Cas systems.
  • the smaller-sized Cas9 variants can include enzymes categorized as type VI enzymes of the Class 2 CRISPR-Cas systems.
  • the canonical SpCas9 protein is 1368 amino acids in length and has a predicted molecular weight of 158 kilodaltons.
  • the term “small-sized Cas9 variant”, as used herein, refers to any Cas9 variant—naturally occurring, engineered, or otherwise—that is less than at least 1300 amino acids, or at least less than 1290 amino acids, or than less than 1280 amino acids, or less than 1270 amino acid, or less than 1260 amino acid, or less than 1250 amino acids, or less than 1240 amino acids, or less than 1230 amino acids, or less than 1220 amino acids, or less than 1210 amino acids, or less than 1200 amino acids, or less than 1190 amino acids, or less than 1180 amino acids, or less than 1170 amino acids, or less than 1160 amino acids, or less than 1150 amino acids, or less than 1140 amino acids, or less than 1130 amino acids, or less than 1120 amino acids, or less than 1110 amino acids, or less than 1100 amino acids, or less than 1050 amino
  • the Cas9 variants can include those categorized as type II, type V, or type VI enzymes of the Class 2 CRISPR-Cas system.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions disclosed herein may comprise one of the small-sized Cas9 variants described as follows, or a Cas9 variant thereof having at least about 70% identical, at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, at least about 95% identical, at least about 96% identical, at least about 97% identical, at least about 98% identical, at least about 99% identical, at least about 99.5% identical, or at least about 99.9% identical to any reference small-sized Cas9 protein.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include any Cas9 equivalent.
  • the term “Cas9 equivalent” is a broad term that encompasses any napDNAbp protein that serves the same function as Cas9 in the prime editors despite that its amino acid primary sequence and/or its three-dimensional structure may be different and/or unrelated from an evolutionary standpoint.
  • Cas9 equivalents include any Cas9 ortholog, homolog, mutant, or variant described or embraced herein that are evolutionarily related
  • the Cas9 equivalents also embrace proteins that may have evolved through convergent evolution processes to have the same or similar function as Cas9, but that do not necessarily have any similarity with regard to amino acid sequence and/or three- dimensional structure.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described here embrace any Cas9 equivalent that would provide the same or similar function as Cas9 despite that the Cas9 equivalent may be based on a protein that arose through convergent evolution.
  • Cas9 refers to a type II enzyme of the CRISPR-Cas system
  • a Cas9 equivalent can refer to a type V or type VI enzyme of the CRISPR-Cas system.
  • Cas12e is a Cas9 equivalent that reportedly has the same function as Cas9 but which evolved through convergent evolution.
  • Cas9 is a bacterial enzyme that evolved in a wide variety of species.
  • the Cas9 equivalents contemplated herein may also be obtained from archaea, which constitute a domain and kingdom of single-celled prokaryotic microbes different from bacteria.
  • Cas9 equivalents may refer to Cas12e (CasX) or Cas12d (CasY), which have been described in, for example, Burstein et al., “New CRISPR–Cas systems from uncultivated microbes.” Cell Res.2017 Feb 21.
  • Cas9 refers to Cas12e, or a variant of Cas12e.
  • Cas9 refers to a Cas12d, or a variant of Cas12d. It should be appreciated that other RNA-guided DNA binding proteins may be used as a nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein (napDNAbp) and are within the scope of this disclosure. Also see Liu et al., “CasX enzymes comprises a distinct family of RNA-guided genome editors,” Nature, 2019, Vol.566: 218-223. Any of these Cas9 equivalents are contemplated.
  • the Cas9 equivalent comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% identical to a naturally- occurring Cas12e (CasX) or Cas12d (CasY) protein.
  • the napDNAbp is a naturally-occurring Cas12e (CasX) or Cas12d (CasY) protein.
  • the napDNAbp comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% identical to a wild-type Cas moiety or any Cas moiety provided herein.
  • the nucleic acid programmable DNA binding proteins include, without limitation, Cas9 (e.g., dCas9 and nCas9), Cas12e (CasX), Cas12d (CasY), Cas12a (Cpf1), Cas12b1 (C2c1), Cas13a (C2c2), Cas12c (C2c3), Argonaute, and Cas12b1.
  • Cas9 e.g., dCas9 and nCas9
  • Cas12a (Cpf1) is also a Class 2 CRISPR effector, but it is a member of type V subgroup of enzymes, rather than the type II subgroup. It has been shown that Cas12a (Cpf1) mediates robust DNA interference with features distinct from Cas9.
  • Cas12a (Cpf1) is a single RNA-guided endonuclease lacking tracrRNA, and it utilizes a T-rich protospacer-adjacent motif (TTN, TTTN, or YTN). Moreover, Cpf1 cleaves DNA via a staggered DNA double-stranded break.
  • Cpf1-family proteins Two enzymes from Acidaminococcus and Lachnospiraceae are shown to have efficient genome-editing activity in human cells.
  • Cpf1 proteins are known in the art and have been described previously, for example Yamano et al., “Crystal structure of Cpf1 in complex with guide RNA and target DNA.” Cell (165) 2016, p.949-962; the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • the Cas protein may include any CRISPR associated protein, including but not limited to, Cas12a, Cas12b1, Cas1, Cas1B, Cas2, Cas3, Cas4, Cas5, Cas6, Cas7, Cas8, Cas9 (also known as Csn1 and Csx12), Cas10, Csy1, Csy2, Csy3, Cse1, Cse2, Csc1, Csc2, Csa5, Csn2, Csm2, Csm3, Csm4, Csm5, Csm6, Cmr1, Cmr3, Cmr4, Cmr5, Cmr6, Csb1, Csb2, Csb3, Csx17, Csx14, Csx10, Csx16, CsaX, Csx3, Csx1, Csx15, Csf1, Csf2, Csf3, Csf4, homologs thereof, or modified versions thereof, and preferably comprising a nickase mutation
  • the napDNAbp can be any of the following proteins: a Cas9, a Cas12a (Cpf1), a Cas12e (CasX), a Cas12d (CasY), a Cas12b1 (C2c1), a Cas13a (C2c2), a Cas12c (C2c3), a GeoCas9, a CjCas9, a Cas12g, a Cas12h, a Cas12i, a Cas13b, a Cas13c, a Cas13d, a Cas14, a Csn2, an xCas9, an SpCas9-NG, a circularly permuted Cas9, or an Argonaute (Ago) domain, or a variant thereof.
  • a Cas9 a Cas12a (Cpf1), a Cas12e (CasX), a Cas12d (CasY),
  • Exemplary Cas9 equivalent protein sequences can include the following: [360]
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein may also comprise Cas12a (Cpf1) (dCpf1) variants that may be used as a guide nucleotide sequence- programmable DNA-binding protein domain.
  • the Cas12a (Cpf1) protein has a RuvC-like endonuclease domain that is similar to the RuvC domain of Cas9 but does not have a HNH endonuclease domain, and the N-terminal of Cas12a (Cpf1) does not have the alfa-helical recognition lobe of Cas9.
  • the RuvC-like domain of Cas12a (Cpf1) is responsible for cleaving both DNA strands and inactivation of the RuvC-like domain inactivates Cas12a (Cpf1) nuclease activity.
  • the napDNAbp is a single effector of a microbial CRISPR-Cas system.
  • Single effectors of microbial CRISPR-Cas systems include, without limitation, Cas9, Cas12a (Cpf1), Cas12b1 (C2c1), Cas13a (C2c2), and Cas12c (C2c3).
  • microbial CRISPR-Cas systems are divided into Class 1 and Class 2 systems. Class 1 systems have multi-subunit effector complexes, while Class 2 systems have a single protein effector.
  • Cas9 and Cas12a (Cpf1) are Class 2 effectors.
  • Cas9 and Cas12a Cpf1
  • Cas12b1, Cas13a, and Cas12c three distinct Class 2 CRISPR-Cas systems
  • Shmakov et al. “Discovery and Functional Characterization of Diverse Class 2 CRISPR Cas Systems”, Mol. Cell, 2015 Nov 5; 60(3): 385–397, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • Effectors of two of the systems, Cas12b1 and Cas12c contain RuvC-like endonuclease domains related to Cas12a.
  • Cas13a contains an effector with two predicted HEPN RNase domains.
  • Cas12b1 depends on both CRISPR RNA and tracrRNA for DNA cleavage.
  • Bacterial Cas13a has been shown to possess a unique RNase activity for CRISPR RNA maturation distinct from its RNA-activated single-stranded RNA degradation activity. These RNase functions are different from each other and from the CRISPR RNA-processing behavior of Cas12a.
  • C2c2 is a single-component programmable RNA-guided RNA-targeting CRISPR effector”, Science, 2016 Aug 5; 353(6299), the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • AacC2c1 The crystal structure of Alicyclobaccillus acidoterrastris Cas12b1 (AacC2c1) has been reported in complex with a chimeric single-molecule guide RNA (sgRNA). See e.g., Liu et al., “C2c1-sgRNA Complex Structure Reveals RNA-Guided DNA Cleavage Mechanism”, Mol.
  • the napDNAbp may be a C2c1, a C2c2, or a C2c3 protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp is a C2c1 protein.
  • the napDNAbp is a Cas13a protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp is a Cas12c protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% identical to a naturally-occurring Cas12b1 (C2c1), Cas13a (C2c2), or Cas12c (C2c3) protein.
  • the napDNAbp is a naturally-occurring Cas12b1 (C2c1), Cas13a (C2c2), or Cas12c (C2c3) protein.
  • C2c1 Cas12b1
  • C2c2 Cas13a
  • Cas12c Cas12c
  • H. Cas9 circular permutants [363]
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions disclosed herein may comprise a circular permutant of Cas9.
  • Circularly permuted Cas9 or “circular permutant” of Cas9 or “CP-Cas9” refers to any Cas9 protein, or variant thereof, that occurs or has been modified or engineered as a circular permutant variant, which means the N-terminus and the C-terminus of a Cas9 protein (e.g., a wild type Cas9 protein) have been topically rearranged.
  • Such circularly permuted Cas9 proteins, or variants thereof retain the ability to bind DNA when complexed with a guide RNA (gRNA).
  • gRNA guide RNA
  • any of the Cas9 proteins described herein, including any variant, ortholog, or any engineered or naturally occurring Cas9 or equivalent thereof, may be reconfigured as a circular permutant variant.
  • the circular permutants of Cas9 may have the following structure: N-terminus-[original C-terminus] – [optional linker] – [original N-terminus]-C-terminus. [365]
  • the present disclosure contemplates the following circular permutants of canonical S.
  • pyogenes Cas9 1368 amino acids of UniProtKB - Q99ZW2 (CAS9_STRP1) (numbering is based on the amino acid position in SEQ ID NO: 2)): N-terminus-[1268-1368]-[optional linker]-[1-1267]-C-terminus; N-terminus-[1168-1368]-[optional linker]-[1-1167]-C-terminus; N-terminus-[1068-1368]-[optional linker]-[1-1067]-C-terminus; N-terminus-[968-1368]-[optional linker]-[1-967]-C-terminus; N-terminus-[868-1368]-[optional linker]-[1-867]-C-terminus; N-terminus-[768-1368]-[optional linker]-[1-767]-C-terminus; N-terminus-[668-1368]-[optional linker]-[1-6
  • the circular permutant Cas9 has the following structure (based on S. pyogenes Cas9 (1368 amino acids of UniProtKB - Q99ZW2 (CAS9_STRP1) (numbering is based on the amino acid position in SEQ ID NO: 2): N-terminus-[102-1368]-[optional linker]-[1-101]-C-terminus; N-terminus-[1028-1368]-[optional linker]-[1-1027]-C-terminus; N-terminus-[1041-1368]-[optional linker]-[1-1043]-C-terminus; N-terminus-[1249-1368]-[optional linker]-[1-1248]-C-terminus; or N-terminus-[1300-1368]-[optional linker]-[1-1299]-C-terminus, or the corresponding circular permutants of other Cas9 proteins (including other Cas9 orthologs, variants
  • the circular permeant Cas9 has the following structure (based on S. pyogenes Cas9 (1368 amino acids of UniProtKB - Q99ZW2 (CAS9_STRP1) (numbering is based on the amino acid position in SEQ ID NO: 2): N-terminus-[103-1368]-[optional linker]-[1-102]-C-terminus; N-terminus-[1029-1368]-[optional linker]-[1-1028]-C-terminus; N-terminus-[1042-1368]-[optional linker]-[1-1041]-C-terminus; N-terminus-[1250-1368]-[optional linker]-[1-1249]-C-terminus; or N-terminus-[1301-1368]-[optional linker]-[1-1300]-C-terminus, or the corresponding circular permutants of other Cas9 proteins (including other Cas9 orthologs, variant
  • the circular permutant can be formed by linking a C-terminal fragment of a Cas9 to an N-terminal fragment of a Cas9, either directly or by using a linker, such as an amino acid linker.
  • the C-terminal fragment may correspond to the C-terminal 95% or more of the amino acids of a Cas9 (e.g., amino acids about 1300-1368), or the C-terminal 90%, 85%, 80%, 75%, 70%, 65%, 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, or 5% or more of a Cas9 (e.g., any one of SEQ ID NOs: 54-63).
  • the N-terminal portion may correspond to the N-terminal 95% or more of the amino acids of a Cas9 (e.g., amino acids about 1-1300), or the N-terminal 90%, 85%, 80%, 75%, 70%, 65%, 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, or 5% or more of a Cas9 (e.g., of SEQ ID NO: 2).
  • the circular permutant can be formed by linking a C-terminal fragment of a Cas9 to an N-terminal fragment of a Cas9, either directly or by using a linker, such as an amino acid linker.
  • the C-terminal fragment that is rearranged to the N-terminus includes or corresponds to the C-terminal 30% or less of the amino acids of a Cas9 (e.g., amino acids 1012-1368 of SEQ ID NO: 2).
  • the C-terminal fragment that is rearranged to the N-terminus includes or corresponds to the C-terminal 30%, 29%, 28%, 27%, 26%, 25%, 24%, 23%, 22%, 21%, 20%, 19%, 18%, 17%, 16%, 15%, 14%, 13%, 12%, 11%, 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, or 1% of the amino acids of a Cas9 (e.g., the Cas9 of SEQ ID NO: 2).
  • a Cas9 e.g., the Cas9 of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • the C-terminal fragment that is rearranged to the N-terminus includes or corresponds to the C-terminal 410 residues or less of a Cas9 (e.g., the Cas9 of SEQ ID NO: 2).
  • the C-terminal portion that is rearranged to the N-terminus includes or corresponds to the C-terminal 410, 400, 390, 380, 370, 360, 350, 340, 330, 320, 310, 300, 290, 280, 270, 260, 250, 240, 230, 220, 210, 200, 190, 180, 170, 160, 150, 140, 130, 120, 110, 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 20, or 10 residues of a Cas9 (e.g., the Cas9 of SEQ ID NO: 2).
  • the C-terminal portion that is rearranged to the N- terminus includes or corresponds to the C-terminal 357, 341, 328, 120, or 69 residues of a Cas9 (e.g., the Cas9 of SEQ ID NO: 2).
  • a Cas9 e.g., the Cas9 of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • circular permutant Cas9 variants may be defined as a topological rearrangement of a Cas9 primary structure based on the following method, which is based on S.
  • pyogenes Cas9 of SEQ ID NO: 2 (a) selecting a circular permutant (CP) site corresponding to an internal amino acid residue of the Cas9 primary structure, which dissects the original protein into two halves: an N-terminal region and a C-terminal region; (b) modifying the Cas9 protein sequence (e.g., by genetic engineering techniques) by moving the original C-terminal region (comprising the CP site amino acid) to precede the original N-terminal region, thereby forming a new N-terminus of the Cas9 protein that now begins with the CP site amino acid residue.
  • CP circular permutant
  • the CP site can be located in any domain of the Cas9 protein, including, for example, the helical-II domain, the RuvCIII domain, or the CTD domain.
  • the CP site may be located (relative the S. pyogenes Cas9 of SEQ ID NO: 2) at original amino acid residue 181, 199, 230, 270, 310, 1010, 1016, 1023, 1029, 1041, 1247, 1249, or 1282.
  • original amino acid 181, 199, 230, 270, 310, 1010, 1016, 1023, 1029, 1041, 1247, 1249, or 1282 would become the new N-terminal amino acid.
  • Nomenclature of these CP-Cas9 proteins may be referred to as Cas9-CP 181 , Cas9-CP 199 , Cas9-CP 230 , Cas9-CP 270 , Cas9-CP 310 , Cas9-CP 1010 , Cas9-CP 1016 , Cas9-CP 1023 , Cas9-CP 1029 , Cas9-CP 1041 , Cas9-CP 1247 , Cas9-CP 1249 , and Cas9-CP 1282 , respectively.
  • CP-Cas9 amino acid sequences based on the Cas9 of SEQ ID NO: 2, are provided below in which linker sequences are indicated by underlining and optional methionine (M) residues are indicated in bold. It should be appreciated that the disclosure provides CP-Cas9 sequences that do not include a linker sequence or that include different linker sequences. It should be appreciated that CP-Cas9 sequences may be based on Cas9 sequences other than that of SEQ ID NO: 2 and any examples provided herein are not meant to be limiting. Exemplary CP- Cas9 sequences are as follows:
  • Exemplary C-terminal fragments of Cas9 based on the Cas9 of SEQ ID NO: 2, which may be rearranged to an N-terminus of Cas9, are provided below. It should be appreciated that such C-terminal fragments of Cas9 are exemplary and are not meant to be limiting. These exemplary CP-Cas9 fragments have the following sequences:
  • Cas9 variants with modified PAM specificities may also comprise Cas9 variants with modified PAM specificities.
  • Some aspects of this disclosure provide Cas9 proteins that exhibit activity on a target sequence that does not comprise the canonical PAM (5 ⁇ -NGG-3 ⁇ , where N is A, C, G, or T) at its 3 ⁇ -end.
  • the Cas9 protein exhibits activity on a target sequence comprising a 5 ⁇ -NGG-3 ⁇ PAM sequence at its 3 ⁇ -end.
  • the Cas9 protein exhibits activity on a target sequence comprising a 5 ⁇ -NNG-3 ⁇ PAM sequence at its 3 ⁇ -end.
  • the Cas9 protein exhibits activity on a target sequence comprising a 5 ⁇ -NNA-3 ⁇ PAM sequence at its 3 ⁇ -end. In some embodiments, the Cas9 protein exhibits activity on a target sequence comprising a 5 ⁇ -NNC-3 ⁇ PAM sequence at its 3 ⁇ -end. In some embodiments, the Cas9 protein exhibits activity on a target sequence comprising a 5 ⁇ -NNT-3 ⁇ PAM sequence at its 3 ⁇ -end. In some embodiments, the Cas9 protein exhibits activity on a target sequence comprising a 5 ⁇ -NGT-3 ⁇ PAM sequence at its 3 ⁇ - end.
  • the Cas9 protein exhibits activity on a target sequence comprising a 5 ⁇ -NGA-3 ⁇ PAM sequence at its 3 ⁇ -end. In some embodiments, the Cas9 protein exhibits activity on a target sequence comprising a 5 ⁇ -NGC-3 ⁇ PAM sequence at its 3 ⁇ -end. In some embodiments, the Cas9 protein exhibits activity on a target sequence comprising a 5 ⁇ -NAA-3 ⁇ PAM sequence at its 3 ⁇ -end. In some embodiments, the Cas9 protein exhibits activity on a target sequence comprising a 5 ⁇ -NAC-3 ⁇ PAM sequence at its 3 ⁇ -end.
  • the Cas9 protein exhibits activity on a target sequence comprising a 5 ⁇ -NAT-3 ⁇ PAM sequence at its 3 ⁇ - end. In still other embodiments, the Cas9 protein exhibits activity on a target sequence comprising a 5 ⁇ -NAG-3 ⁇ PAM sequence at its 3 ⁇ -end.
  • any of the amino acid mutations described herein, (e.g., A262T) from a first amino acid residue (e.g., A) to a second amino acid residue (e.g., T) may also include mutations from the first amino acid residue to an amino acid residue that is similar to (e.g., conserved) the second amino acid residue.
  • mutation of an amino acid with a hydrophobic side chain may be a mutation to a second amino acid with a different hydrophobic side chain (e.g., alanine, valine, isoleucine, leucine, methionine, phenylalanine, tyrosine, or tryptophan).
  • alanine, valine, isoleucine, leucine, methionine, phenylalanine, tyrosine, or tryptophan may be a mutation to a second amino acid with a different hydrophobic side chain (e.g., alanine, valine, isoleucine, leucine, methionine, phenylalanine, tyrosine, or tryptophan).
  • a mutation of an alanine to a threonine may also be a mutation from an alanine to an amino acid that is similar in size and chemical properties to a threonine, for example, serine.
  • mutation of an amino acid with a positively charged side chain e.g., arginine, histidine, or lysine
  • mutation of a second amino acid with a different positively charged side chain e.g., arginine, histidine, or lysine.
  • mutation of an amino acid with a polar side chain may be a mutation to a second amino acid with a different polar side chain (e.g., serine, threonine, asparagine, or glutamine).
  • Additional similar amino acid pairs include, but are not limited to, the following: phenylalanine and tyrosine; asparagine and glutamine; methionine and cysteine; aspartic acid and glutamic acid; and arginine and lysine. The skilled artisan would recognize that such conservative amino acid substitutions will likely have minor effects on protein structure and are likely to be well tolerated without compromising function.
  • any amino of the amino acid mutations provided herein from one amino acid to a threonine may be an amino acid mutation to a serine.
  • any amino of the amino acid mutations provided herein from one amino acid to an arginine may be an amino acid mutation to a lysine.
  • any amino of the amino acid mutations provided herein from one amino acid to an isoleucine may be an amino acid mutation to an alanine, valine, methionine, or leucine.
  • any amino of the amino acid mutations provided herein from one amino acid to a lysine may be an amino acid mutation to an arginine.
  • any amino of the amino acid mutations provided herein from one amino acid to an aspartic acid may be an amino acid mutation to a glutamic acid or asparagine.
  • any amino of the amino acid mutations provided herein from one amino acid to a valine may be an amino acid mutation to an alanine, isoleucine, methionine, or leucine.
  • any amino of the amino acid mutations provided herein from one amino acid to a glycine may be an amino acid mutation to an alanine. It should be appreciated, however, that additional conserved amino acid residues would be recognized by the skilled artisan and any of the amino acid mutations to other conserved amino acid residues are also within the scope of this disclosure.
  • the Cas9 protein comprises a combination of mutations that exhibit activity on a target sequence comprising a 5 ⁇ -NAA-3 ⁇ PAM sequence at its 3 ⁇ -end. In some embodiments, the combination of mutations are present in any one of the clones listed in Table 1. In some embodiments, the combination of mutations are conservative mutations of the clones listed in Table 1. In some embodiments, the Cas9 protein comprises the combination of mutations of any one of the Cas9 clones listed in Table 1. [376] Table 1: NAA PAM Clones
  • the Cas9 protein comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 80% identical to the amino acid sequence of a Cas9 protein as provided by any one of the variants of Table 1. In some embodiments, the Cas9 protein comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 92%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% identical to the amino acid sequence of a Cas9 protein as provided by any one of the variants of Table 1.
  • the Cas9 protein exhibits an increased activity on a target sequence that does not comprise the canonical PAM (5 ⁇ -NGG-3 ⁇ ) at its 3 ⁇ end as compared to Streptococcus pyogenes Cas9 as provided by SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • the Cas9 protein exhibits an activity on a target sequence having a 3 ⁇ end that is not directly adjacent to the canonical PAM sequence (5 ⁇ -NGG-3 ⁇ ) that is at least 5-fold increased as compared to the activity of Streptococcus pyogenes Cas9 as provided by SEQ ID NO: 2 on the same target sequence.
  • the Cas9 protein exhibits an activity on a target sequence that is not directly adjacent to the canonical PAM sequence (5 ⁇ -NGG-3 ⁇ ) that is at least 10-fold, at least 50-fold, at least 100-fold, at least 500-fold, at least 1,000-fold, at least 5,000-fold, at least 10,000-fold, at least 50,000-fold, at least 100,000-fold, at least 500,000-fold, or at least 1,000,000-fold increased as compared to the activity of Streptococcus pyogenes as provided by SEQ ID NO: 2 on the same target sequence.
  • the 3 ⁇ end of the target sequence is directly adjacent to an AAA, GAA, CAA, or TAA sequence.
  • the Cas9 protein comprises a combination of mutations that exhibit activity on a target sequence comprising a 5 ⁇ -NAC-3 ⁇ PAM sequence at its 3 ⁇ -end. In some embodiments, the combination of mutations are present in any one of the clones listed in Table 2. In some embodiments, the combination of mutations are conservative mutations of the clones listed in Table 2. In some embodiments, the Cas9 protein comprises the combination of mutations of any one of the Cas9 clones listed in Table 2. [379] Table 2: NAC PAM Clones
  • the Cas9 protein comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 80% identical to the amino acid sequence of a Cas9 protein as provided by any one of the variants of Table 2. In some embodiments, the Cas9 protein comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 92%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% identical to the amino acid sequence of a Cas9 protein as provided by any one of the variants of Table 2.
  • the Cas9 protein exhibits an increased activity on a target sequence that does not comprise the canonical PAM (5 ⁇ -NGG-3 ⁇ ) at its 3 ⁇ end as compared to Streptococcus pyogenes Cas9 as provided by SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • the Cas9 protein exhibits an activity on a target sequence having a 3 ⁇ end that is not directly adjacent to the canonical PAM sequence (5 ⁇ -NGG-3 ⁇ ) that is at least 5-fold increased as compared to the activity of Streptococcus pyogenes Cas9 as provided by SEQ ID NO: 2 on the same target sequence.
  • the Cas9 protein exhibits an activity on a target sequence that is not directly adjacent to the canonical PAM sequence (5 ⁇ -NGG-3 ⁇ ) that is at least 10-fold, at least 50-fold, at least 100-fold, at least 500-fold, at least 1,000-fold, at least 5,000-fold, at least 10,000-fold, at least 50,000-fold, at least 100,000-fold, at least 500,000-fold, or at least 1,000,000-fold increased as compared to the activity of Streptococcus pyogenes as provided by SEQ ID NO: 2 on the same target sequence.
  • the 3 ⁇ end of the target sequence is directly adjacent to an AAC, GAC, CAC, or TAC sequence.
  • the Cas9 protein comprises a combination of mutations that exhibit activity on a target sequence comprising a 5 ⁇ -NAT-3 ⁇ PAM sequence at its 3 ⁇ -end.
  • the combination of mutations are present in any one of the clones listed in Table 3.
  • the combination of mutations are conservative mutations of the clones listed in Table 3.
  • the Cas9 protein comprises the combination of mutations of any one of the Cas9 clones listed in Table 3.
  • the prime editors may comprise the canonical SpCas9, or any ortholog Cas9 protein, or any variant Cas9 protein—including any naturally occurring variant, mutant, or otherwise engineered version of Cas9—that is known or which can be made or evolved through a directed evolutionary or otherwise mutagenic process.
  • the Cas9 or Cas9 variants have a nickase activity, i.e., only cleave of strand of the target DNA sequence.
  • the Cas9 or Cas9 variants have inactive nucleases, i.e., are “dead” Cas9 proteins.
  • Cas9 proteins that may be used are those having a smaller molecular weight than the canonical SpCas9 (e.g., for easier delivery) or having modified or rearranged primary amino acid structure (e.g., the circular permutant formats).
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein may also comprise Cas9 equivalents, including Cas12a/Cpf1 and Cas12b proteins which are the result of convergent evolution.
  • the napDNAbps used herein e.g., SpCas9, Cas9 variant, or Cas9 equivalents
  • any Cas9, Cas9 variant, or Cas9 equivalent which has at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.9% sequence identity to a reference Cas9 sequence, such as a references SpCas9 canonical sequences or a reference Cas9 equivalent (e.g., Cas12a/Cpf1).
  • a reference Cas9 sequence such as a references SpCas9 canonical sequences or a reference Cas9 equivalent (e.g., Cas12a/Cpf1).
  • the Cas9 variant having expanded PAM capabilities is SpCas9 (H840A) VRQR (SEQ ID NO: 64), which has the following amino acid sequence (with the V, R, Q, R substitutions relative to the SpCas9 (H840A) of SEQ ID NO: 33 being show in bold underline.
  • the Cas9 variant having expanded PAM capabilities is SpCas9 (H840A) VRER, which has the following amino acid sequence (with the V, R, E, R substitutions relative to the SpCas9 (H840A) of SEQ ID NO: 51 being shown in bold underline .
  • the methionine residue in SpCas9 (H840) was removed for SpCas9 (H840A) VRER): [386]
  • the napDNAbp that functions with a non-canonical PAM sequence is an Argonaute protein.
  • NgAgo is an Argonaute protein from Natronobacterium gregoryi (NgAgo).
  • NgAgo is a ssDNA-guided endonuclease.
  • NgAgo binds 5 ⁇ phosphorylated ssDNA of ⁇ 24 nucleotides (gDNA) to guide it to its target site and will make DNA double-strand breaks at the gDNA site.
  • gDNA ⁇ 24 nucleotides
  • PAM protospacer-adjacent motif
  • the napDNAbp is a prokaryotic homolog of an Argonaute protein.
  • the napDNAbp is a Marinitoga piezophila Argonaute (MpAgo) protein.
  • the CRISPR-associated Marinitoga piezophila Argonaute (MpAgo) protein cleaves single-stranded target sequences using 5'-phosphorylated guides.
  • the 5' guides are used by all known Argonautes.
  • the crystal structure of an MpAgo-RNA complex shows a guide strand binding site comprising residues that block 5' phosphate interactions.
  • This data suggests the evolution of an Argonaute subclass with noncanonical specificity for a 5'- hydroxylated guide. See, e.g., Kaya et al., “A bacterial Argonaute with noncanonical guide RNA specificity”, Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A.2016 Apr 12;113(15):4057-62, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference). It should be appreciated that other argonaute proteins may be used, and are within the scope of this disclosure.
  • Cas9 domains that have different PAM specificities.
  • Cas9 proteins such as Cas9 from S. pyogenes (spCas9)
  • spCas9 require a canonical NGG PAM sequence to bind a particular nucleic acid region. This may limit the ability to edit desired bases within a genome.
  • the base editing fusion proteins provided herein may need to be placed at a precise location, for example where a target base is placed within a 4 base region (e.g., a “editing window”), which is approximately 15 bases upstream of the PAM.
  • any of the fusion proteins provided herein may contain a Cas9 domain that is capable of binding a nucleotide sequence that does not contain a canonical (e.g., NGG) PAM sequence.
  • Cas9 domains that bind to non-canonical PAM sequences have been described in the art and would be apparent to the skilled artisan. For example, Cas9 domains that bind non-canonical PAM sequences have been described in Kleinstiver, B.
  • a napDNAbp domain with altered PAM specificity such as a domain with at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% sequence identity with wild type Francisella novicida Cpf1 (D917, E1006, and D1255) (SEQ ID NO: 66), which has the following amino acid sequence: [390]
  • An additional napDNAbp domain with altered PAM specificity such as a domain having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% sequence identity with wild type Geobacillus thermodenitrificans Cas9 (SEQ ID NO: 20), which has the following amino acid sequence: [391]
  • the nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein is a nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein that does not require a canonical (NGG) PAM sequence.
  • the napDNAbp is an argonaute protein.
  • a nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein is an Argonaute protein from Natronobacterium gregoryi (NgAgo).
  • NgAgo is a ssDNA-guided endonuclease.
  • NgAgo binds 5 ⁇ phosphorylated ssDNA of ⁇ 24 nucleotides (gDNA) to guide it to its target site and will make DNA double-strand breaks at the gDNA site.
  • gDNA ⁇ phosphorylated ssDNA of ⁇ 24 nucleotides
  • Cas9 protospacer-adjacent motif
  • NgAgo nuclease inactive NgAgo
  • the characterization and use of NgAgo have been described in Gao et al., Nat Biotechnol., 34(7): 768-73 (2016), PubMed PMID: 27136078; Swarts et al., Nature, 507(7491): 258-61 (2014); and Swarts et al., Nucleic Acids Res.43(10) (2015): 5120-9, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • the sequence of Natronobacterium gregoryi Argonaute is provided in SEQ ID NO: 67.
  • the disclosed fusion proteins may comprise a napDNAbp domain having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% sequence identity with wild type Natronobacterium gregoryi Argonaute (SEQ ID NO: 67), which has the following amino acid sequence: [393]
  • any available methods may be utilized to obtain or construct a variant or mutant Cas9 protein.
  • the term “mutation,” as used herein, refers to a substitution of a residue within a sequence, e.g., a nucleic acid or amino acid sequence, with another residue, or a deletion or insertion of one or more residues within a sequence.
  • Mutations are typically described herein by identifying the original residue followed by the position of the residue within the sequence and by the identity of the newly substituted residue.
  • Various methods for making the amino acid substitutions (mutations) provided herein are well known in the art, and are provided by, for example, Green and Sambrook, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (4 th ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (2012)).
  • Mutations can include a variety of categories, such as single base polymorphisms, microduplication regions, indel, and inversions, and is not meant to be limiting in any way.
  • Mutations can include “loss-of-function” mutations which is the normal result of a mutation that reduces or abolishes a protein activity.
  • Gain-of-function mutations are recessive, because in a heterozygote the second chromosome copy carries an unmutated version of the gene coding for a fully functional protein whose presence compensates for the effect of the mutation. Mutations also embrace “gain-of-function” mutations, which is one which confers an abnormal activity on a protein or cell that is otherwise not present in a normal condition. Many gain-of-function mutations are in regulatory sequences rather than in coding regions, and can therefore have a number of consequences. For example, a mutation might lead to one or more genes being expressed in the wrong tissues, these tissues gaining functions that they normally lack. Because of their nature, gain-of-function mutations are usually dominant.
  • Mutations can be introduced into a reference Cas9 protein using site-directed mutagenesis.
  • Older methods of site-directed mutagenesis known in the art rely on sub-cloning of the sequence to be mutated into a vector, such as an M13 bacteriophage vector, that allows the isolation of single-stranded DNA template.
  • a mutagenic primer i.e., a primer capable of annealing to the site to be mutated but bearing one or more mismatched nucleotides at the site to be mutated
  • a mutagenic primer i.e., a primer capable of annealing to the site to be mutated but bearing one or more mismatched nucleotides at the site to be mutated
  • telomeres are then transformed into host bacteria and plaques are screened for the desired mutation.
  • site-directed mutagenesis has employed PCR methodologies, which have the advantage of not requiring a single-stranded template.
  • methods have been developed that do not require sub-cloning.
  • PCR-based site-directed mutagenesis is performed.
  • First, in these methods it is desirable to reduce the number of PCR cycles to prevent expansion of undesired mutations introduced by the polymerase.
  • a selection must be employed in order to reduce the number of non-mutated parental molecules persisting in the reaction.
  • an extended-length PCR method is preferred in order to allow the use of a single PCR primer set.
  • Mutations may also be introduced by directed evolution processes, such as phage-assisted continuous evolution (PACE) or phage-assisted noncontinuous evolution (PANCE).
  • PACE phage-assisted continuous evolution
  • PANCE phage-assisted noncontinuous evolution
  • Variant Cas9s may also be obtain by phage-assisted non- continuous evolution (PANCE),” which as used herein, refers to non-continuous evolution that employs phage as viral vectors.
  • PANCE is a simplified technique for rapid in vivo directed evolution using serial flask transfers of evolving ‘selection phage’ (SP), which contain a gene of interest to be evolved, across fresh E. coli host cells, thereby allowing genes inside the host E. coli to be held constant while genes contained in the SP continuously evolve.
  • SP selection phage
  • Serial flask transfers have long served as a widely-accessible approach for laboratory evolution of microbes, and, more recently, analogous approaches have been developed for bacteriophage evolution.
  • the PANCE system features lower stringency than the PACE system.
  • the prime editors comprise a napDNAbp, such as a Cas9 protein.
  • These proteins are “programmable” by way of their becoming complexed with a guide RNA (or a PEgRNA, as the case may be), which guides the Cas9 protein to a target site on the DNA which possess a sequence that is complementary to the spacer portion of the gRNA (or PEgRNA) and also which possesses the required PAM sequence.
  • the napDNAbp may be substituted with a different type of programmable protein, such as a zinc finger nuclease or a transcription activator-like effector nuclease (TALEN).
  • a different type of programmable protein such as a zinc finger nuclease or a transcription activator-like effector nuclease (TALEN).
  • suitable nucleases do not necessarily need to be “programmed” by a nucleic acid targeting molecule (such as a guide RNA), but rather, may be programmed by defining the specificity of a DNA-binding domain, such as and in particular, a nuclease.
  • a nucleic acid targeting molecule such as a guide RNA
  • the programmable nucleases should function as nickases, preferably.
  • a programmable nuclease e.g., a ZFN or a TALEN
  • additional functionalities may be engineered into the system to allow it to operate in accordance with a prime editing-like mechanism.
  • the programmable nucleases may be modified by coupling (e.g., via a chemical linker) an RNA or DNA extension arm thereto, wherein the extension arm comprises a primer binding site (PBS) and a DNA synthesis template.
  • PBS primer binding site
  • the programmable nuclease may also be coupled (e.g., via a chemical or amino acid linker) to a polymerase, the nature of which will depend upon whether the extension arm is DNA or RNA.
  • the polymerase can be an RNA-dependent DNA polymerase (e.g., reverse transcriptase).
  • the polymerase can be a DNA-dependent DNA polymerase (e.g., a prokaryotic polymerase, including Pol I, Pol II, or Pol III, or a eukaryotic polymerase, including Pol a, Pol b, Pol g, Pol d, Pol e, or Pol z).
  • the system may also include other functionalities added as fusions to the programmable nucleases, or added in trans to facilitate the reaction as a whole (e.g., (a) a helicase to unwind the DNA at the cut site to make the cut strand with the 3 ⁇ end available as a primer, (b) a FEN1 to help remove the endogenous strand on the cut strand to drive the reaction towards replacement of the endogenous strand with the synthesized strand, or (c) a nCas9:gRNA complex to create a second site nick on the opposite strand, which may help drive the integration of the synthesize repair through favored cellular repair of the non-edited strand).
  • a helicase to unwind the DNA at the cut site to make the cut strand with the 3 ⁇ end available as a primer
  • a FEN1 to help remove the endogenous strand on the cut strand to drive the reaction towards replacement of the endogenous strand with the synthesized strand
  • Suitable alternative programmable nucleases are well known in the art which may be used in place of a napDNAbp:gRNA complex to construct an alternative prime editor system that can be programmed to selectively bind a target site of DNA, and which can be further modified in the manner described above to co-localize a polymerase and an RNA or DNA extension arm comprising a primer binding site and a DNA synthesis template to specific nick site .
  • TALENs Transcription Activator-Like Effector Nucleases
  • TALENS are artificial restriction enzymes generated by fusing the TAL effector DNA binding domain to a DNA cleavage domain. These reagents enable efficient, programmable, and specific DNA cleavage and represent powerful tools for genome editing in situ.
  • Transcription activator-like effectors TALEs can be quickly engineered to bind practically any DNA sequence.
  • the term TALEN, as used herein, is broad and includes a monomeric TALEN that can cleave double stranded DNA without assistance from another TALEN.
  • TALEN is also used to refer to one or both members of a pair of TALENs that are engineered to work together to cleave DNA at the same site.
  • TALENs that work together may be referred to as a left-TALEN and a right-TALEN, which references the handedness of DNA. See U.S. Ser. No.12/965,590; U.S. Ser. No.13/426,991 (U.S. Pat. No.8,450,471); U.S. Ser. No.13/427,040 (U.S. Pat. No. 8,440,431); U.S. Ser. No.13/427,137 (U.S. Pat. No.8,440,432); and U.S. Ser.
  • TALENS are described in WO 2015/027134, US 9,181,535, Boch et al., "Breaking the Code of DNA Binding Specificity of TAL-Type III Effectors", Science, vol.326, pp.1509-1512 (2009), Bogdanove et al., TAL Effectors: Customizable Proteins for DNA Targeting, Science, vol.333, pp.1843-1846 (2011), Cade et al., "Highly efficient generation of heritable zebrafish gene mutations using homo- and heterodimeric TALENs", Nucleic Acids Research, vol.40, pp.8001-8010 (2012), and Cermak et al., "Efficient design and assembly of custom TALEN and other TAL effector- based constructs for DNA targeting", Nucleic Acids Research, vol.39, No.17, e82 (2011), each of which are incorporated here
  • Zinc finger nucleases may also be used as alternative programmable nucleases for use in the prime editing methods and compositions disclosed herein in place of napDNAbps, such as Cas9 nickases.
  • the ZFN proteins may be modified such that they function as nickases, i.e., engineering the ZFN such that it cleaves only one strand of the target DNA in a manner similar to the napDNAbp used with the prime editors in the methods and compositions described herein.
  • ZFN proteins have been extensively described in the art, for example, in Carroll et al., “Genome Engineering with Zinc-Finger Nucleases,” Genetics, Aug 2011, Vol.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleic acid molecule by prime editing that involves contacting a nucleic acid molecule with a prime editor, a pegRNA, and an inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway, thereby installing one or more modifications to the nucleic acid molecule at a target site with increased editing efficiency and/or lower indel formation.
  • the present disclosure further provides polynucleotides for editing a DNA target site by prime editing comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding a napDNAbp, a polymerase, and an inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway, wherein the napDNAbp and polymerase is capable in the presence of a pegRNA of installing one or more modifications in the DNA target site with increased editing efficiency and/or lower indel formation.
  • prime editors which may comprise a polymerase (e.g., a reverse transcriptase).
  • the prime editors used in the methods and compositions disclosed herein includes a polymerase (e.g., DNA-dependent DNA polymerase or RNA- dependent DNA polymerase, such as, reverse transcriptase), or a variant thereof, which can be provided as a fusion protein with a napDNAbp or other programmable nuclease, or provide in trans.
  • a polymerase e.g., DNA-dependent DNA polymerase or RNA- dependent DNA polymerase, such as, reverse transcriptase
  • Any polymerase may be used in the prime editors with the methods and compositions disclosed herein.
  • the polymerases may be wild type polymerases, functional fragments, mutants, variants, or truncated variants, and the like.
  • the polymerases may include wild type polymerases from eukaryotic, prokaryotic, archael, or viral organisms, and/or the polymerases may be modified by genetic engineering, mutagenesis, directed evolution-based processes.
  • the polymerases may include T7 DNA polymerase, T5 DNA polymerase, T4 DNA polymerase, Klenow fragment DNA polymerase, DNA polymerase III and the like.
  • the polymerases may also be thermostable, and may include Taq, Tne, Tma, Pfu, Tfl, Tth, Stoffel fragment, VENT® and DEEPVENT® DNA polymerases, KOD, Tgo, JDF3, and mutants, variants and derivatives thereof (see U.S. Pat.
  • nucleic acid molecules longer than about 3-5 Kb in length at least two DNA polymerases can be employed.
  • one of the polymerases can be substantially lacking a 3' exonuclease activity and the other may have a 3' exonuclease activity.
  • pairings may include polymerases that are the same or different.
  • DNA polymerases substantially lacking in 3' exonuclease activity include, but are not limited to, Taq, Tne(exo-), Tma(exo-), Pfu(exo-), Pwo(exo-), exo-KOD and Tth DNA polymerases, and mutants, variants and derivatives thereof.
  • the polymerase usable in the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions disclosed herein are “template-dependent” polymerase (since the polymerases are intended to rely on the DNA synthesis template to specify the sequence of the DNA strand under synthesis during prime editing.
  • template DNA molecule refers to that strand of a nucleic acid from which a complementary nucleic acid strand is synthesized by a DNA polymerase, for example, in a primer extension reaction of the DNA synthesis template of a PEgRNA.
  • template dependent manner is intended to refer to a process that involves the template dependent extension of a primer molecule (e.g., DNA synthesis by DNA polymerase).
  • template dependent manner refers to polynucleotide synthesis of RNA or DNA wherein the sequence of the newly synthesized strand of polynucleotide is dictated by the well-known rules of complementary base pairing (see, for example, Watson, J.
  • complementary refers to the broad concept of sequence complementarity between regions of two polynucleotide strands or between two nucleotides through base-pairing. It is known that an adenine nucleotide is capable of forming specific hydrogen bonds (“base pairing”) with a nucleotide which is thymine or uracil. Similarly, it is known that a cytosine nucleotide is capable of base pairing with a guanine nucleotide.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein comprise a polymerase.
  • the disclosure contemplates any wild type polymerase obtained from any naturally-occurring organism or virus, or obtained from a commercial or non- commercial source.
  • the polymerases usable in the prime editors can include any naturally-occurring mutant polymerase, engineered mutant polymerase, or other variant polymerase, including truncated variants that retain function.
  • polymerases usable herein may also be engineered to contain specific amino acid substitutions, such as those specifically disclosed herein.
  • the polymerases usable in the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions of the present disclosure are template-based polymerases, i.e., they synthesize nucleotide sequences in a template-dependent manner.
  • a polymerase is an enzyme that synthesizes a nucleotide strand and which may be used in connection with the prime editor systems utilized in the methods and compositions described herein.
  • the polymerases are preferably “template-dependent” polymerases (i.e., a polymerase which synthesizes a nucleotide strand based on the order of nucleotide bases of a template strand).
  • the polymerases can also be a “template-independent” (i.e., a polymerase which synthesizes a nucleotide strand without the requirement of a template strand).
  • a polymerase may also be further categorized as a “DNA polymerase” or an “RNA polymerase.”
  • the prime editor systems comprise a DNA polymerase.
  • the DNA polymerase can be a “DNA-dependent DNA polymerase” (i.e., whereby the template molecule is a strand of DNA).
  • the DNA template molecule can be a PEgRNA, wherein the extension arm comprises a strand of DNA.
  • the PEgRNA may be referred to as a chimeric or hybrid PEgRNA which comprises an RNA portion (i.e., the guide RNA components, including the spacer and the gRNA core) and a DNA portion (i.e., the extension arm).
  • the DNA polymerase can be an “RNA-dependent DNA polymerase” (i.e., whereby the template molecule is a strand of RNA).
  • the PEgRNA is RNA, i.e., including an RNA extension.
  • the term “polymerase” may also refer to an enzyme that catalyzes the polymerization of nucleotide (i.e., the polymerase activity). Generally, the enzyme will initiate synthesis at the 3'-end of a primer annealed to a polynucleotide template sequence (e.g., such as a primer sequence annealed to the primer binding site of a PEgRNA), and will proceed toward the 5 ⁇ end of the template strand.
  • a “DNA polymerase” catalyzes the polymerization of deoxynucleotides.
  • DNA polymerase includes a “functional fragment thereof”.
  • a “functional fragment thereof” refers to any portion of a wild-type or mutant DNA polymerase that encompasses less than the entire amino acid sequence of the polymerase and which retains the ability, under at least one set of conditions, to catalyze the polymerization of a polynucleotide.
  • Such a functional fragment may exist as a separate entity, or it may be a constituent of a larger polypeptide, such as a fusion protein.
  • the polymerases can be from bacteriophage.
  • Bacteriophage DNA polymerases are generally devoid of 5 ⁇ to 3' exonuclease activity, as this activity is encoded by a separate polypeptide.
  • suitable DNA polymerases are T4, T7, and phi29 DNA polymerase.
  • the enzymes available commercially are: T4 (available from many sources e.g., Epicentre) and T7 (available from many sources, e.g., Epicentre for unmodified and USB for 3' to 5 ⁇ exo T7 "Sequenase" DNA polymerase).
  • the polymerases are archaeal polymerases. There are 2 different classes of DNA polymerases which have been identified in archaea: 1.
  • DNA polymerases from both classes have been shown to naturally lack an associated 5 ⁇ to 3' exonuclease activity and to possess 3' to 5 ⁇ exonuclease (proofreading) activity.
  • Suitable DNA polymerases can be derived from archaea with optimal growth temperatures that are similar to the desired assay temperatures.
  • Thermostable archaeal DNA polymerases are isolated from Pyrococcus species (furiosus, species GB-D, woesii, abysii, horikoshii), Thermococcus species (kodakaraensis KOD1, litoralis, species 9 degrees North-7, species JDF-3, gorgonarius), Pyrodictium occultum, and Archaeoglobus fulgidus. [410] Polymerases may also be from eubacterial species. There are 3 classes of eubacterial DNA polymerases, pol I, II, and III.
  • Enzymes in the Pol I DNA polymerase family possess 5 ⁇ to 3' exonuclease activity, and certain members also exhibit 3' to 5 ⁇ exonuclease activity.
  • Pol II DNA polymerases naturally lack 5 ⁇ to 3' exonuclease activity, but do exhibit 3' to 5 ⁇ exonuclease activity.
  • Pol III DNA polymerases represent the major replicative DNA polymerase of the cell and are composed of multiple subunits. The pol III catalytic subunit lacks 5 ⁇ to ’3' exonuclease activity, but in some cases’3' to 5 ⁇ exonuclease activity is located in the same polypeptide.
  • thermostable pol I DNA polymerases can be isolated from a variety of thermophilic eubacteria, including Thermus species and Thermotoga maritima such as Thermus aquaticus (Taq), Thermus thermophilus (Tth) and Thermotoga maritima (Tma UlTma). Additional eubacteria related to those listed above are described in Thermophilic Bacteria (Kristjansson, J. K., ed.) CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, Fla., 1992.
  • the invention further provides for chimeric or non-chimeric DNA polymerases that are chemically modified according to methods disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos.5,677,152, 6,479,264 and 6,183,998, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. Additional archaea DNA polymerases related to those listed above are described in the following references: Archaea: A Laboratory Manual (Robb, F. T. and Place, A. R., eds.), Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1995 and Thermophilic Bacteria (Kristjansson, J. K., ed.) CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, Fla., 1992. B.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein comprise a reverse transcriptase as the polymerase.
  • the disclosure contemplates any wild type reverse transcriptase obtained from any naturally-occurring organism or virus, or obtained from a commercial or non-commercial source.
  • the reverse transcriptases usable in the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions of the disclosure can include any naturally-occurring mutant RT, engineered mutant RT, or other variant RT, including truncated variants that retain function.
  • the RTs may also be engineered to contain specific amino acid substitutions, such as those specifically disclosed herein.
  • Reverse transcriptases are multi-functional enzymes typically with three enzymatic activities including RNA- and DNA-dependent DNA polymerization activity, and an RNaseH activity that catalyzes the cleavage of RNA in RNA-DNA hybrids. Some mutants of reverse transcriptases have disabled the RNaseH moiety to prevent unintended damage to the mRNA. These enzymes that synthesize complementary DNA (cDNA) using mRNA as a template were first identified in RNA viruses. Subsequently, reverse transcriptases were isolated and purified directly from virus particles, cells or tissues. (e.g., see Kacian et al., 1971, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 46: 365-83; Yang et al., 1972, Biochem.
  • cDNA complementary DNA
  • the reverse transcriptase (RT) gene (or the genetic information contained therein) can be obtained from a number of different sources.
  • the gene may be obtained from eukaryotic cells which are infected with retrovirus, or from a number of plasmids which contain either a portion of or the entire retrovirus genome.
  • messenger RNA-like RNA which contains the RT gene can be obtained from retroviruses.
  • M-MLV or MLVRT Moloney murine leukemia virus
  • HTLV-1 human T-cell leukemia virus type 1
  • BLV bovine leukemia virus
  • RSV Rous Sarcoma Virus
  • HV human immunodeficiency virus
  • yeast including Saccharomyces, Neurospora, Drosophila; primates; and rodents. See, for example, Weiss, et al., U.S. Pat. No.4,663,290 (1987); Gerard, G. R., DNA:271-79 (1986); Kotewicz, M.
  • Exemplary enzymes for use with the prime editors can include, but are not limited to, M- MLV reverse transcriptase and RSV reverse transcriptase. Enzymes having reverse transcriptase activity are commercially available.
  • the reverse transcriptase provided in trans to the other components of the prime editor system. That is, the reverse transcriptase is expressed or otherwise provided as an individual component, i.e., not as a fusion protein with a napDNAbp.
  • wild type reverse transcriptases including but not limited to, Moloney Murine Leukemia Virus (M-MLV); Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) reverse transcriptase and avian Sarcoma-Leukosis Virus (ASLV) reverse transcriptase, which includes but is not limited to Rous Sarcoma Virus (RSV) reverse transcriptase, Avian Myeloblastosis Virus (AMV) reverse transcriptase, Avian Erythroblastosis Virus (AEV) Helper Virus MCAV reverse transcriptase, Avian Myelocytomatosis Virus MC29 Helper Virus MCAV reverse transcriptase, Avian Reticuloendotheliosis Virus (REV-T) Helper Virus REV-A reverse transcriptase, Avian Sarcoma Virus UR2 Helper Virus UR2AV reverse transcriptase, Avian Sarcoma Virus Y
  • RSV Rous Sarcoma Virus
  • AMV
  • Reverse transcriptases are essential for synthesizing complementary DNA (cDNA) strands from RNA templates.
  • Reverse transcriptases are enzymes composed of distinct domains that exhibit different biochemical activities. The enzymes catalyze the synthesis of DNA from an RNA template, as follows: In the presence of an annealed primer, reverse transcriptase binds to an RNA template and initiates the polymerization reaction. RNA-dependent DNA polymerase activity synthesizes the complementary DNA (cDNA) strand, incorporating dNTPs. RNase H activity degrades the RNA template of the DNA:RNA complex.
  • reverse transcriptases comprise (a) a binding activity that recognizes and binds to a RNA/DNA hybrid, (b) an RNA- dependent DNA polymerase activity, and (c) an RNase H activity.
  • reverse transcriptases generally are regarded as having various attributes, including their thermostability, processivity (rate of dNTP incorporation), and fidelity (or error-rate).
  • the reverse transcriptase variants contemplated herein may include any mutations to reverse transcriptase that impacts or changes any one or more of these enzymatic activities (e.g., RNA-dependent DNA polymerase activity, RNase H activity, or DNA/RNA hybrid-binding activity) or enzyme properties (e.g., thermostability, processivity, or fidelity).
  • the reverse transcriptase may be a variant reverse transcriptase.
  • a “variant reverse transcriptase” includes any naturally occurring or genetically engineered variant comprising one or more mutations (including singular mutations, inversions, deletions, insertions, and rearrangements) relative to a reference sequences (e.g., a reference wild type sequence).
  • An RT may have several activities, including an RNA-dependent DNA polymerase activity, ribonuclease H activity, and DNA-dependent DNA polymerase activity.
  • variant RT may comprise a mutation which impacts one or more of these activities (either which reduces or increases these activities, or which eliminates these activities all together).
  • variant RTs may comprise one or more mutations which render the RT more or less stable, less prone to aggregation, and facilitates purification and/or detection, and/or other the modification of properties or characteristics.
  • variant reverse transcriptases derived from other reverse transcriptases including but not limited to Moloney Murine Leukemia Virus (M-MLV); Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) reverse transcriptase and avian Sarcoma-Leukosis Virus (ASLV) reverse transcriptase, which includes but is not limited to Rous Sarcoma Virus (RSV) reverse transcriptase, Avian Myeloblastosis Virus (AMV) reverse transcriptase, Avian Erythroblastosis Virus (AEV) Helper Virus MCAV reverse transcriptase, Avian Myelocytomatosis Virus MC29 Helper Virus MCAV reverse transcriptase, Avian Reticuloendotheliosis Virus (REV-T) Helper Virus REV-A reverse transcriptase, Avian Sarcoma Virus UR2 Helper Virus UR2AV reverse transcriptase, Avian Sarcos Sarcoma Virus UR2 Helper Virus
  • One method of preparing variant RTs is by genetic modification (e.g., by modifying the DNA sequence of a wild-type reverse transcriptase).
  • genetic modification e.g., by modifying the DNA sequence of a wild-type reverse transcriptase.
  • a number of methods are known in the art that permit the random as well as targeted mutation of DNA sequences (see for example, Ausubel et. al. Short Protocols in Molecular Biology (1995) 3.sup.rd Ed. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.).
  • there are a number of commercially available kits for site-directed mutagenesis including both conventional and PCR-based methods.
  • mutant reverse transcriptases may be generated by insertional mutation or truncation (N-terminal, internal, or C-terminal insertions or truncations) according to methodologies known to one skilled in the art.
  • mutation refers to a substitution of a residue within a sequence, e.g., a nucleic acid or amino acid sequence, with another residue, or a deletion or insertion of one or more residues within a sequence. Mutations are typically described herein by identifying the original residue followed by the position of the residue within the sequence and by the identity of the newly substituted residue. Various methods for making the amino acid substitutions (mutations) provided herein are well known in the art, and are provided by, for example, Green and Sambrook, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (4 th ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (2012)).
  • Mutations can include a variety of categories, such as single base polymorphisms, microduplication regions, indel, and inversions, and is not meant to be limiting in any way. Mutations can include “loss-of-function” mutations which is the normal result of a mutation that reduces or abolishes a protein activity. Most loss-of-function mutations are recessive, because in a heterozygote the second chromosome copy carries an unmutated version of the gene coding for a fully functional protein whose presence compensates for the effect of the mutation. Mutations also embrace “gain-of-function” mutations, which is one which confers an abnormal activity on a protein or cell that is otherwise not present in a normal condition.
  • gain-of-function mutations are in regulatory sequences rather than in coding regions, and can therefore have a number of consequences. For example, a mutation might lead to one or more genes being expressed in the wrong tissues, these tissues gaining functions that they normally lack. Because of their nature, gain-of-function mutations are usually dominant. [424] Older methods of site-directed mutagenesis known in the art rely on sub-cloning of the sequence to be mutated into a vector, such as an M13 bacteriophage vector, that allows the isolation of single-stranded DNA template.
  • a mutagenic primer i.e., a primer capable of annealing to the site to be mutated but bearing one or more mismatched nucleotides at the site to be mutated
  • the resulting duplexes are then transformed into host bacteria and plaques are screened for the desired mutation.
  • site-directed mutagenesis has employed PCR methodologies, which have the advantage of not requiring a single-stranded template.
  • methods have been developed that do not require sub-cloning.
  • Such a panel of mutants may then be screened for those exhibiting the desired properties, for example, increased stability, relative to a wild- type reverse transcriptase.
  • An example of a method for random mutagenesis is the so-called “error-prone PCR method.” As the name implies, the method amplifies a given sequence under conditions in which the DNA polymerase does not support high fidelity incorporation. Although the conditions encouraging error-prone incorporation for different DNA polymerases vary, one skilled in the art may determine such conditions for a given enzyme.
  • a key variable for many DNA polymerases in the fidelity of amplification is, for example, the type and concentration of divalent metal ion in the buffer.
  • the RT of the prime editors may be an “error-prone” reverse transcriptase variant. Error-prone reverse transcriptases that are known and/or available in the art may be used.
  • the error-rate of any particular reverse transcriptase is a property of the enzyme’s “fidelity,” which represents the accuracy of template-directed polymerization of DNA against its RNA template. An RT with high fidelity has a low-error rate. Conversely, an RT with low fidelity has a high-error rate.
  • M-MLV-based reverse transcriptases The fidelity of M-MLV-based reverse transcriptases are reported to have an error rate in the range of one error in 15,000 to 27,000 nucleotides synthesized. See Boutabout et al., “DNA synthesis fidelity by the reverse transcriptase of the yeast retrotransposon Ty1,” Nucleic Acids Res, 2001, 29: 2217-2222, which is incorporated by reference. Thus, for purposes of this application, those reverse transcriptases considered to be “error-prone” or which are considered to have an “error-prone fidelity” are those having an error rate that is less than one error in 15,000 nucleotides synthesized.
  • Error-prone reverse transcriptase also may be created through mutagenesis of a starting RT enzyme (e.g., a wild type M-MLV RT).
  • the method of mutagenesis is not limited and may include directed evolution processes, such as phage-assisted continuous evolution (PACE) or phage-assisted noncontinuous evolution (PANCE).
  • PACE phage-assisted continuous evolution
  • PANCE phage-assisted noncontinuous evolution
  • Error-prone reverse transcriptases may also be obtain by phage-assisted non-continuous evolution (PANCE),” which as used herein, refers to non-continuous evolution that employs phage as viral vectors.
  • PANCE is a simplified technique for rapid in vivo directed evolution using serial flask transfers of evolving ‘selection phage’ (SP), which contain a gene of interest to be evolved, across fresh E. coli host cells, thereby allowing genes inside the host E. coli to be held constant while genes contained in the SP continuously evolve.
  • SP selection phage
  • Serial flask transfers have long served as a widely-accessible approach for laboratory evolution of microbes, and, more recently, analogous approaches have been developed for bacteriophage evolution.
  • the PANCE system features lower stringency than the PACE system.
  • Other error-prone reverse transcriptases have been described in the literature, each of which are contemplated for use in the herein methods and compositions.
  • error- prone reverse transcriptases have been described in Bebenek et al., “Error-prone Polymerization by HIV-1 Reverse Transcriptase,” J Biol Chem, 1993, Vol.268: 10324-10334 and Sebastian- Martin et al., “Transcriptional inaccuracy threshold attenuates differences in RNA-dependent DNA synthesis fidelity between retroviral reverse transcriptases,” Scientific Reports, 2018, Vol. 8: 627, each of which are incorporated by reference.
  • reverse transcriptases including error-prone reverse transcriptases can be obtained from a commercial supplier, including ProtoScript® (II) Reverse Transcriptase, AMV Reverse Transcriptase, WarmStart® Reverse Transcriptase, and M-MuLV Reverse Transcriptase, all from NEW ENGLAND BIOLABS®, or AMV Reverse Transcriptase XL, SMARTScribe Reverse Transcriptase, GPR ultra-pure MMLV Reverse Transcriptase, all from TAKARA BIO USA, INC. (formerly CLONTECH).
  • the herein disclosure also contemplates reverse transcriptases having mutations in RNaseH domain.
  • reverse transcriptases As mentioned above, one of the intrinsic properties of reverse transcriptases is the RNase H activity, which cleaves the RNA template of the RNA:cDNA hybrid concurrently with polymerization.
  • the RNase H activity can be undesirable for synthesis of long cDNAs because the RNA template may be degraded before completion of full-length reverse transcription.
  • the RNase H activity may also lower reverse transcription efficiency, presumably due to its competition with the polymerase activity of the enzyme.
  • the present disclosure contemplates any reverse transcriptase variants that comprise a modified RNaseH activity.
  • the herein disclosure also contemplates reverse transcriptases having mutations in the RNA- dependent DNA polymerase domain.
  • RNA-dependent DNA polymerase activity which incorporates the nucleobases into the nascent cDNA strand as coded by the template RNA strand of the RNA:cDNA hybrid.
  • the RNA-dependent DNA polymerase activity can be increased or decreased (i.e., in terms of its rate of incorporation) to either increase or decrease the processivity of the enzyme.
  • the present disclosure contemplates any reverse transcriptase variants that comprise a modified RNA-dependent DNA polymerase activity such that the processivity of the enzyme of either increased or decreased relative to an unmodified version.
  • reverse transcriptase variants that have altered thermostability characteristics.
  • a reverse transcriptase to withstand high temperatures is an important aspect of cDNA synthesis. Elevated reaction temperatures help denature RNA with strong secondary structures and/or high GC content, allowing reverse transcriptases to read through the sequence. As a result, reverse transcription at higher temperatures enables full-length cDNA synthesis and higher yields, which can lead to an improved generation of the 3 ⁇ flap ssDNA as a result of the prime editing process.
  • Wild type M- MLV reverse transcriptase typically has an optimal temperature in the range of 37-48oC; however, mutations may be introduced that allow for the reverse transcription activity at higher temperatures of over 48oC, including 49oC, 50oC, 51oC, 52oC, 53oC, 54oC, 55oC, 56oC, 57oC, 58oC, 59oC, 60oC, 61oC, 62oC, 63oC ⁇ 64oC ⁇ 65oC ⁇ 66oC, and higher.
  • the variant reverse transcriptases contemplated herein, including error-prone RTs, thermostable RTs, increase-processivity RTs can be engineered by various routine strategies, including mutagenesis or evolutionary processes.
  • the variants can be produced by introducing a single mutation.
  • the variants may require more than one mutation.
  • the effect of a given mutation may be evaluated by introduction of the identified mutation to the wild-type gene by site-directed mutagenesis in isolation from the other mutations borne by the particular mutant. Screening assays of the single mutant thus produced will then allow the determination of the effect of that mutation alone.
  • Variant RT enzymes used herein may also include other “RT variants” having at least about 70% identical, at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, at least about 95% identical, at least about 96% identical, at least about 97% identical, at least about 98% identical, at least about 99% identical, at least about 99.5% identical, or at least about 99.9% identical to any reference RT protein, including any wild type RT, or mutant RT, or fragment RT, or other variant of RT disclosed or contemplated herein or known in the art.
  • an RT variant may have 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 21, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, or up to 100, or up to 200, or up to 300, or up to 400, or up to 500 or more amino acid changes compared to a reference RT.
  • the RT variant comprises a fragment of a reference RT, such that the fragment is at least about 70% identical, at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, at least about 95% identical, at least about 96% identical, at least about 97% identical, at least about 98% identical, at least about 99% identical, at least about 99.5% identical, or at least about 99.9% identical to the corresponding fragment of the reference RT.
  • the fragment is at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% identical, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% of the amino acid length of a corresponding wild type RT (M-MLV reverse transcriptase) (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 81) or to any of the reverse transcriptases of SEQ ID NOs: 69-79.
  • M-MLV reverse transcriptase wild type RT
  • the disclosure also may utilize RT fragments which retain their functionality and which are fragments of any herein disclosed RT proteins.
  • the RT fragment is at least 100 amino acids in length.
  • the fragment is at least 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, or up to 600 or more amino acids in length.
  • the disclosure also may utilize RT variants which are truncated at the N-terminus or the C-terminus, or both, by a certain number of amino acids which results in a truncated variant which still retains sufficient polymerase function.
  • the RT truncated variant has a truncation of at least 1, at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, at least 6, at least 7, at least 8, at least 9, at least 10, at least 11, at least 12, at least 13, at least 14, at least 15, at least 16, at least 17, at least 18, at least 19, at least 20, at least 21, at least 22, at least 23, at least 24, at least 25, at least 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 210, 220, 230, 240, or 250 amino acids at the N-terminal end of the protein.
  • the RT truncated variant has a truncation of at least 1, at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, at least 6, at least 7, at least 8, at least 9, at least 10, at least 11, at least 12, at least 13, at least 14, at least 15, at least 16, at least 17, at least 18, at least 19, at least 20, at least 21, at least 22, at least 23, at least 24, at least 25, at least 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 210, 220, 230, 240, or 250 amino acids at the C-terminal end of the protein.
  • the RT truncated variant has a truncation at the N-terminal and the C-terminal end which are the same or different lengths.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions disclosed herein may include a truncated version of M-MLV reverse transcriptase.
  • the reverse transcriptase contains 4 mutations (D200N, T306K, W313F, T330P; noting that the L603W mutation present in PE2 is no longer present due to the truncation).
  • MMLV-RT(trunc) The DNA sequence encoding this truncated editor is 522 bp smaller than PE2, and therefore makes its potentially useful for applications where delivery of the DNA sequence is challenging due to its size (i.e., adeno- associated virus and lentivirus delivery).
  • This embodiment is referred to as MMLV-RT(trunc) and has the following amino acid sequence:
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions disclosed herein may comprise one of the RT variants described herein, or a RT variant thereof having at least about 70% identical, at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, at least about 95% identical, at least about 96% identical, at least about 97% identical, at least about 98% identical, at least about 99% identical, at least about 99.5% identical, or at least about 99.9% identical to any reference Cas9 variants.
  • the present methods and compositions may utilize a DNA polymerase that has been evolved into a reverse transcriptase, as described in Effefson et al., “Synthetic evolutionary origin of a proofreading reverse transcriptase,” Science, June 24, 2016, Vol.352: 1590-1593, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the reverse transcriptase is provided as a component of a fusion protein also comprising a napDNAbp.
  • the reverse transcriptase is fused to a napDNAbp as a fusion protein.
  • variant reverse transcriptases can be engineered from wild type M-MLV reverse transcriptase as represented by SEQ ID NO: 81.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising one or more of the following mutations: P51L, S67K, E69K, L139P, T197A, D200N, H204R, F209N, E302K, E302R, T306K, F309N, W313F, T330P, L345G, L435G, N454K, D524G, E562Q, D583N, H594Q, L603W, E607K, or D653N in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence.
  • exemplary reverse transcriptases that can be fused to napDNAbp proteins or provided as individual proteins according to various embodiments of this disclosure are provided below.
  • exemplary reverse transcriptases include variants with at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% sequence identity to the following wild-type enzymes or partial enzymes:
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising one or more of the following mutations: P51X, S67X, E69X, L139X, T197X, D200X, H204X, F209X, E302X, T306X, F309X, W313X, T330X, L345X, L435X, N454X, D524X, E562X, D583X, H594X, L603X, E607X, or D653X in the wild
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a P51X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid.
  • X is L.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a S67X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid.
  • X is K.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a E69X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid.
  • X is K.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a L139X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid.
  • X is P.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a T197X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid.
  • X is A.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a D200X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid. In certain embodiments, X is N.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a H204X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid.
  • X is R.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a F209X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid. In certain embodiments, X is N.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a E302X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid.
  • X is K.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a E302X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid.
  • X is R.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a T306X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid.
  • X is K.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a F309X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid. In certain embodiments, X is N.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a W313X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid. In certain embodiments, X is F.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a T330X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid.
  • X is P.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a L345X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid.
  • X is G.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a L435X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid.
  • X is G.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a N454X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid.
  • X is K.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a D524X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid.
  • X is G.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a E562X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid. In certain embodiments, X is Q.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a D583X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid. In certain embodiments, X is N.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a H594X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid.
  • X is Q.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a L603X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid. In certain embodiments, X is W.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a E607X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid.
  • X is K.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein can include a variant RT comprising a D653X mutation in the wild type M-MLV RT of SEQ ID NO: 81 or at a corresponding amino acid position in another wild type RT polypeptide sequence, wherein “X” can be any amino acid. In certain embodiments, X is N.
  • X is N.
  • Exemplary reverse transcriptases include variants with at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or at least 99% sequence identity to the wild-type enzymes or partial enzymes represented by SEQ ID NOs: 81-98.
  • the prime editor system utilized in the methods and compositions described here contemplates any publicly-available reverse transcriptase described or disclosed in any of the following U.S. patents (each of which are incorporated by reference in their entireties): U.S.
  • the following references describe reverse transcriptases in art. Each of their disclosures are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. [470] Herzig, E., Voronin, N., Kucherenko, N. & Hizi, A. A Novel Leu92 Mutant of HIV-1 Reverse Transcriptase with a Selective Deficiency in Strand Transfer Causes a Loss of Viral Replication. J. Virol.89, 8119–8129 (2015).
  • Any of the references noted above which relate to reverse transcriptases are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties, if not already stated so.
  • the napDNAbps and the polymerases may be provided in the form of a fusion protein. That is, the present disclosure contemplates using prime editors comprising fusion proteins, wherein the fusion proteins comprise a napDNAbp domain and a polymerase (e.g., reverse transcriptase) domain.
  • the prime editor systems utilized in the methods and compositions described herein contemplate fusion proteins comprising a napDNAbp and a polymerase (e.g., DNA-dependent DNA polymerase or RNA-dependent DNA polymerase, such as, reverse transcriptase), and optionally joined by a linker.
  • a polymerase e.g., DNA-dependent DNA polymerase or RNA-dependent DNA polymerase, such as, reverse transcriptase
  • the application contemplates any suitable napDNAbp and polymerase (e.g., DNA-dependent DNA polymerase or RNA-dependent DNA polymerase, such as, reverse transcriptase) to be combined in a single fusion protein.
  • napDNAbps and polymerases e.g., DNA-dependent DNA polymerase or RNA-dependent DNA polymerase, such as, reverse transcriptase
  • napDNAbps and polymerases are each defined herein.
  • the fusion proteins may comprise any suitable structural configuration.
  • the fusion protein may comprise from the N-terminus to the C- terminus direction, a napDNAbp fused to a polymerase (e.g., DNA-dependent DNA polymerase or RNA-dependent DNA polymerase, such as, reverse transcriptase) .
  • the fusion protein may comprise from the N-terminus to the C-terminus direction, a polymerase (e.g., a reverse transcriptase) fused to a napDNAbp.
  • the fused domain may optionally be joined by a linker, e.g., an amino acid sequence.
  • the fusion proteins may comprise the structure NH 2 -[napDNAbp]-[ polymerase]-COOH; or NH 2 -[polymerase]- [napDNAbp]-COOH, wherein each instance of “]-[“ indicates the presence of an optional linker sequence.
  • the fusion proteins may comprise the structure NH2-[napDNAbp]-[RT]-COOH; or NH2-[RT]-[napDNAbp]-COOH, wherein each instance of “]-[“ indicates the presence of an optional linker sequence.
  • the prime editor fusion protein may have the following amino acid sequence (referred to herein as “PE1”), which includes a Cas9 variant comprising an H840A mutation (i.e., a Cas9 nickase) and an M-MLV RT wild type, as well as an N-terminal NLS sequence (19 amino acids) and an amino acid linker (32 amino acids) that joins the C-terminus of the Cas9 nickase domain to the N-terminus of the RT domain.
  • the PE1 fusion protein has the following structure: [NLS]-[Cas9(H840A)]-[linker]-[MMLV_RT(wt)].
  • the prime editor fusion protein may have the following amino acid sequence (referred to herein as “PE2”), which includes a Cas9 variant comprising an H840A mutation (i.e., a Cas9 nickase) and an M-MLV RT comprising mutations D200N, T330P, L603W, T306K, and W313F, as well as an N-terminal NLS sequence (19 amino acids) and an amino acid linker (33 amino acids) that joins the C-terminus of the Cas9 nickase domain to the N-terminus of the RT domain.
  • PE2 amino acid sequence
  • the PE2 fusion protein has the following structure: [NLS]- [Cas9(H840A)]-[linker]-[MMLV_RT(D200N)(T330P)(L603W)(T306K)(W313F)].
  • the amino acid sequence of PE2 is as follows: [504]
  • the prime editor fusion protein may have the following amino acid sequences: [505]
  • the prime editor fusion proteins can be based on SaCas9 or on SpCas9 nickases with altered PAM specificities, such as the following exemplary sequences:
  • the prime editor fusion proteins utilized in the methods and compositions contemplated herein may include a Cas9 nickase (e.g., Cas9 (H840A)) fused to a truncated version of M-MLV reverse transcriptase.
  • the reverse transcriptase also contains 4 mutations (D200N, T306K, W313F, T330P; noting that the L603W mutation present in PE2 is no longer present due to the truncation).
  • the DNA sequence encoding this truncated editor is 522 bp smaller than PE2, and therefore makes its potentially useful for applications where delivery of the DNA sequence is challenging due to its size (i.e., adeno- associated virus and lentivirus delivery).
  • This embodiment is referred to as Cas9(H840A)- MMLV-RT(trunc) or “PE2-short”or “PE2-trunc” and has the following amino acid sequence:
  • the prime editor fusion proteins utilized in the methods and compositions contemplated herein may also include any variants of the above-disclosed sequences having an amino acid sequence that is at least about 70% identical, at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, at least about 95% identical, at least about 96% identical, at least about 97% identical, at least about 98% identical, at least about 99% identical, at least about 99.5% identical, or at least about 99.9% identical to PE1, PE2, or any of the above indicated prime editor fusion sequences.
  • linkers may be used to link any of the peptides or peptide domains or moieties of the invention (e.g., a napDNAbp linked or fused to a reverse transcriptase).
  • Prime editors modified PE fusion proteins (e.g., PEmax)
  • the present disclosure provides modified prime editor proteins.
  • the modified prime editor fusion protein is PEmax (of SEQ ID NO: 99), or an amino acid sequence having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least up to 100% sequence identify with SEQ ID NO: 99.
  • PEmax component sequences of SEQ ID NO: 99: Bipartite SV40 NLS: MKRTADGSEFESPKKKRKV (SEQ ID NO: 101) SpCas9 R221K N394K H840A: Linker (SGGSx2–bipartite SV40 NLS–SGGSx2): SGGSSGGSKRTADGSEFESPKKKRKVSGGSSGGS (SEQ ID NO: 105) Genscript codon optimized MMLV RT pentamutant (D200N T306K W313F T330P L603W): Other linker sequences: SGGS (SEQ ID NO: 122) Bipartite SV40 NLS: KRTADGSEFESPKKKRKV (SEQ ID NO: 140) Other linker sequences: GSG (SEQ ID NO: 122) c-Myc NLS: PAAKRVKLD (SEQ ID NO: 135) [513]
  • the modified fusion proteins may comprise any suitable structural configuration.
  • the fusion protein may comprise from the N-terminal to the C-terminal direction, a napDNAbp fused to a polymerase (e.g., a DNA-dependent DNA polymerase or an RNA- dependent DNA polymerase, such as a reverse transcriptase).
  • a polymerase e.g., a DNA-dependent DNA polymerase or an RNA- dependent DNA polymerase, such as a reverse transcriptase
  • the fusion protein may comprise from the N-terminal to the C-terminal direction, a polymerase (e.g., a reverse transcriptase) fused to a napDNAbp.
  • the fused domain may optionally be joined by a linker, e.g., an amino acid sequence.
  • the fusion proteins may comprise the structure NH 2 -[napDNAbp]-[ polymerase]-COOH; or NH 2 -[polymerase]-[napDNAbp]-COOH, wherein each instance of “]-[” indicates the presence of an optional linker sequence.
  • the fusion proteins may comprise the structure NH2-[napDNAbp]-[RT]-COOH; or NH2-[RT]-[napDNAbp]-COOH, wherein each instance of “]-[” indicates the presence of an optional linker sequence.
  • the prime editor fusion proteins utilized in the methods and compositions contemplated herein may also include any variants of the above-disclosed sequences having an amino acid sequence that is at least about 70% identical, at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, at least about 95% identical, at least about 96% identical, at least about 97% identical, at least about 98% identical, at least about 99% identical, at least about 99.5% identical, or at least about 99.9% identical to PEmax.
  • linkers may be used to link any of the peptides or peptide domains or moieties of the invention (e.g., a napDNAbp linked or fused to a reverse transcriptase).
  • the present disclosure contemplates the modification of any Cas9 protein known in the art with one or more of the PEmax mutations described herein (i.e., R221K, N394K, and/or H840A) and the combination of any modified Cas9 protein with one or more of the PEmax architecture features described herein (e.g., the optimized MMLV RT pentamutant, NLS’s, linkers, etc.).
  • the PEmax proteins described herein include any of the following other Cas9 sequences disclosed herein, or variants thereof, which may be further modified with one or more of the mutations described herein at corresponding amino acid positions.
  • the napDNAbp used in the PEmax constructs described herein may include any suitable homologs and/or orthologs or naturally occurring enzymes, such as Cas9.
  • Cas9 homologs and/or orthologs have been described in various species, including, but not limited to, S. pyogenes and S. thermophilus.
  • the Cas moiety may be configured (e.g., mutagenized, recombinantly engineered, or otherwise obtained from nature) as a nickase, i.e., capable of cleaving only a single strand of the target double-stranded DNA.
  • Cas9 nucleases and sequences include Cas9 sequences from the organisms and loci disclosed in Chylinski, Rhun, and Charpentier, “The tracrRNA and Cas9 families of type II CRISPR-Cas immunity systems” (2013) RNA Biology 10:5, 726-737; the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • a Cas9 nuclease has an inactive (e.g., an inactivated) DNA cleavage domain; that is, the Cas9 is a nickase.
  • the Cas9 protein comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 92%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% identical to the amino acid sequence of a Cas9 protein as provided by any one of the Cas9 orthologs provided herein.
  • Prime editor-MMR inhibitor fusion proteins [518] The present disclosure contemplates that in some embodiments, the MMR inhibitor (e.g., an antibody or polypeptide inhibitor of an MMR protein, such as an MLH1 dominant negative variant that inhibits MMR) may be linked to a prime editor fusion protein or at least one of the components thereof.
  • the inhibitor domains described herein may also be provided in cis by fusing the domain to the prime editor domain.
  • Any of the following structures are contemplated, wherein “]-[” denotes an optional linker: [520] [napDNAbp]-[reverse transcriptase]-[MLH1 inhibitor]; [521] [reverse transcriptase]-[napDNAbp]-[MLH1 inhibitor]; [522] [MLH1 inhibitor]-[reverse transcriptase]-[napDNAbp]; [523] [MLH1 inhibitor]-[napDNAbp]-[reverse transcriptase]; [524] [napDNAbp]-[ MLH1 inhibitor]-[reverse transcriptase]; or [525] [reverse transcriptase]-[ MLH1 inhibitor]-[n
  • the inhibitor domain is an MLH1 dominant negative variant.
  • Any of the following structures are contemplated, wherein “]-[” denotes an optional linker: [527] [napDNAbp]-[reverse transcriptase]-[MLH1 dominant negative variant]; [528] [reverse transcriptase]-[napDNAbp]-[MLH1 dominant negative variant]; [529] [MLH1 dominant negative variant]-[reverse transcriptase]-[napDNAbp]; [530] [MLH1 dominant negative variant]-[napDNAbp]-[reverse transcriptase]; [531] [napDNAbp]-[ MLH1 dominant negative variant]-[reverse transcriptase]; or [532] [reverse transcriptase]-[ MLH1 dominant negative variant]-[napDNAbp].
  • the inhibitor domains described herein may also be provided in cis by fusing the domain to the prime editor domain.
  • Any of the following structures are contemplated, wherein “]-[” denotes an optional linker: [534] [napDNAbp]-[reverse transcriptase]-[ anti-MMR protein inhibitor]; [535] [reverse transcriptase]-[napDNAbp]-[ anti-MMR protein inhibitor]; [536] [anti-MMR protein inhibitor]-[reverse transcriptase]-[napDNAbp]; [537] [anti-MMR protein inhibitor]-[napDNAbp]-[reverse transcriptase]; [538] [napDNAbp]-[ anti-MMR protein inhibitor]-[reverse transcriptase]; or [539] [reverse transcriptase]-
  • the inhibitor domain is a dominant negative variant of any MMR protein, such as MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , and PCNA.
  • MMR protein such as MLH1, PMS2 (or MutL alpha), PMS1 (or MutL beta), MLH3 (or MutL gamma), MutS alpha (MSH2-MSH6), MutS beta (MSH2-MSH3), MSH2, MSH6, PCNA, RFC, EXO1, POL ⁇ , and PCNA.
  • any of the following structures are contemplated, wherein “]-[” denotes an optional linker: [541] [napDNAbp]-[reverse transcriptase]- [dominant negative variant of any MMR protein]; [542] [reverse transcriptase]-[napDNAbp]-[ dominant negative variant of any MMR protein]; [543] [dominant negative variant of any MMR protein]-[reverse transcriptase]-[napDNAbp]; [544] [dominant negative variant of any MMR protein napDNAbp]-[reverse transcriptase]; [545] [napDNAbp]-[ dominant negative variant of any MMR protein]-[reverse transcriptase]; or [reverse transcriptase]-[dominant negative variant of any MMR protein]-[napDNAbp].
  • the MMR inhibitor may be fused to only one of the domains of a prime editor and administered separate from the other prime editor domain.
  • the MMR inhibitor may be fused to the napDNAbp domain, whereby the polymerase domain is provided separately in trans.
  • the MMR inhibitor may be fused to the polymerase domain, whereby the napDNAbp domain is provided separately in trans.
  • linkers [547] As defined above, the term “linker,” as used herein, refers to a chemical group or a molecule linking two molecules or moieties, e.g., a binding domain and a cleavage domain of a nuclease.
  • a linker joins a gRNA binding domain of an RNA- programmable nuclease and the catalytic domain of a polymerase (e.g., a reverse transcriptase).
  • a linker joins a dCas9 and reverse transcriptase.
  • the linker is positioned between, or flanked by, two groups, molecules, or other moieties and connected to each one via a covalent bond, thus connecting the two.
  • the linker is an amino acid or a plurality of amino acids (e.g., a peptide or protein).
  • the linker is an organic molecule, group, polymer, or chemical moiety.
  • the linker is 5-100 amino acids in length, for example, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 30-35, 35-40, 40-45, 45-50, 50-60, 60-70, 70-80, 80-90, 90-100, 100-150, or 150-200 amino acids in length. Longer or shorter linkers are also contemplated.
  • the linker may be as simple as a covalent bond, or it may be a polymeric linker many atoms in length. In certain embodiments, the linker is a polypeptide or based on amino acids. In other embodiments, the linker is not peptide-like.
  • the linker is a covalent bond (e.g., a carbon-carbon bond, disulfide bond, carbon-heteroatom bond, etc.). In certain embodiments, the linker is a carbon-nitrogen bond of an amide linkage. In certain embodiments, the linker is a cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched aliphatic or heteroaliphatic linker. In certain embodiments, the linker is polymeric (e.g., polyethylene, polyethylene glycol, polyamide, polyester, etc.). In certain embodiments, the linker comprises a monomer, dimer, or polymer of aminoalkanoic acid.
  • the linker comprises an aminoalkanoic acid (e.g., glycine, ethanoic acid, alanine, beta-alanine, 3- aminopropanoic acid, 4-aminobutanoic acid, 5-pentanoic acid, etc.).
  • the linker comprises a monomer, dimer, or polymer of aminohexanoic acid (Ahx).
  • the linker is based on a carbocyclic moiety (e.g., cyclopentane, cyclohexane).
  • the linker comprises a polyethylene glycol moiety (PEG).
  • the linker comprises amino acids.
  • the linker comprises a peptide. In certain embodiments, the linker comprises an aryl or heteroaryl moiety. In certain embodiments, the linker is based on a phenyl ring.
  • the linker may include functionalized moieties to facilitate attachment of a nucleophile (e.g., thiol, amino) from the peptide to the linker. Any electrophile may be used as part of the linker. Exemplary electrophiles include, but are not limited to, activated esters, activated amides, Michael acceptors, alkyl halides, aryl halides, acyl halides, and isothiocyanates.
  • the linker comprises the amino acid sequence (GGGGS) n (SEQ ID NO: 118), (G) n (SEQ ID NO: 119), (EAAAK) n (SEQ ID NO: 120), (GGS) n (SEQ ID NO: 121), (SGGS) n (SEQ ID NO: 122), (XP) n (SEQ ID NO: 123), or any combination thereof, wherein n is independently an integer between 1 and 30, and wherein X is any amino acid.
  • the linker comprises the amino acid sequence (GGS)n (SEQ ID NO: 121), wherein n is 1, 3, or 7.
  • the linker comprises the amino acid sequence SGSETPGTSESATPES (SEQ ID NO: 124), also referred to as XTEN. In some embodiments, the linker comprises the amino acid sequence SGGSSGGSSGSETPGTSESATPESSGGSSGGS (SEQ ID NO: 125). In some embodiments, the linker comprises the amino acid sequence SGGSGGSGGS (SEQ ID NO: 126). In some embodiments, the linker comprises the amino acid sequence SGGS (SEQ ID NO: 127). In other embodiments, the linker comprises the amino acid sequence SGGSSGGSSGSETPGTSESATPESAGSYPYDVPDYAGSAAPAAKKKKLDGSGSGGSSGG S (SEQ ID NO: 128, 60AA).
  • linkers may be used to link any of the peptides or peptide domains or moieties of the invention (e.g., a napDNAbp linked or fused to a reverse transcriptase).
  • linker refers to a chemical group or a molecule linking two molecules or moieties, e.g., a binding domain and a cleavage domain of a nuclease.
  • a linker joins a gRNA binding domain of an RNA- programmable nuclease and the catalytic domain of a recombinase.
  • a linker joins a dCas9 and reverse transcriptase.
  • the linker is positioned between, or flanked by, two groups, molecules, or other moieties and connected to each one via a covalent bond, thus connecting the two.
  • the linker is an amino acid or a plurality of amino acids (e.g., a peptide or protein).
  • the linker is an organic molecule, group, polymer, or chemical moiety.
  • the linker is 5-100 amino acids in length, for example, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 30-35, 35-40, 40-45, 45-50, 50-60, 60-70, 70-80, 80-90, 90-100, 100-150, or 150- 200 amino acids in length. Longer or shorter linkers are also contemplated.
  • the linker may be as simple as a covalent bond, or it may be a polymeric linker many atoms in length.
  • the linker is a polypeptide or based on amino acids. In other embodiments, the linker is not peptide-like.
  • the linker is a covalent bond (e.g., a carbon-carbon bond, disulfide bond, carbon-heteroatom bond, etc.). In certain embodiments, the linker is a carbon-nitrogen bond of an amide linkage. In certain embodiments, the linker is a cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched aliphatic or heteroaliphatic linker. In certain embodiments, the linker is polymeric (e.g., polyethylene, polyethylene glycol, polyamide, polyester, etc.). In certain embodiments, the linker comprises a monomer, dimer, or polymer of aminoalkanoic acid.
  • the linker comprises an aminoalkanoic acid (e.g., glycine, ethanoic acid, alanine, beta-alanine, 3- aminopropanoic acid, 4-aminobutanoic acid, 5-pentanoic acid, etc.).
  • the linker comprises a monomer, dimer, or polymer of aminoHEXAnoic acid (Ahx).
  • the linker is based on a carbocyclic moiety (e.g., cyclopentane, cycloHEXAne).
  • the linker comprises a polyethylene glycol moiety (PEG).
  • the linker comprises amino acids.
  • the linker comprises a peptide. In certain embodiments, the linker comprises an aryl or heteroaryl moiety. In certain embodiments, the linker is based on a phenyl ring.
  • the linker may include functionalized moieties to facilitate attachment of a nucleophile (e.g., thiol, amino) from the peptide to the linker. Any electrophile may be used as part of the linker. Exemplary electrophiles include, but are not limited to, activated esters, activated amides, Michael acceptors, alkyl halides, aryl halides, acyl halides, and isothiocyanates.
  • the linker comprises the amino acid sequence (GGGGS)n (SEQ ID NO: 118), (G)n (SEQ ID NO: 119), (EAAAK)n (SEQ ID NO: 120), (GGS)n (SEQ ID NO: 121), (SGGS)n (SEQ ID NO: 122), (XP)n (SEQ ID NO: 123), or any combination thereof, wherein n is independently an integer between 1 and 30, and wherein X is any amino acid.
  • the linker comprises the amino acid sequence (GGS)n (SEQ ID NO: 121), wherein n is 1, 3, or 7.
  • the linker comprises the amino acid sequence SGSETPGTSESATPES (SEQ ID NO: 124), also referred to as XTEN. In some embodiments, the linker comprises the amino acid sequence SGGSSGGSSGSETPGTSESATPESSGGSSGGS (SEQ ID NO: 125). In some embodiments, the linker comprises the amino acid sequence SGGSGGSGGS (SEQ ID NO: 126). In some embodiments, the linker comprises the amino acid sequence SGGS (SEQ ID NO: 127).
  • linkers can be used in various embodiments to join prime editor domains with one another: GGS (SEQ ID NO: 129); GGSGGS (SEQ ID NO: 130); GGSGGSGGS (SEQ ID NO: 131); SGGSSGGSSGSETPGTSESATPESSGGSSGGSS (SEQ ID NO: 102); SGSETPGTSESATPES (SEQ ID NO: 124), also referred to as XTEN; SGGSSGGSSGSETPGTSESATPESAGSYPYDVPDYAGSAAPAAKKKKLDGSGSGGSSGG S (SEQ ID NO: 128).
  • the PE fusion proteins may also comprise various other domains besides the napDNAbp (e.g., Cas9 domain) and the polymerase domain (e.g., RT domain).
  • the PE fusion proteins may comprise one or more linkers that join the Cas9 domain with the RT domain.
  • the linkers may also join other functional domains, such as nuclear localization sequences (NLS) or a FEN1 (or other flap endonuclease) to the PE fusion proteins or a domain thereof.
  • the PE fusion proteins may comprise an inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway (e.g., MLH1dn as described herein).
  • a PE fusion protein and an inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway are fused via a linker.
  • the linker is a self-hydrolyzing linker. Suitable self-hydrolyzing linkers include, but are not limited to, amino acid sequences comprising 2A self-cleaving peptides.2A self-cleaving peptides are capable of inducing ribosomal skipping during protein translation, resulting in the failure of the ribosome to make a peptide bond between two genes, or two gene fragments.
  • Exemplary 2A self-cleaving peptides that may be used as linkers in the fusion proteins described herein include the amino acid sequences: T2A - EGRGSLLTCGDVEENPGP (SEQ ID NO: 233) P2A - ATNFSLLKQAGDVEENPGP (SEQ ID NO: 234) E2A - QCTNYALLKLAGDVESNPGP (SEQ ID NO: 235) F2A - VKQTLNFDLLKLAGDVESNPGP (SEQ ID NO: 236) [557]
  • the PE fusion proteins described herein are fused to MLH1dn by a linker comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 234.
  • the PE fusion proteins may comprise one or more nuclear localization sequences (NLS), which help promote translocation of a protein into the cell nucleus.
  • NLS nuclear localization sequence
  • Such sequences are well-known in the art and can include the examples represented by SEQ ID NOs: 1, 101, 103, 133-139.
  • SEQ ID NOs: 1, 101, 103, 133-139 are well-known in the art and can include the examples represented by SEQ ID NOs: 1, 101, 103, 133-139.
  • the NLS examples above are non-limiting.
  • the PE fusion proteins may comprise any known NLS sequence, including any of those described in Cokol et al., “Finding nuclear localization signals,” EMBO Rep., 2000, 1(5): 411-415 and Freitas et al., “Mechanisms and Signals for the Nuclear Import of Proteins,” Current Genomics, 2009, 10(8): 550-7, each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the prime editors and constructs encoding the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions disclosed herein further comprise one or more, preferably, at least two nuclear localization signals.
  • the prime editors comprise at least two NLSs.
  • the NLSs can be the same NLSs or they can be different NLSs.
  • the NLSs may be expressed as part of a fusion protein with the remaining portions of the prime editors.
  • one or more of the NLSs are bipartite NLSs (“bpNLS”).
  • the disclosed fusion proteins comprise two bipartite NLSs. In some embodiments, the disclosed fusion proteins comprise more than two bipartite NLSs.
  • the location of the NLS fusion can be at the N-terminus, the C-terminus, or within a sequence of a prime editor (e.g., inserted between the encoded napDNAbp component (e.g., Cas9) and a polymerase domain (e.g., a reverse transcriptase domain).
  • the NLSs may be any known NLS sequence in the art.
  • the NLSs may also be any future-discovered NLSs for nuclear localization.
  • the NLSs also may be any naturally-occurring NLS, or any non-naturally occurring NLS (e.g., an NLS with one or more desired mutations).
  • nuclear localization sequence refers to an amino acid sequence that promotes import of a protein into the cell nucleus, for example, by nuclear transport.
  • Nuclear localization sequences are known in the art and would be apparent to the skilled artisan. For example, NLS sequences are described in Plank et al., International PCT application PCT/EP2000/011690, filed November 23, 2000, published as WO/2001/038547 on May 31, 2001, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • an NLS comprises the amino acid sequence PKKKRKV (SEQ ID NO: 132), MDSLLMNRRKFLYQFKNVRWAKGRRETYLC (SEQ ID NO: 1), KRTADGSEFESPKKKRKV (SEQ ID NO: 140), or KRTADGSEFEPKKKRKV (SEQ ID NO: 141).
  • NLS comprises the amino acid sequences NLSKRPAAIKKAGQAKKKK (SEQ ID NO: 142), PAAKRVKLD (SEQ ID NO: 135), RQRRNELKRSF (SEQ ID NO: 143), NQSSNFGPMKGGNFGGRSSGPYGGGGQYFAKPRNQGGY (SEQ ID NO: 144).
  • a prime editor may be modified with one or more nuclear localization signals (NLS), preferably at least two NLSs.
  • the prime editors are modified with two or more NLSs.
  • the disclosure contemplates the use of any nuclear localization signal known in the art at the time of the disclosure, or any nuclear localization signal that is identified or otherwise made available in the state of the art after the time of the instant filing.
  • a representative nuclear localization signal is a peptide sequence that directs the protein to the nucleus of the cell in which the sequence is expressed.
  • a nuclear localization signal is predominantly basic, can be positioned almost anywhere in a protein's amino acid sequence, generally comprises a short sequence of four amino acids (Autieri & Agrawal, (1998) J.
  • Nuclear localization signals often comprise proline residues.
  • a variety of nuclear localization signals have been identified and have been used to effect transport of biological molecules from the cytoplasm to the nucleus of a cell. See, e.g., Tinland et al., (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • NLSs can be classified in three general groups: (i) a monopartite NLS exemplified by the SV40 large T antigen NLS (PKKKRKV (SEQ ID NO: 132)); (ii) a bipartite motif consisting of two basic domains separated by a variable number of spacer amino acids and exemplified by the Xenopus nucleoplasmin NLS (KRXXXXXXXXXKKKK (SEQ ID NO: 145)); and (iii) noncanonical sequences such as M9 of the hnRNP Al protein, the influenza virus nucleoprotein NLS, and the yeast Gal4 protein NLS (Dingwall and Laskey 1991).
  • Nuclear localization signals appear at various points in the amino acid sequences of proteins. NLS’s have been identified at the N-terminus, the C-terminus and in the central region of proteins. Thus, the disclosure provides prime editors that may be modified with one or more NLSs at the C-terminus, the N-terminus, as well as at in internal region of the prime editor.
  • the residues of a longer sequence that do not function as component NLS residues should be selected so as not to interfere, for example tonically or sterically, with the nuclear localization signal itself. Therefore, although there are no strict limits on the composition of an NLS-comprising sequence, in practice, such a sequence can be functionally limited in length and composition.
  • the prime editors may be engineered to express a prime editor protein that is translationally fused at its N-terminus or its C-terminus (or both) to one or more NLSs, i.e., to form a prime editor-NLS fusion construct.
  • the prime editor-encoding nucleotide sequence may be genetically modified to incorporate a reading frame that encodes one or more NLSs in an internal region of the encoded prime editor.
  • the NLSs may include various amino acid linkers or spacer regions encoded between the prime editor and the N-terminally, C-terminally, or internally-attached NLS amino acid sequence, e.g., and in the central region of proteins.
  • the present disclosure also provides for nucleotide constructs, vectors, and host cells for expressing fusion proteins that comprise a prime editor and one or more NLSs.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein may also comprise nuclear localization signals which are linked to a prime editor through one or more linkers, e.g., and polymeric, amino acid, nucleic acid, polysaccharide, chemical, or nucleic acid linker element.
  • linkers within the contemplated scope of the disclosure are not intended to have any limitations and can be any suitable type of molecule (e.g., polymer, amino acid, polysaccharide, nucleic acid, lipid, or any synthetic chemical linker domain) and be joined to the prime editor by any suitable strategy that effectuates forming a bond (e.g., covalent linkage, hydrogen bonding) between the prime editor and the one or more NLSs.
  • Flap endonucleases e.g., FEN1
  • the PE fusion proteins may comprise one or more flap endonucleases (e.g., FEN1), which refers to an enzyme that catalyzes the removal of 5' single strand DNA flaps.
  • the prime editing utilized in the methods and compositions described herein may utilize endogenously supplied flap endonucleases or those provided in trans to remove the 5' flap of endogenous DNA formed at the target site during prime editing.
  • Flap endonucleases are known in the art and can be found described in Patel et al., “Flap endonucleases pass 5'-flaps through a flexible arch using a disorder-thread-order mechanism to confer specificity for free 5'-ends,” Nucleic Acids Research, 2012, 40(10): 4507- 4519 and Tsutakawa et al., “Human flap endonuclease structures, DNA double-base flipping, and a unified understanding of the FEN1 superfamily,” Cell, 2011, 145(2): 198-211 (each of which are incorporated herein by reference).
  • flap endonuclease is FEN1, which can be represented by the following amino acid sequence: [568]
  • the flap endonucleases may also include any FEN1 variant, mutant, or other flap endonuclease ortholog, homolog, or variant.
  • Non-limiting FEN1 variant examples are as follows: [569]
  • the prime editor fusion proteins utilized in the methods and compositions contemplated herein may include any flap endonuclease variant of the above- disclosed sequences having an amino acid sequence that is at least about 70% identical, at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, at least about 95% identical, at least about 96% identical, at least about 97% identical, at least about 98% identical, at least about 99% identical, at least about 99.5% identical, or at least about 99.9% identical to any of the above sequences.
  • endonucleases that may be utilized by the instant methods to facilitate removal of the 5 ⁇ end single strand DNA flap include, but are not limited to (1) trex 2, (2) exo1 endonuclease (e.g., Keijzers et al., Biosci Rep.2015, 35(3): e00206) Trex 2 [570] 3 ⁇ three prime repair exonuclease 2 (TREX2) – human [Accession No. NM_080701] [571] 3 ⁇ three prime repair exonuclease 2 (TREX2) – mouse [Accession No.
  • exo1 endonuclease e.g., Keijzers et al., Biosci Rep.2015, 35(3): e00206
  • Trex 2 [570] 3 ⁇ three prime repair exonuclease 2 (TREX2) – human [Accession No. NM_080701] [571] 3 ⁇ three prime repair exonu
  • EXO1 Human exonuclease 1 (EXO1) has been implicated in many different DNA metabolic processes, including DNA mismatch repair (MMR), micro-mediated end-joining, homologous recombination (HR), and replication. Human EXO1 belongs to a family of eukaryotic nucleases, Rad2/XPG, which also include FEN1 and GEN1.
  • the Rad2/XPG family is conserved in the nuclease domain through species from phage to human.
  • the EXO1 gene product exhibits both 5 ⁇ exonuclease and 5 ⁇ flap activity. Additionally, EXO1 contains an intrinsic 5 ⁇ RNase H activity.
  • Human EXO1 has a high affinity for processing double stranded DNA (dsDNA), nicks, gaps, pseudo Y structures and can resolve Holliday junctions using its inherent flap activity. Human EXO1 is implicated in MMR and contain conserved binding domains interacting directly with MLH1 and MSH2. EXO1 nucleolytic activity is positively stimulated by PCNA, MutS ⁇ (MSH2/MSH6 complex), 14-3-3, MRN and 9-1-1 complex.
  • exonuclease 1 Accession No. NM_003686 (Homo sapiens exonuclease 1 (EXO1), transcript variant 3) – isoform A
  • exonuclease 1 Accession No. NM_006027 (Homo sapiens exonuclease 1 (EXO1), transcript variant 3) – isoform B
  • exonuclease 1 (EXO1) Accession No. NM_001319224 (Homo sapiens exonuclease 1 (EXO1), transcript variant 4) – isoform C D.
  • Inteins and split-inteins [577] It will be understood that in some embodiments (e.g., delivery of a prime editor in vivo using AAV particles), it may be advantageous to split a polypeptide (e.g., a deaminase or a napDNAbp) or a fusion protein (e.g., a prime editor) into an N-terminal half and a C-terminal half, delivery them separately, and then allow their colocalization to reform the complete protein (or fusion protein as the case may be) within the cell.
  • a polypeptide e.g., a deaminase or a napDNAbp
  • a fusion protein e.g., a prime editor
  • Separate halves of a protein or a fusion protein may each comprise a split-intein tag to facilitate the reformation of the complete protein or fusion protein by the mechanism of protein trans splicing.
  • split inteins Protein trans-splicing, catalyzed by split inteins, provides an entirely enzymatic method for protein ligation.
  • a split-intein is essentially a contiguous intein (e.g., a mini-intein) split into two pieces named N-intein and C-intein, respectively.
  • the N-intein and C-intein of a split intein can associate non-covalently to form an active intein and catalyze the splicing reaction essentially in same way as a contiguous intein does.
  • Split inteins have been found in nature and also engineered in laboratories.
  • split intein refers to any intein in which one or more peptide bond breaks exists between the N-terminal and C-terminal amino acid sequences such that the N-terminal and C-terminal sequences become separate molecules that can non-covalently reassociate, or reconstitute, into an intein that is functional for trans-splicing reactions.
  • Any catalytically active intein, or fragment thereof, may be used to derive a split intein for use in the methods of the invention.
  • the split intein may be derived from a eukaryotic intein.
  • the split intein may be derived from a bacterial intein.
  • the split intein may be derived from an archaeal intein.
  • the split intein so-derived will possess only the amino acid sequences essential for catalyzing trans-splicing reactions.
  • the "N-terminal split intein (In)" refers to any intein sequence that comprises an N- terminal amino acid sequence that is functional for trans-splicing reactions.
  • An In thus also comprises a sequence that is spliced out when trans-splicing occurs.
  • An In can comprise a sequence that is a modification of the N-terminal portion of a naturally occurring intein sequence.
  • an In can comprise additional amino acid residues and/or mutated residues so long as the inclusion of such additional and/or mutated residues does not render the In non-functional in trans-splicing.
  • the inclusion of the additional and/or mutated residues improves or enhances the trans-splicing activity of the In.
  • the "C-terminal split intein (Ic)" refers to any intein sequence that comprises a C- terminal amino acid sequence that is functional for trans-splicing reactions.
  • the Ic comprises 4 to 7 contiguous amino acid residues, at least 4 amino acids of which are from the last ⁇ -strand of the intein from which it was derived.
  • An Ic thus also comprises a sequence that is spliced out when trans-splicing occurs.
  • An Ic can comprise a sequence that is a modification of the C-terminal portion of a naturally occurring intein sequence.
  • an Ic can comprise additional amino acid residues and/or mutated residues so long as the inclusion of such additional and/or mutated residues does not render the In non-functional in trans-splicing.
  • the inclusion of the additional and/or mutated residues improves or enhances the trans-splicing activity of the Ic.
  • a peptide linked to an Ic or an In can comprise an additional chemical moiety including, among others, fluorescence groups, biotin, polyethylene glycol (PEG), amino acid analogs, unnatural amino acids, phosphate groups, glycosyl groups, radioisotope labels, and pharmaceutical molecules.
  • a peptide linked to an Ic can comprise one or more chemically reactive groups including, among others, ketone, aldehyde, Cys residues and Lys residues.
  • intein-splicing polypeptide refers to the portion of the amino acid sequence of a split intein that remains when the Ic, In, or both, are removed from the split intein.
  • the In comprises the ISP.
  • the Ic comprises the ISP.
  • the ISP is a separate peptide that is not covalently linked to In nor to Ic.
  • Split inteins may be created from contiguous inteins by engineering one or more split sites in the unstructured loop or intervening amino acid sequence between the -12 conserved beta-strands found in the structure of mini-inteins. Some flexibility in the position of the split site within regions between the beta-strands may exist, provided that creation of the split will not disrupt the structure of the intein, the structured beta-strands in particular, to a sufficient degree that protein splicing activity is lost.
  • one precursor protein consists of an N-extein part followed by the N-intein
  • another precursor protein consists of the C-intein followed by a C-extein part
  • a trans-splicing reaction catalyzed by the N- and C-inteins together
  • Protein trans-splicing being an enzymatic reaction, can work with very low (e.g., micromolar) concentrations of proteins and can be carried out under physiological conditions.
  • Exemplary sequences are as follows:
  • inteins are most frequently found as a contiguous domain, some exist in a naturally split form. In this case, the two fragments are expressed as separate polypeptides and must associate before splicing takes place, so-called protein trans-splicing.
  • An exemplary split intein is the Ssp DnaE intein, which comprises two subunits, namely, DnaE-N and DnaE-C. The two different subunits are encoded by separate genes, namely dnaE-n and dnaE-c, which encode the DnaE-N and DnaE-C subunits, respectively.
  • DnaE is a naturally occurring split intein in Synechocytis sp. PCC6803 and is capable of directing trans-splicing of two separate proteins, each comprising a fusion with either DnaE-N or DnaE-C.
  • Additional naturally occurring or engineered split-intein sequences are known in the or can be made from whole-intein sequences described herein or those available in the art.
  • split-intein sequences can be found in Stevens et al., “A promiscuous split intein with expanded protein engineering applications,” PNAS, 2017, Vol.114: 8538-8543; Iwai et al., “Highly efficient protein trans-splicing by a naturally split DnaE intein from Nostc punctiforme, FEBS Lett, 580: 1853-1858, each of which are incorporated herein by reference. Additional split intein sequences can be found, for example, in WO 2013/045632, WO 2014/055782, WO 2016/069774, and EP2877490, the contents each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • RNA-protein interaction domain [588]
  • two separate protein domains may be colocalized to one another to form a functional complex (akin to the function of a fusion protein comprising the two separate protein domains) by using an “RNA- protein recruitment system,” such as the “MS2 tagging technique.”
  • RNA-protein recruitment system such as the “MS2 tagging technique.”
  • Such systems generally tag one protein domain with an “RNA-protein interaction domain” (aka “RNA-protein recruitment domain”) and the other with an “RNA-binding protein” that specifically recognizes and binds to the RNA-protein interaction domain, e.g., a specific hairpin structure.
  • the MS2 tagging technique is based on the interaction of the MS2 bacteriophage coat protein (“MCP” or “MS2cp”) with a stem-loop or hairpin structure present in the genome of the phage, i.e., the “MS2 hairpin.”
  • MCP MS2 bacteriophage coat protein
  • a deaminase-MS2 fusion can recruit a Cas9-MCP fusion.
  • the amino acid sequence of the MCP or MS2cp is: E. UGI domain [591]
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein may comprise one or more uracil glycosylase inhibitor domains.
  • uracil glycosylase inhibitor (UGI)” or “UGI domain,” as used herein, refers to a protein that is capable of inhibiting a uracil-DNA glycosylase base-excision repair enzyme.
  • a UGI domain comprises a wild-type UGI or a UGI as set forth in SEQ ID NO: 168.
  • the UGI proteins provided herein include fragments of UGI and proteins homologous to a UGI or a UGI fragment.
  • a UGI domain comprises a fragment of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 168.
  • a UGI fragment comprises an amino acid sequence that comprises at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% of the amino acid sequence as set forth in SEQ ID NO: 168.
  • a UGI comprises an amino acid sequence homologous to the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 168, or an amino acid sequence homologous to a fragment of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 168.
  • proteins comprising UGI or fragments of UGI or homologs of UGI or UGI fragments are referred to as “UGI variants.”
  • a UGI variant shares homology to UGI, or a fragment thereof.
  • a UGI variant is at least 70% identical, at least 75% identical, at least 80% identical, at least 85% identical, at least 90% identical, at least 95% identical, at least 96% identical, at least 97% identical, at least 98% identical, at least 99% identical, at least 99.5% identical, or at least 99.9% identical to a wild type UGI or a UGI as set forth in SEQ ID NO: 168.
  • the UGI variant comprises a fragment of UGI, such that the fragment is at least 70% identical, at least 80% identical, at least 90% identical, at least 95% identical, at least 96% identical, at least 97% identical, at least 98% identical, at least 99% identical, at least 99.5% identical, or at least 99.9% to the corresponding fragment of wild-type UGI or a UGI as set forth in SEQ ID NO: 168.
  • the UGI comprises the following amino acid sequence: Uracil-DNA glycosylase inhibitor: [592]
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein may comprise more than one UGI domain, which may be separated by one or more linkers as described herein. F.
  • the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions described herein may comprise an inhibitor of base repair.
  • the term “inhibitor of base repair” or “IBR” refers to a protein that is capable in inhibiting the activity of a nucleic acid repair enzyme, for example a base excision repair enzyme.
  • the IBR is an inhibitor of OGG base excision repair.
  • the IBR is an inhibitor of base excision repair (“iBER”).
  • Exemplary inhibitors of base excision repair include inhibitors of APE1, Endo III, Endo IV, Endo V, Endo VIII, Fpg, hOGG1, hNEIL1, T7 EndoI, T4PDG, UDG, hSMUG1, and hAAG.
  • the IBR is an inhibitor of Endo V or hAAG.
  • the IBR is an iBER that may be a catalytically inactive glycosylase or catalytically inactive dioxygenase or a small molecule or peptide inhibitor of an oxidase, or variants threreof.
  • the IBR is an iBER that may be a TDG inhibitor, MBD4 inhibitor or an inhibitor of an AlkBH enzyme. In some embodiments, the IBR is an iBER that comprises a catalytically inactive TDG or catalytically inactive MBD4.
  • An exemplary catalytically inactive TDG is an N140A mutant of SEQ ID NO: 172 (human TDG).
  • Some exemplary glycosylases are provided below. The catalytically inactivated variants of any of these glycosylase domains are iBERs that may be fused to the napDNAbp or polymerase domain of the prime editors utilized in the methods and compositions provided in this disclosure.
  • the fusion proteins described herein may comprise one or more heterologous protein domains (e.g., about or more than about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more domains in addition to the prime editor components).
  • a fusion protein may comprise any additional protein sequence, and optionally a linker sequence between any two domains.
  • Other exemplary features that may be present are localization sequences, such as cytoplasmic localization sequences, export sequences, such as nuclear export sequences, or other localization sequences, as well as sequence tags that are useful for solubilization, purification, or detection of the fusion proteins.
  • Examples of protein domains that may be fused to a prime editor or component thereof include, without limitation, epitope tags, and reporter gene sequences.
  • epitope tags include histidine (His) tags, V5 tags, FLAG tags, influenza hemagglutinin (HA) tags, Myc tags, VSV-G tags, and thioredoxin (Trx) tags.
  • reporter genes include, but are not limited to, glutathione-5-transferase (GST), horseradish peroxidase (HRP), chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (CAT), beta-galactosidase, beta-glucuronidase, luciferase, green fluorescent protein (GFP), HcRed, DsRed, cyan fluorescent protein (CFP), yellow fluorescent protein (YFP), and autofluorescent proteins including blue fluorescent protein (BFP).
  • a prime editor may be fused to a gene sequence encoding a protein or a fragment of a protein that bind DNA molecules or bind other cellular molecules, including, but not limited to, maltose binding protein (MBP), S- tag, Lex A DNA binding domain (DBD) fusions, GAL4 DNA binding domain fusions, and herpes simplex virus (HSV) BP16 protein fusions. Additional domains that may form part of a prime editor are described in US Patent Publication No.2011/0059502, published March 10, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • a reporter gene which includes, but is not limited to, glutathione-5-transferase (GST), horseradish peroxidase (HRP), chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (CAT) beta-galactosidase, beta-glucuronidase, luciferase, green fluorescent protein (GFP), HcRed, DsRed, cyan fluorescent protein (CFP), yellow fluorescent protein (YFP), and autofluorescent proteins including blue fluorescent protein (BFP), may be introduced into a cell to encode a gene product which serves as a marker by which to measure the alteration or modification of expression of the gene product.
  • the gene product is luciferase.
  • Suitable protein tags include, but are not limited to, biotin carboxylase carrier protein (BCCP) tags, myc-tags, calmodulin-tags, FLAG-tags, hemagglutinin (HA)-tags, polyhistidine tags, also referred to as histidine tags or His-tags, maltose binding protein (MBP)- tags, nus-tags, glutathione-S-transferase (GST)-tags, green fluorescent protein (GFP)-tags, thioredoxin-tags, S-tags, Softags (e.g., Softag 1, Softag 3), strep-tags , biotin ligase tags, FlAsH tags, V5 tags, and SBP-tags.
  • BCCP biotin carboxylase carrier protein
  • MBP maltose binding protein
  • GST glutathione-S-transferase
  • GFP green fluorescent protein
  • Softags e.g., Softag 1, Softag 3
  • the fusion protein comprises one or more His tags.
  • the activity of the prime editing system may be temporally regulated by adjusting the residence time, the amount, and/or the activity of the expressed components of the PE system.
  • the PE may be fused with a protein domain that is capable of modifying the intracellular half-life of the PE.
  • the activity of the PE system may be temporally regulated by controlling the timing in which the vectors are delivered.
  • a vector encoding the nuclease system may deliver the PE prior to the vector encoding the template.
  • the vector encoding the PEgRNA may deliver the guide prior to the vector encoding the PE system.
  • the vectors encoding the PE system and PEgRNA are delivered simultaneously.
  • the simultaneously delivered vectors temporally deliver, e.g., the PE, PEgRNA, and/or second strand guide RNA components.
  • the RNA (such as, e.g., the nuclease transcript) transcribed from the coding sequence on the vectors may further comprise at least one element that is capable of modifying the intracellular half-life of the RNA and/or modulating translational control.
  • the half-life of the RNA may be increased.
  • the half-life of the RNA may be decreased.
  • the element may be capable of increasing the stability of the RNA.
  • the element may be capable of decreasing the stability of the RNA.
  • the element may be within the 3' UTR of the RNA.
  • the element may include a polyadenylation signal (PA).
  • PA polyadenylation signal
  • the element may include a cap, e.g., an upstream mRNA or PEgRNA end.
  • the RNA may comprise no PA such that it is subject to quicker degradation in the cell after transcription.
  • the element may include at least one AU-rich element (ARE).
  • the AREs may be bound by ARE binding proteins (ARE-BPs) in a manner that is dependent upon tissue type, cell type, timing, cellular localization, and environment.
  • the destabilizing element may promote RNA decay, affect RNA stability, or activate translation.
  • the ARE may comprise 50 to 150 nucleotides in length.
  • the ARE may comprise at least one copy of the sequence AUUUA.
  • At least one ARE may be added to the 3' UTR of the RNA.
  • the element may be a Woodchuck Hepatitis Virus (WHP).
  • WPRE Posttranscriptional Regulatory Element
  • the element is a modified and/or truncated WPRE sequence that is capable of enhancing expression from the transcript, as described, for example in Zufferey et al., J Virol, 73(4): 2886-92 (1999) and Flajolet et al., J Virol, 72(7): 6175-80 (1998).
  • the WPRE or equivalent may be added to the 3' UTR of the RNA.
  • the element may be selected from other RNA sequence motifs that are enriched in either fast- or slow-decaying transcripts.
  • the vector encoding the PE or the PEgRNA may be self-destroyed via cleavage of a target sequence present on the vector by the PE system. The cleavage may prevent continued transcription of a PE or a PEgRNA from the vector. Although transcription may occur on the linearized vector for some amount of time, the expressed transcripts or proteins subject to intracellular degradation will have less time to produce off-target effects without continued supply from expression of the encoding vectors.
  • PEgRNAs [604] The prime editing system utilized in the methods and compositions described herein contemplates the use of any suitable PEgRNAs.
  • PEgRNA architecture [605]
  • the guide RNA includes an extended RNA segment at the 5 ⁇ end, i.e., a 5 ⁇ extension.
  • the 5 ⁇ extension includes a reverse transcription template sequence, a reverse transcription primer binding site, and an optional 5-20 nucleotide linker sequence.
  • the guide RNA includes an extended RNA segment at the 3 ⁇ end, i.e., a 3 ⁇ extension.
  • the 3 ⁇ extension includes a reverse transcription template sequence, and a reverse transcription primer binding site.
  • the guide RNA includes an extended RNA segment at an intermolecular position within the gRNA core, i.e., an intramolecular extension.
  • the intramolecular extension includes a reverse transcription template sequence, and a reverse transcription primer binding site.
  • the RT primer binding site hybridizes to the free 3 ⁇ end that is formed after a nick is formed in the non-target strand of the R-loop, thereby priming reverse transcriptase for DNA polymerization in the 5 ⁇ -3 ⁇ direction.
  • the position of the intermolecular RNA extension is not in the protospacer sequence of the guide RNA.
  • the position of the intermolecular RNA extension is any with the guide RNA molecule except within the protospacer sequence, or at a position which disrupts the protospacer sequence.
  • the intermolecular RNA extension is inserted downstream from the 3 ⁇ end of the protospacer sequence. In another embodiment, the intermolecular RNA extension is inserted at least 1 nucleotide, at least 2 nucleotides, at least 3 nucleotides, at least 4 nucleotides, at least 5 nucleotides, at least 6 nucleotides, at least 7 nucleotides, at least 8 nucleotides, at least 9 nucleotides, at least 10 nucleotides, at least 11 nucleotides, at least 12 nucleotides, at least 13 nucleotides, at least 14 nucleotides, at least 15 nucleotides, at least 16 nucleotides, at least 17 nucleotides, at least 18 nucleotides, at least 19 nucleotides, at least 20 nucleotides, at least 21 nucleotides, at least 22 nucleotides, at least 23 nucleotides, at least 24 nucle
  • the intermolecular RNA extension is inserted into the gRNA, which refers to the portion of the guide RNA corresponding or comprising the tracrRNA, which binds and/or interacts with the Cas9 protein or equivalent thereof (i.e., a different napDNAbp).
  • the insertion of the intermolecular RNA extension does not disrupt or minimally disrupts the interaction between the tracrRNA portion and the napDNAbp.
  • the length of the RNA extension (which includes at least the RT template and primer binding site, e.g., see FIG.3) can be any useful length.
  • the RNA extension is at least 5 nucleotides, at least 6 nucleotides, at least 7 nucleotides, at least 8 nucleotides, at least 9 nucleotides, at least 10 nucleotides, at least 11 nucleotides, at least 12 nucleotides, at least 13 nucleotides, at least 14 nucleotides, at least 15 nucleotides, at least 16 nucleotides, at least 17 nucleotides, at least 18 nucleotides, at least 19 nucleotides, at least 20 nucleotides, at least 21 nucleotides, at least 22 nucleotides, at least 23 nucleotides, at least 24 nucleotides, at least 25 nucleotides, at least 30 nucleotides, at least 40 nucleotides, at least 50 nucleotides, at least 60 nucleotides, at least 70 nucleotides, at least 80 nucleotides, at least
  • the RT template sequence can also be any suitable length.
  • the RT template sequence can be at least 3 nucleotides, at least 4 nucleotides, at least 5 nucleotides, at least 6 nucleotides, at least 7 nucleotides, at least 8 nucleotides, at least 9 nucleotides, at least 10 nucleotides, at least 11 nucleotides, at least 12 nucleotides, at least 13 nucleotides, at least 14 nucleotides, at least 15 nucleotides, at least 16 nucleotides, at least 17 nucleotides, at least 18 nucleotides, at least 19 nucleotides, at least 20 nucleotides, at least 30 nucleotides, at least 40 nucleotides, at least 50 nucleotides, at least 60 nucleotides, at least 70 nucleotides, at least 80 nucleotides, at least 90 nucleotides, at least 100 nucleotides
  • the reverse transcription primer binding site sequence is at least 3 nucleotides, at least 4 nucleotides, at least 5 nucleotides, at least 6 nucleotides, at least 7 nucleotides, at least 8 nucleotides, at least 9 nucleotides, at least 10 nucleotides, at least 11 nucleotides, at least 12 nucleotides, at least 13 nucleotides, at least 14 nucleotides, at least 15 nucleotides, at least 16 nucleotides, at least 17 nucleotides, at least 18 nucleotides, at least 19 nucleotides, at least 20 nucleotides, at least 30 nucleotides, at least 40 nucleotides, at least 50 nucleotides, at least 60 nucleotides, at least 70 nucleotides, at least 80 nucleotides, at least 90 nucleotides, at least 100 nucleotides, at least 30 nucleotides, at least 40
  • the optional linker or spacer sequence is at least 3 nucleotides, at least 4 nucleotides, at least 5 nucleotides, at least 6 nucleotides, at least 7 nucleotides, at least 8 nucleotides, at least 9 nucleotides, at least 10 nucleotides, at least 11 nucleotides, at least 12 nucleotides, at least 13 nucleotides, at least 14 nucleotides, at least 15 nucleotides, at least 16 nucleotides, at least 17 nucleotides, at least 18 nucleotides, at least 19 nucleotides, at least 20 nucleotides, at least 30 nucleotides, at least 40 nucleotides, at least 50 nucleotides, at least 60 nucleotides, at least 70 nucleotides, at least 80 nucleotides, at least 90 nucleotides, at least 100 nucleotides, at least 200
  • the RT template sequence encodes a single-stranded DNA molecule which is homologous to the non-target strand (and thus, complementary to the corresponding site of the target strand) but includes one or more nucleotide changes.
  • the least one nucleotide change may include one or more single-base nucleotide changes, one or more deletions, and one or more insertions.
  • the synthesized single-stranded DNA product of the RT template sequence is homologous to the non-target strand and contains one or more nucleotide changes.
  • the single- stranded DNA product of the RT template sequence hybridizes in equilibrium with the complementary target strand sequence, thereby displacing the homologous endogenous target strand sequence.
  • the displaced endogenous strand may be referred to in some embodiments as a 5 ⁇ endogenous DNA flap species.
  • This 5 ⁇ endogenous DNA flap species can be removed by a 5 ⁇ flap endonuclease (e.g., FEN1) and the single-stranded DNA product, now hybridized to the endogenous target strand, may be ligated, thereby creating a mismatch between the endogenous sequence and the newly synthesized strand.
  • the mismatch may be resolved by the cell’s innate DNA repair and/or replication processes.
  • the nucleotide sequence of the RT template sequence corresponds to the nucleotide sequence of the non-target strand which becomes displaced as the 5 ⁇ flap species and which overlaps with the site to be edited.
  • the reverse transcription template sequence may encode a single-strand DNA flap that is complementary to an endogenous DNA sequence adjacent to a nick site, wherein the single-strand DNA flap comprises a desired nucleotide change.
  • the single-stranded DNA flap may displace an endogenous single-strand DNA at the nick site.
  • the displaced endogenous single-strand DNA at the nick site can have a 5 ⁇ end and form an endogenous flap, which can be excised by the cell.
  • excision of the 5 ⁇ end endogenous flap can help drive product formation since removing the 5 ⁇ end endogenous flap encourages hybridization of the single-strand 3 ⁇ DNA flap to the corresponding complementary DNA strand, and the incorporation or assimilation of the desired nucleotide change carried by the single-strand 3 ⁇ DNA flap into the target DNA.
  • the cellular repair of the single- strand DNA flap results in installation of the desired nucleotide change, thereby forming a desired product.
  • the desired nucleotide change is installed in an editing window that is between about -5 to +5 of the nick site, or between about -10 to +10 of the nick site, or between about -20 to +20 of the nick site, or between about -30 to +30 of the nick site, or between about -40 to + 40 of the nick site, or between about -50 to +50 of the nick site, or between about -60 to +60 of the nick site, or between about -70 to +70 of the nick site, or between about -80 to +80 of the nick site, or between about -90 to +90 of the nick site, or between about -100 to +100 of the nick site, or between about -200 to +200 of the nick site.
  • the desired nucleotide change is installed in an editing window that is between about +1 to +2 from the nick site, or about +1 to +3, +1 to +4, +1 to +5, +1 to +6, +1 to +7, +1 to +8, +1 to +9, +1 to +10, +1 to +11, +1 to +12, +1 to +13, +1 to +14, +1 to +15, +1 to +16, +1 to +17, +1 to +18, +1 to +19, +1 to +20, +1 to +21, +1 to +22, +1 to +23, +1 to +24, +1 to +25, +1 to +26, +1 to +27, +1 to +28, +1 to +29, +1 to +30, +1 to +31, +1 to +32, +1 to +33, +1 to +34, +1 to +35, +1 to +36, +1 to +37, +1 to +38, +1 to +39
  • the desired nucleotide change is installed in an editing window that is between about +1 to +2 from the nick site, or about +1 to +5, +1 to +10, +1 to +15, +1 to +20, +1 to +25, +1 to +30, +1 to +35, +1 to +40, +1 to +45, +1 to +50, +1 to +55, +1 to +100, +1 to +105, +1 to +110, +1 to +115, +1 to +120, +1 to +125, +1 to +130, +1 to +135, +1 to +140, +1 to +145, +1 to +150, +1 to +155, +1 to +160, +1 to +165, +1 to +170, +1 to +175, +1 to +180, +1 to +185, +1 to +190, +1 to +195, or +1 to +200, from the nick site.
  • the extended guide RNAs are modified versions of a guide RNA.
  • Guide RNAs maybe naturally occurring, expressed from an encoding nucleic acid, or synthesized chemically. Methods are well known in the art for obtaining or otherwise synthesizing guide RNAs and for determining the appropriate sequence of the guide RNA, including the protospacer sequence which interacts and hybridizes with the target strand of a genomic target site of interest.
  • RNA sequence will depend upon the nucleotide sequence of a genomic target site of interest (i.e., the desired site to be edited) and the type of napDNAbp (e.g., Cas9 protein) present in the prime editing systems utilized in the methods and compositions described herein, among other factors, such as PAM sequence locations, percent G/C content in the target sequence, the degree of microhomology regions, secondary structures, etc.
  • a genomic target site of interest i.e., the desired site to be edited
  • type of napDNAbp e.g., Cas9 protein
  • a guide sequence is any polynucleotide sequence having sufficient complementarity with a target polynucleotide sequence to hybridize with the target sequence and direct sequence-specific binding of a napDNAbp (e.g., a Cas9, Cas9 homolog, or Cas9 variant) to the target sequence.
  • a napDNAbp e.g., a Cas9, Cas9 homolog, or Cas9 variant
  • the degree of complementarity between a guide sequence and its corresponding target sequence when optimally aligned using a suitable alignment algorithm, is about or more than about 50%, 60%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 97.5%, 99%, or more.
  • Optimal alignment may be determined with the use of any suitable algorithm for aligning sequences, non-limiting example of which include the Smith-Waterman algorithm, the Needleman-Wunsch algorithm, algorithms based on the Burrows-Wheeler Transform (e.g., the Burrows Wheeler Aligner), ClustalW, Clustal X, BLAT, Novoalign (Novocraft Technologies, ELAND (Illumina, San Diego, Calif.), SOAP (available at soap.genomics.org.cn), and Maq (available at maq.sourceforge.net).
  • any suitable algorithm for aligning sequences non-limiting example of which include the Smith-Waterman algorithm, the Needleman-Wunsch algorithm, algorithms based on the Burrows-Wheeler Transform (e.g., the Burrows Wheeler Aligner), ClustalW, Clustal X, BLAT, Novoalign (Novocraft Technologies, ELAND (Illumina, San Diego, Calif.), SOAP (available at soap.gen
  • a guide sequence is about or more than about 5, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, or more nucleotides in length. [625] In some embodiments, a guide sequence is less than about 75, 50, 45, 40, 35, 30, 25, 20, 15, 12, or fewer nucleotides in length. The ability of a guide sequence to direct sequence-specific binding of a prime editor to a target sequence may be assessed by any suitable assay.
  • the components of a prime editor including the guide sequence to be tested, may be provided to a host cell having the corresponding target sequence, such as by transfection with vectors encoding the components of a prime editor disclosed herein, followed by an assessment of preferential cleavage within the target sequence, such as by Surveyor assay as described herein.
  • cleavage of a target polynucleotide sequence may be evaluated in a test tube by providing the target sequence, components of a prime editor, including the guide sequence to be tested and a control guide sequence different from the test guide sequence, and comparing binding or rate of cleavage at the target sequence between the test and control guide sequence reactions.
  • Other assays are possible, and will occur to those skilled in the art.
  • a guide sequence may be selected to target any target sequence.
  • the target sequence is a sequence within a genome of a cell.
  • Exemplary target sequences include those that are unique in the target genome.
  • a unique target sequence in a genome may include a Cas9 target site of the form MMMMMMMMNNNNNNNNNNNNXGG (SEQ ID NO: 173) where NNNNNNNNNNXGG (SEQ ID NO: 174) (N is A, G, T, or C; and X can be anything).
  • a unique target sequence in a genome may include an S.
  • a unique target sequence in a genome may include a Cas9 target site of the form (SEQ ID NO: 177) where (SEQ ID NO: 178) (N is A, G, T, or C; X can be anything; and W is A or T).
  • a unique target sequence in a genome may include an S.
  • thermophilus CRISPR 1 Cas9 target site of the form (SEQ ID NO: 179) where (SEQ ID NO: 180) (N is A, G, T, or C; X can be anything; and W is A or T).
  • a unique target sequence in a genome may include a Cas9 target site of the form (SEQ ID NO: 181) where NNNNNNNNNNNNXGGXG (SEQ ID NO: 182) (N is A, G, T, or C; and X can be anything).
  • a unique target sequence in a genome may include an S.
  • pyogenes Cas9 target site of the form (SEQ ID NO: 183) where G (SEQ ID NO: 184) (N is A, G, T, or C; and X can be anything).
  • G SEQ ID NO: 184
  • N is A, G, T, or C
  • X can be anything.
  • M may be A, G, T, or C, and need not be considered in identifying a sequence as unique.
  • a guide sequence is selected to reduce the degree of secondary structure within the guide sequence. Secondary structure may be determined by any suitable polynucleotide folding algorithm. Some programs are based on calculating the minimal Gibbs free energy. An example of one such algorithm is mFold, as described by Zuker and Stiegler (Nucleic Acids Res.9 (1981), 133-148).
  • Another example folding algorithm is the online webserver RNAfold, developed at Institute for Theoretical Chemistry at the University of Vienna, using the centroid structure prediction algorithm (see e.g., A. R. Gruber et al., 2008, Cell 106(1): 23-24; and PA Carr and GM Church, 2009, Nature Biotechnology 27(12): 1151-62). Further algorithms may be found in U.S. application Ser. No.61/836,080; Broad Reference BI- 2013/004A); incorporated herein by reference.
  • a tracr mate sequence includes any sequence that has sufficient complementarity with a tracr sequence to promote one or more of: (1) excision of a guide sequence flanked by tracr mate sequences in a cell containing the corresponding tracr sequence; and (2) formation of a complex at a target sequence, wherein the complex comprises the tracr mate sequence hybridized to the tracr sequence.
  • degree of complementarity is with reference to the optimal alignment of the tracr mate sequence and tracr sequence, along the length of the shorter of the two sequences.
  • Optimal alignment may be determined by any suitable alignment algorithm, and may further account for secondary structures, such as self- complementarity within either the tracr sequence or tracr mate sequence.
  • the degree of complementarity between the tracr sequence and tracr mate sequence along the length of the shorter of the two when optimally aligned is about or more than about 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 97.5%, 99%, or higher.
  • the tracr sequence is about or more than about 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or more nucleotides in length.
  • the tracr sequence and tracr mate sequence are contained within a single transcript, such that hybridization between the two produces a transcript having a secondary structure, such as a hairpin.
  • Preferred loop forming sequences for use in hairpin structures are four nucleotides in length, and most preferably have the sequence GAAA. However, longer or shorter loop sequences may be used, as may alternative sequences.
  • the sequences preferably include a nucleotide triplet (for example, AAA), and an additional nucleotide (for example C or G). Examples of loop forming sequences include CAAA and AAAG.
  • the transcript or transcribed polynucleotide sequence has at least two or more hairpins. In preferred embodiments, the transcript has two, three, four or five hairpins. In a further embodiment of the invention, the transcript has at most five hairpins.
  • the single transcript further includes a transcription termination sequence; preferably this is a polyT sequence, for example six T nucleotides.
  • a transcription termination sequence preferably this is a polyT sequence, for example six T nucleotides.
  • single polynucleotides comprising a guide sequence, a tracr mate sequence, and a tracr sequence are as follows (listed 5 ⁇ to 3 ⁇ ), where “N” represents a base of a guide sequence, the first block of lower case letters represent the tracr mate sequence, and the second block of lower case letters represent the tracr sequence, and the final poly-T sequence represents the transcription terminator:
  • sequences (1) to (3) are used in combination with Cas9 from S. thermophilus CRISPR1.
  • sequences (4) to (6) are used in combination with Cas9 from S. pyogenes.
  • the tracr sequence is a separate transcript from a transcript comprising the tracr mate sequence.
  • a guide RNA typically comprises a tracrRNA framework allowing for Cas9 binding, and a guide sequence, which confers sequence specificity to the Cas9:nucleic acid editing enzyme/domain fusion protein.
  • the guide RNA comprises a structure 5'-[guide sequence]- (SEQ ID NO: 191), wherein the guide sequence comprises a sequence that is complementary to the target sequence.
  • the guide sequence is typically 20 nucleotides long.
  • suitable guide RNAs for targeting Cas9:nucleic acid editing enzyme/domain fusion proteins to specific genomic target sites will be apparent to those of skill in the art based on the instant disclosure.
  • Such suitable guide RNA sequences typically comprise guide sequences that are complementary to a nucleic sequence within 50 nucleotides upstream or downstream of the target nucleotide to be edited.
  • Some exemplary guide RNA sequences suitable for targeting any of the provided fusion proteins to specific target sequences are provided herein.
  • a PEgRNA comprises three main component elements ordered in the 5' to 3 ⁇ direction, namely: a spacer, a gRNA core, and an extension arm at the 3 ⁇ end.
  • the extension arm may further be divided into the following structural elements in the 5' to 3 ⁇ direction, namely: a homology arm, an editing template, and a primer binding site.
  • the PEgRNA may comprise an optional 3 ⁇ end modifier region (e1) and an optional 5' end modifier region (e2).
  • the PEgRNA may comprise a transcriptional termination signal at the 3 ⁇ end of the PEgRNA (not depicted).
  • a PEgRNA contemplated herein and may be designed in accordance with the methodology defined in Example 2.
  • the PEgRNA comprises three main component elements ordered in the 5' to 3 ⁇ direction, namely: a spacer, a gRNA core, and an extension arm at the 3 ⁇ end.
  • the extension arm may further be divided into the following structural elements in the 5' to 3 ⁇ direction, namely: a homology arm, an editing template, and a primer binding site.
  • the PEgRNA may comprise an optional 3 ⁇ end modifier region (e1) and an optional 5' end modifier region (e2).
  • the PEgRNA may comprise a transcriptional termination signal on the 3 ⁇ end of the PEgRNA (not depicted).
  • These structural elements are further defined herein. The depiction of the structure of the PEgRNA is not meant to be limiting and embraces variations in the arrangement of the elements.
  • the optional sequence modifiers (e1) and (e2) could be positioned within or between any of the other regions shown, and not limited to being located at the 3 ⁇ and 5' ends.
  • the PEgRNAs may also include additional design improvements that may modify the properties and/or characteristics of PEgRNAs thereby improving the efficacy of prime editing.
  • these improvements may belong to one or more of a number of different categories, including but not limited to: (1) designs to enable efficient expression of functional PEgRNAs from non-polymerase III (pol III) promoters, which would enable the expression of longer PEgRNAs without burdensome sequence requirements; (2) improvements to the core, Cas9-binding PEgRNA scaffold, which could improve efficacy; (3) modifications to the PEgRNA to improve RT processivity, enabling the insertion of longer sequences at targeted genomic loci; and (4) addition of RNA motifs to the 5' or 3 ⁇ termini of the PEgRNA that improve PEgRNA stability, enhance RT processivity, prevent misfolding of the PEgRNA, or recruit additional factors important for genome editing.
  • PEgRNA could be designed with polIII promoters to improve the expression of longer-length PEgRNA with larger extension arms.
  • sgRNAs are typically expressed from the U6 snRNA promoter. This promoter recruits pol III to express the associated RNA and is useful for expression of short RNAs that are retained within the nucleus.
  • pol III is not highly processive and is unable to express RNAs longer than a few hundred nucleotides in length at the levels required for efficient genome editing. Additionally, pol III can stall or terminate at stretches of U’s, potentially limiting the sequence diversity that could be inserted using a PEgRNA.
  • promoters that recruit polymerase II (such as pCMV) or polymerase I (such as the U1 snRNA promoter) have been examined for their ability to express longer sgRNAs.
  • these promoters are typically partially transcribed, which would result in extra sequence 5' of the spacer in the expressed PEgRNA, which has been shown to result in markedly reduced Cas9:sgRNA activity in a site-dependent manner.
  • pol III- transcribed PEgRNAs can simply terminate in a run of 6-7 U’s, PEgRNAs transcribed from pol II or pol I would require a different termination signal.
  • RNAs expressed from pol II promoters such as pCMV are typically 5'-capped, also resulting in their nuclear export.
  • Rinn and coworkers screened a variety of expression platforms for the production of long-noncoding RNA- (lncRNA) tagged sgRNAs 183 . These platforms include RNAs expressed from pCMV and that terminate in the ENE element from the MALAT1 ncRNA from humans 184 , the PAN ENE element from KSHV 185 , or the 3 ⁇ box from U1 snRNA 186 .
  • the MALAT1 ncRNA and PAN ENEs form triple helices protecting the polyA-tail 184, 187 .
  • These constructs could also enhance RNA stability. It is contemplated that these expression systems will also enable the expression of longer PEgRNAs.
  • the PEgRNA may include various above elements, as exemplified by the following sequence.
  • Non-limiting example 1 - PEgRNA expression platform consisting of pCMV, Csy4 hairpin, the PEgRNA, and MALAT1 ENE C GC G C (S Q NO: 9 )
  • Non-limiting example 2 - PEgRNA expression platform consisting of pCMV, Csy4 hairpin, the PEgRNA, and PAN ENE
  • Non-limiting example 3 - PEgRNA expression platform consisting of pCMV, Csy4 hairpin, the PEgRNA, and 3xPAN ENE
  • Non-limiting example 4 - PEgRNA expression platform consisting of pCMV, Csy4 hairpin, the PEgRNA, and 3 ⁇ box
  • Non-limiting example 5 - PEgRNA expression platform consisting of pU1, Csy4 hairpin, the PEgRNA, and 3 ⁇ box ID NO: 196).
  • the PEgRNA may be improved by introducing improvements to the scaffold or core sequences. This can be done by introducing known The core, Cas9-binding PEgRNA scaffold can likely be improved to enhance PE activity.
  • the first pairing element of the scaffold (P1) contains a GTTTT-AAAAC (SEQ ID NO: 68) pairing element.
  • GTTTT-AAAAC SEQ ID NO: 68
  • Such runs of Ts have been shown to result in pol III pausing and premature termination of the RNA transcript.
  • Rational mutation of one of the T-A pairs to a G-C pair in this portion of P1 has been shown to enhance sgRNA activity, suggesting this approach would also be feasible for PEgRNAs 195 .
  • Example improvements to the core can include: PEgRNA containing a 6 nt extension to P1 PEgRNA containing a T-A to G-C mutation within P1 [644]
  • the PEgRNA may be improved by introducing modifications to the edit template region. As the size of the insertion templated by the PEgRNA increases, it is more likely to be degraded by endonucleases, undergo spontaneous hydrolysis, or fold into secondary structures unable to be reverse-transcribed by the RT or that disrupt folding of the PEgRNA scaffold and subsequent Cas9-RT binding.
  • modification to the template of the PEgRNA might be necessary to affect large insertions, such as the insertion of whole genes.
  • Some strategies to do so include the incorporation of modified nucleotides within a synthetic or semi-synthetic PEgRNA that render the RNA more resistant to degradation or hydrolysis or less likely to adopt inhibitory secondary structures 196 .
  • modifications could include 8-aza-7-deazaguanosine, which would reduce RNA secondary structure in G-rich sequences; locked-nucleic acids (LNA) that reduce degradation and enhance certain kinds of RNA secondary structure; 2’-O-methyl, 2’-fluoro, or 2’-O-methoxyethoxy modifications that enhance RNA stability.
  • LNA locked-nucleic acids
  • the template of the PEgRNA could be designed such that it both encodes for a desired protein product and is also more likely to adopt simple secondary structures that are able to be unfolded by the RT. Such simple structures would act as a thermodynamic sink, making it less likely that more complicated structures that would prevent reverse transcription would occur.
  • a PE would be used to initiate transcription and also recruit a separate template RNA to the targeted site via an RNA-binding protein fused to Cas9 or an RNA recognition element on the PEgRNA itself such as the MS2 aptamer.
  • the RT could either directly bind to this separate template RNA, or initiate reverse transcription on the original PEgRNA before swapping to the second template.
  • Such an approach could enable long insertions by both preventing misfolding of the PEgRNA upon addition of the long template and also by not requiring dissociation of Cas9 from the genome for long insertions to occur, which could possibly be inhibiting PE-based long insertions.
  • the PEgRNA may be improved by introducing additional RNA motifs at the 5' and 3 ⁇ termini of the PEgRNAs, or even at positions therein between (e.g., in the gRNA core region, or the spacer).
  • Such motifs could include hairpins or RNA quadruplexes that would occlude the 3 ⁇ terminus 197 , or self-cleaving ribozymes such as HDV that would result in the formation of a 2’-3 ⁇ -cyclic phosphate at the 3 ⁇ terminus and also potentially render the PEgRNA less likely to be degraded by exonucleases 198 .
  • Inducing the PEgRNA to cyclize via incomplete splicing - to form a ciRNA - could also increase PEgRNA stability and result in the PEgRNA being retained within the nucleus 194 .
  • Additional RNA motifs could also improve RT processivity or enhance PEgRNA activity by enhancing RT binding to the DNA-RNA duplex.
  • Addition of the native sequence bound by the RT in its cognate retroviral genome could enhance RT activity 199 .
  • PBS native primer binding site
  • PPT polypurine tract
  • kissing loops involved in retroviral genome dimerization and initiation of transcription 199 .
  • Dimerization motifs - such as kissing loops or a GNRA tetraloop/tetraloop receptor pair 200 - at the 5' and 3 ⁇ termini of the PEgRNA could also result in effective circularization of the PEgRNA, improving stability. Additionally, it is envisioned that addition of these motifs could enable the physical separation of the PEgRNA spacer and primer binding site, preventing occlusion of the spacer which would hinder PE activity.
  • Short 5' extensions or 3 ⁇ extensions to the PEgRNA that form a small toehold hairpin in the spacer region or along the primer binding site could also compete favorably against the annealing of intracomplementary regions along the length of the PEgRNA, e.g., the interaction between the spacer and the primer binding site that can occur.
  • kissing loops could also be used to recruit other template RNAs to the genomic site and enable swapping of RT activity from one RNA to the other.
  • a number secondary RNA structures that may be engineered into any region of the PEgRNA, including in the terminal portions of the extension arm (i.e., e1and e2), as shown.
  • Example improvements include, but are not limited to: [648] PEgRNA-HDV fusion NO: 199) [649] PEgRNA-MMLV kissing loop [650] PEgRNA-VS ribozyme kissing loop [651] PEgRNA-GNRA tetraloop/tetraloop receptor [652] PEgRNA template switching secondary RNA-HDV fusion [653] PEgRNA scaffolds could be further improved via directed evolution, in an analogous fashion to how SpCas9 and prime editors (PE) have been improved. Directed evolution could enhance PEgRNA recognition by Cas9 or evolved Cas9 variants.
  • PE prime editors
  • PEgRNA scaffolds would be optimal at different genomic loci, either enhancing PE activity at the site in question, reducing off-target activities, or both.
  • evolution of PEgRNA scaffolds to which other RNA motifs have been added would almost certainly improve the activity of the fused PEgRNA relative to the unevolved, fusion RNA.
  • evolution of allosteric ribozymes composed of c-di-GMP-I aptamers and hammerhead ribozymes led to dramatically improved activity 202 , suggesting that evolution would improve the activity of hammerhead-PEgRNA fusions as well.
  • strings of at least consecutive three T’s, at least consecutive four T’s, at least consecutive five T’s, at least consecutive six T’s, at least consecutive seven T’s, at least consecutive eight T’s, at least consecutive nine T’s, at least consecutive ten T’s, at least consecutive eleven T’s, at least consecutive twelve T’s, at least consecutive thirteen T’s , at least consecutive fourteen T’s, or at least consecutive fifteen T’s should be avoided when designing the PEgRNA, or should be at least removed from the final designed sequence.
  • PEgRNAs for evading MMR [655]
  • the present disclosure also provides novel pegRNAs for use in prime editing.
  • prime editing using pegRNAs having DNA synthesis templates that comprise three or more consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to a target site sequence can evade correction by the MMR pathway, resulting in an increase in prime editing efficiency and/or a decrease in the frequency of indel formation compared to the introduction of a single nucleotide mismatch using prime editing.
  • the present disclosure provides pegRNAs useful for introducing modifications into a target nucleic acid with increased prime editing efficiency and/or decreased indel frequency compared to a corresponding control pegRNA that does not contain three or more consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to the target site sequence.
  • the pegRNAs provided by the present disclosure are useful for editing a nucleic acid molecule by prime editing while improving prime editing efficiency and/or reducing indel formation.
  • the pegRNAs provided in the present disclosure may evade or reduce the impact of cellular MMR correction of mismatches at the target site that are introduced by the nucleotide alteration(s) through prime editing.
  • the extension arm of the pegRNAs provided by the present disclosure comprise three or more consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to a target site on the nucleic acid molecule.
  • the DNA synthesis template of the pegRNA comprises three or more consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to the target site on the nucleic acid molecule.
  • at least one of the three or more consecutive nucleotide mismatches introduces a silent mutation.
  • at least one of the consecutive nucleotide mismatches results in an alteration in the amino acid sequence of a protein expressed from the target nucleic acid molecule, while at least one of the remaining nucleotide mismatches is a silent mutation.
  • the silent mutations may be introduced in coding regions of the target nucleic acid molecule or in non-coding regions of the target nucleic acid molecule.
  • the silent mutations may introduce into the nucleic acid molecule one or more alternate codons encoding the same amino acid as the unedited nucleic acid molecule.
  • the silent mutations may be introduced in a non-coding region, they may be present in a region of the nucleic acid molecule that does not influence splicing, gene regulation, RNA lifetime, or other biological properties of the target site on the nucleic acid molecule.
  • the DNA synthesis template of the extension arm on the pegRNA comprises three or more, four or more, five or more, six or more, seven or more, eight or more, nine or more, or ten or more consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to a target site on the nucleic acid molecule.
  • the DNA synthesis template of the extension arm on the pegRNA comprises three consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule edited by prime editing. In some embodiments, the DNA synthesis template of the extension arm on the pegRNA comprises 3-5 consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule edited by prime editing.
  • the DNA synthesis template of the extension arm on the pegRNA comprises 6-10 consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule edited by prime editing. In some embodiments, the DNA synthesis template of the extension arm on the pegRNA comprises 11-20 consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule edited by prime editing. In some embodiments, the DNA synthesis template of the extension arm on the pegRNA comprises 20-25 consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule edited by prime editing.
  • the DNA synthesis template of the extension arm on the pegRNA comprises 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25 consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule edited by prime editing. In some embodiments, the DNA synthesis template of the extension arm on the pegRNA comprises three or more, four or more, five or more, six or more, seven or more, eight or more, nine or more, or ten or more consecutive nucleotide mismatches relative to the endogenous sequence of a target site on the nucleic acid molecule edited by prime editing. Kits [659] The compositions of the present disclosure may be assembled into kits.
  • the kit comprises nucleic acid vectors for the expression of a prime editor and an MMR inhibitor, such as, but not limited to an MLH1 dominant negative variant as described herein.
  • the kit further comprises appropriate guide nucleotide sequences (e.g., PEgRNAs and second-site gRNAs) or nucleic acid vectors for the expression of such guide nucleotide sequences, to target the Cas9 protein or prime editor to the desired target sequence.
  • the kit described herein may include one or more containers housing components for performing the methods described herein and optionally instructions for use. Any of the kit described herein may further comprise components needed for performing the assay methods.
  • kits may be provided in liquid form (e.g., in solution) or in solid form, (e.g., a dry powder). In certain cases, some of the components may be reconstitutable or otherwise processible (e.g., to an active form), for example, by the addition of a suitable solvent or other species (for example, water), which may or may not be provided with the kit.
  • the kits may optionally include instructions and/or promotion for use of the components provided.
  • “instructions” can define a component of instruction and/or promotion, and typically involve written instructions on or associated with packaging of the disclosure.
  • Instructions also can include any oral or electronic instructions provided in any manner such that a user will clearly recognize that the instructions are to be associated with the kit, for example, audiovisual (e.g., videotape, DVD, etc.), Internet, and/or web-based communications, etc.
  • the written instructions may be in a form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use, or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which can also reflect approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for animal administration.
  • “promoted” includes all methods of doing business including methods of education, hospital and other clinical instruction, scientific inquiry, drug discovery or development, academic research, pharmaceutical industry activity including pharmaceutical sales, and any advertising or other promotional activity including written, oral and electronic communication of any form, associated with the disclosure.
  • kits may include other components depending on the specific application, as described herein.
  • the kits may contain any one or more of the components described herein in one or more containers.
  • the components may be prepared sterilely, packaged in a syringe and shipped refrigerated. Alternatively, it may be housed in a vial or other container for storage. A second container may have other components prepared sterilely.
  • the kits may include the active agents premixed and shipped in a vial, tube, or other container.
  • kits may have a variety of forms, such as a blister pouch, a shrink wrapped pouch, a vacuum sealable pouch, a sealable thermoformed tray, or a similar pouch or tray form, with the accessories loosely packed within the pouch, one or more tubes, containers, a box or a bag.
  • the kits may be sterilized after the accessories are added, thereby allowing the individual accessories in the container to be otherwise unwrapped.
  • the kits can be sterilized using any appropriate sterilization techniques, such as radiation sterilization, heat sterilization, or other sterilization methods known in the art.
  • kits may also include other components, depending on the specific application, for example, containers, cell media, salts, buffers, reagents, syringes, needles, a fabric, such as gauze, for applying or removing a disinfecting agent, disposable gloves, a support for the agents prior to administration, etc.
  • kits comprising a nucleic acid construct comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding the various components of the prime editing system utilized in the methods and compositions described herein (e.g., including, but not limited to, the napDNAbps, reverse transcriptases, polymerases, fusion proteins (e.g., comprising napDNAbps and reverse transcriptases (or more broadly, polymerases), extended guide RNAs, and complexes comprising fusion proteins and extended guide RNAs, as well as accessory elements, such as second strand nicking components (e.g., second strand nicking gRNA) and 5 ⁇ endogenous DNA flap removal endonucleases for helping to drive the prime editing process towards the edited product formation).
  • the napDNAbps reverse transcriptases
  • polymerases e.g., fusion proteins (e.g., comprising napDNAbps and reverse transcriptases (or more broadly, polymerases), extended guide RNAs, and complexes comprising fusion proteins and extended guide RNAs, as
  • the nucleotide sequence(s) comprises a heterologous promoter (or more than a single promoter) that drives expression of the prime editing system components.
  • kits comprising one or more nucleic acid constructs encoding the various components of the prime editing systems utilized in the methods and compositions described herein, e.g., the comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding the components of the prime editing system capable of modifying a target DNA sequence.
  • the nucleotide sequence comprises a heterologous promoter that drives expression of the prime editing system components.
  • kits comprising a nucleic acid construct, comprising (a) a nucleotide sequence encoding a napDNAbp (e.g., a Cas9 domain) fused to a reverse transcriptase and (b) a heterologous promoter that drives expression of the sequence of (a).
  • Cells that may contain any of the compositions described herein include prokaryotic cells and eukaryotic cells. The methods described herein are used to deliver a Cas9 protein or a prime editor and an MMR inhibitor (e.g., an MLH1 dominant negative variant) into a eukaryotic cell (e.g., a mammalian cell, such as a human cell).
  • the cell is in vitro (e.g., cultured cell.
  • the cell is in vivo (e.g., in a subject such as a human subject).
  • the cell is ex vivo (e.g., isolated from a subject and may be administered back to the same or a different subject).
  • Mammalian cells of the present disclosure include human cells, primate cells (e.g., vero cells), rat cells (e.g., GH3 cells, OC23 cells) or mouse cells (e.g., MC3T3 cells).
  • human cell lines including, without limitation, human embryonic kidney (HEK) cells, HeLa cells, cancer cells from the National Cancer Institute's 60 cancer cell lines (NCI60), DU145 (prostate cancer) cells, Lncap (prostate cancer) cells, MCF-7 (breast cancer) cells, MDA-MB- 438 (breast cancer) cells, PC3 (prostate cancer) cells, T47D (breast cancer) cells, THP-1 (acute myeloid leukemia) cells, U87 (glioblastoma) cells, SHSY5Y human neuroblastoma cells (cloned from a myeloma) and Saos-2 (bone cancer) cells.
  • HEK human embryonic kidney
  • HeLa cells cancer cells from the National Cancer Institute's 60 cancer cell lines (NCI60)
  • DU145 (prostate cancer) cells Lncap (prostate cancer) cells
  • MCF-7 breast cancer
  • MDA-MB- 438 breast cancer
  • PC3 prostate cancer
  • rAAV vectors are delivered into human embryonic kidney (HEK) cells (e.g., HEK 293 or HEK 293T cells).
  • HEK human embryonic kidney
  • rAAV vectors are delivered into stem cells (e.g., human stem cells) such as, for example, pluripotent stem cells (e.g., human pluripotent stem cells including human induced pluripotent stem cells (hiPSCs)).
  • stem cell refers to a cell with the ability to divide for indefinite periods in culture and to give rise to specialized cells.
  • a pluripotent stem cell refers to a type of stem cell that is capable of differentiating into all tissues of an organism, but not alone capable of sustaining full organismal development.
  • a human induced pluripotent stem cell refers to a somatic (e.g., mature or adult) cell that has been reprogrammed to an embryonic stem cell- like state by being forced to express genes and factors important for maintaining the defining properties of embryonic stem cells (see, e.g., Takahashi and Yamanaka, Cell 126 (4): 663–76, 2006, incorporated by reference herein).
  • Human induced pluripotent stem cell cells express stem cell markers and are capable of generating cells characteristic of all three germ layers (ectoderm, endoderm, mesoderm).
  • a host cell is transiently or non-transiently transfected with one or more vectors described herein.
  • a cell is transfected ex vivo.
  • a cell is transfected in vivo.
  • a cell that is transfected is taken from a subject.
  • the cell is derived from cells taken from a subject, such as a cell line. A wide variety of cell lines for tissue culture are known in the art.
  • cell lines include, but are not limited to, C8161, CCRF-CEM, MOLT, mIMCD-3, NHDF, HeLa-S3, Huh1, Huh4, Huh7, HUVEC, HASMC, HEKn, HEKa, MiaPaCell, Panc1, PC-3, TF1, CTLL-2, C1R, Rat6, CV1, RPTE, A10, T24, J82, A375, ARH-77, Calu1, SW480, SW620, SKOV3, SK-UT, CaCo2, P388D1, SEM-K2, WEHI-231, HB56, TIB55, Jurkat, J45.01, LRMB, Bcl-1, BC-3, IC21, DLD2, Raw264.7, NRK, NRK-52E, MRC5, MEF, Hep G2, HeLa B, HeLa T4, COS, COS-1, COS-6, COS-M6A, BS-C-1 monkey kidney epithelial, BALB
  • a cell transfected with one or more vectors described herein is used to establish a new cell line comprising one or more vector-derived sequences.
  • a cell transiently transfected with the components of a CRISPR system as described herein is used to establish a new cell line comprising cells containing the modification but lacking any other exogenous sequence.
  • cells transiently or non-transiently transfected with one or more vectors described herein, or cell lines derived from such cells are used in assessing one or more test compounds.
  • Vectors [670] Some aspects of the present disclosure relate to using recombinant virus vectors (e.g., adeno-associated virus vectors, adenovirus vectors, or herpes simplex virus vectors) for the delivery of the prime editors and MLH1 dominant negative mutants as described herein into a cell.
  • the N-terminal portion of a PE fusion protein and the C- terminal portion of a PE fusion are delivered by separate recombinant virus vectors (e.g., adeno- associated virus vectors, adenovirus vectors, or herpes simplex virus vectors) into the same cell, since the full-length Cas9 protein or prime editors exceeds the packaging limit of various virus vectors, e.g., rAAV ( ⁇ 4.9 kb).
  • the vectors used herein may encode the PE fusion proteins, or any of the components thereof (e.g., napDNAbp, linkers, or polymerases), or an MLH1 dominant negative mutant.
  • the vectors used herein may encode the PEgRNAs, and/or the accessory gRNA for second strand nicking.
  • the vectors may be capable of driving expression of one or more coding sequences in a cell.
  • the cell may be a prokaryotic cell, such as, e.g., a bacterial cell.
  • the cell may be a eukaryotic cell, such as, e.g., a yeast, plant, insect, or mammalian cell.
  • the eukaryotic cell may be a mammalian cell.
  • the eukaryotic cell may be a rodent cell.
  • the eukaryotic cell may be a human cell.
  • the promoter may be wild- type. In other embodiments, the promoter may be modified for more efficient or efficacious expression. In yet other embodiments, the promoter may be truncated yet retain its function. For example, the promoter may have a normal size or a reduced size that is suitable for proper packaging of the vector into a virus. [672] In some embodiments, the promoters that may be used in the prime editor vectors may be constitutive, inducible, or tissue-specific. In some embodiments, the promoters may be a constitutive promoters.
  • Non-limiting exemplary constitutive promoters include cytomegalovirus immediate early promoter (CMV), simian virus (SV40) promoter, adenovirus major late (MLP) promoter, Rous sarcoma virus (RSV) promoter, mouse mammary tumor virus (MMTV) promoter, phosphoglycerate kinase (PGK) promoter, elongation factor-alpha (EFla) promoter, ubiquitin promoters, actin promoters, tubulin promoters, immunoglobulin promoters, a functional fragment thereof, or a combination of any of the foregoing.
  • the promoter may be a CMV promoter.
  • the promoter may be a truncated CMV promoter. In other embodiments, the promoter may be an EFla promoter. In some embodiments, the promoter may be an inducible promoter. Non-limiting exemplary inducible promoters include those inducible by heat shock, light, chemicals, peptides, metals, steroids, antibiotics, or alcohol. In some embodiments, the inducible promoter may be one that has a low basal (non-induced) expression level, such as, e.g., the Tet-On® promoter (Clontech). In some embodiments, the promoter may be a tissue-specific promoter. In some embodiments, the tissue- specific promoter is exclusively or predominantly expressed in liver tissue.
  • Non-limiting exemplary tissue-specific promoters include B29 promoter, CD14 promoter, CD43 promoter, CD45 promoter, CD68 promoter, desmin promoter, elastase- 1 promoter, endoglin promoter, fibronectin promoter, Flt-1 promoter, GFAP promoter, GPIIb promoter, ICAM- 2 promoter, INF- ⁇ promoter, Mb promoter, Nphsl promoter, OG-2 promoter, SP-B promoter, SYN1 promoter, and WASP promoter.
  • the prime editor and MLH1 dominant negative mutant vectors may comprise inducible promoters to start expression only after it is delivered to a target cell.
  • inducible promoters include those inducible by heat shock, light, chemicals, peptides, metals, steroids, antibiotics, or alcohol.
  • the inducible promoter may be one that has a low basal (non- induced) expression level, such as, e.g., the Tet-On® promoter (Clontech).
  • the prime editor vectors may comprise tissue-specific promoters to start expression only after it is delivered into a specific tissue.
  • Non-limiting exemplary tissue-specific promoters include B29 promoter, CD14 promoter, CD43 promoter, CD45 promoter, CD68 promoter, desmin promoter, elastase- 1 promoter, endoglin promoter, fibronectin promoter, Flt-1 promoter, GFAP promoter, GPIIb promoter, ICAM- 2 promoter, INF- ⁇ promoter, Mb promoter, Nphsl promoter, OG-2 promoter, SP-B promoter, SYN1 promoter, and WASP promoter.
  • the nucleotide sequence encoding the PEgRNA may be operably linked to at least one transcriptional or translational control sequence.
  • the nucleotide sequence encoding the guide RNA may be operably linked to at least one promoter.
  • the promoter may be recognized by RNA polymerase III (Pol III).
  • Non-limiting examples of Pol III promoters include U6, HI and tRNA promoters.
  • the nucleotide sequence encoding the guide RNA may be operably linked to a mouse or human U6 promoter.
  • the nucleotide sequence encoding the guide RNA may be operably linked to a mouse or human HI promoter.
  • the nucleotide sequence encoding the guide RNA may be operably linked to a mouse or human tRNA promoter.
  • the promoters used to drive expression may be the same or different.
  • the nucleotide encoding the crRNA of the guide RNA and the nucleotide encoding the tracr RNA of the guide RNA may be provided on the same vector.
  • the nucleotide encoding the crRNA and the nucleotide encoding the tracr RNA may be driven by the same promoter.
  • the crRNA and tracr RNA may be transcribed into a single transcript.
  • the crRNA and tracr RNA may be processed from the single transcript to form a double-molecule guide RNA.
  • the crRNA and tracr RNA may be transcribed into a single-molecule guide RNA.
  • the nucleotide sequence encoding the guide RNA may be located on the same vector comprising the nucleotide sequence encoding the PE fusion protein.
  • expression of the guide RNA and of the PE fusion protein may be driven by their corresponding promoters.
  • expression of the guide RNA may be driven by the same promoter that drives expression of the PE fusion protein.
  • the guide RNA and the PE fusion protein transcript may be contained within a single transcript.
  • the guide RNA may be within an untranslated region (UTR) of the Cas9 protein transcript.
  • the guide RNA may be within the 5 ⁇ UTR of the PE fusion protein transcript. In other embodiments, the guide RNA may be within the 3' UTR of the PE fusion protein transcript. In some embodiments, the intracellular half-life of the PE fusion protein transcript may be reduced by containing the guide RNA within its 3' UTR and thereby shortening the length of its 3' UTR. In additional embodiments, the guide RNA may be within an intron of the PE fusion protein transcript. In some embodiments, suitable splice sites may be added at the intron within which the guide RNA is located such that the guide RNA is properly spliced out of the transcript.
  • the vector system may comprise one vector, or two vectors, or three vectors, or four vectors, or five vector, or more.
  • the vector system may comprise one single vector, which encodes both the PE fusion protein, the PEgRNA, and an MLH1 dominant negative mutant.
  • the vector system may comprise two vectors, wherein one vector encodes the PE fusion protein and the PEgRNA, and the other encodes the MLH1 dominant negative mutant.
  • Some examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, methylcellulose, ethyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate and talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol (PEG); (12) esters, such as
  • the invention provides methods comprising delivering one or more polynucleotides, such as or one or more vectors as described herein, one or more transcripts thereof, and/or one or proteins transcribed therefrom, to a host cell.
  • the invention further provides cells produced by such methods, and organisms (such as animals, plants, or fungi) comprising or produced from such cells.
  • a prime editor as described herein in combination with (and optionally complexed with) a guide sequence, as well as an inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway are delivered to a cell.
  • an inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway can also be delivered along with the prime editor.
  • the inhibitor is MLH1dn as described further herein.
  • the inhibitor is encoded on the same vector as the prime editor.
  • the inhibitor is fused to the prime editor.
  • the inhibitor is encoded on a second vector, which is delivered along with a vector encoding the prime editor.
  • the prime editor fusion protein and the inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway are delivered to a cell as proteins directly.
  • the prime editor is fused to the inhibitor of the DNA mismatch repair pathway, and the fusion protein is delivered directly into a cell.
  • Exemplary delivery strategies include vector-based strategies, PE ribonucleoprotein complex delivery, and delivery of PE by mRNA methods.
  • the method of delivery provided comprises nucleofection, microinjection, biolistics, virosomes, liposomes, immunoliposomes, polycation or lipid:nucleic acid conjugates, naked DNA, artificial virions, and agent-enhanced uptake of DNA.
  • nucleic acids include lipofection, nucleofection, electoporation, stable genome integration (e.g., piggybac), microinjection, biolistics, virosomes, liposomes, immunoliposomes, polycation or lipid:nucleic acid conjugates, naked DNA, artificial virions, and agent-enhanced uptake of DNA.
  • lipofection is described in e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • lipofection reagents are sold commercially (e.g., TransfectamTM, LipofectinTM and SF Cell Line 4D-Nucleofector X KitTM (Lonza)).
  • Cationic and neutral lipids that are suitable for efficient receptor-recognition lipofection of polynucleotides include those of Feigner, WO 91/17424; WO 91/16024. Delivery may be to cells (e.g., in vitro or ex vivo administration) or target tissues (e.g., in vivo administration). Delivery may be achieved through the use of RNP complexes.
  • the method of delivery and vector provided herein is an RNP complex.
  • RNP delivery of fusion proteins markedly increases the DNA specificity of base editing.
  • RNP delivery of fusion proteins leads to decoupling of on- and off-target DNA editing.
  • RNP delivery ablates off-target editing at non-repetitive sites while maintaining on-target editing comparable to plasmid delivery, and greatly reduces off-target DNA editing even at the highly repetitive VEGFA site 2. See Rees, H.A.
  • a cell is contacted with a composition described herein (e.g., compositions comprising nucleotide sequences encoding the split Cas9 or the split prime editor or AAV particles containing nucleic acid vectors comprising such nucleotide sequences).
  • the contacting results in the delivery of such nucleotide sequences into a cell, wherein the N-terminal portion of the Cas9 protein or the prime editor and the C-terminal portion of the Cas9 protein or the prime editor are expressed in the cell and are joined to form a complete Cas9 protein or a complete prime editor.
  • any rAAV particle, nucleic acid molecule or composition provided herein may be introduced into the cell in any suitable way, either stably or transiently.
  • the disclosed proteins may be transfected into the cell.
  • the cell may be transduced or transfected with a nucleic acid molecule.
  • a cell may be transduced (e.g., with a virus encoding a split protein), or transfected (e.g., with a plasmid encoding a split protein) with a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a split protein, or an rAAV particle containing a viral genome encoding one or more nucleic acid molecules.
  • Such transduction may be a stable or transient transduction.
  • cells expressing a split protein or containing a split protein may be transduced or transfected with one or more guide RNA sequences, for example in delivery of a split Cas9 (e.g., nCas9) protein.
  • a plasmid expressing a split protein may be introduced into cells through electroporation, transient (e.g., lipofection) and stable genome integration (e.g., piggybac) and viral transduction or other methods known to those of skill in the art.
  • Prime editing has been broadly applied to introduce genetic changes in flies (Bosch et al., 2021), rice and wheat (Lin et al., 2020), zebrafish (Petri et al., 2021), mouse embryos (Liu et al., 2020), post-natal mice (Liu et al., 2021), human stem cells (Sürün et al., 2020), and patient- derived organoids (Schene et al., 2020).
  • Prime editing efficiency can vary widely across different edit classes, target loci, and cell types (Anzalone et al., 2019).
  • the PE2 prime editing system comprises two components: an engineered reverse transcriptase (RT) fused to a Cas9 nickase (the PE2 protein) and a prime editing guide RNA (pegRNA) that contains both a spacer sequence complementary to target DNA and a 3 ⁇ extension encoding the desired edit (Anzalone et al., 2020; Anzalone et al., 2019) (FIG.40A).
  • RT reverse transcriptase
  • pegRNA prime editing guide RNA
  • the PE3 system differs from PE2 by using an additional single guide RNA (sgRNA) to nick the non-edited strand away from the pegRNA target, which enhances editing efficiency by stimulating replacement of the non-edited strand (Anzalone et al., 2019) (FIG.40A).
  • sgRNA single guide RNA
  • the newly synthesized 3 ⁇ flap displaces an adjacent strand of genomic DNA through flap interconversion (FIG.40A). Excision of the displaced 5 ⁇ flap then allows ligation of the edited sequence into the genome. Nicking the non-edited strand in the PE3 system is thought to induce cellular replacement of the non-edited strand during heteroduplex resolution, and thus promotes copying of the edited sequence to the complementary strand.
  • the inventors studied the roles of DNA repair mechanisms in prime editing and the development of improved prime editing systems through manipulation of those processes. As presented herein, pooled CRISPR interference (CRISPRi)-based screens were used to systematically probe the effect of 476 genes involved in DNA repair and associated processes on substitution prime editing outcomes.
  • CRISPRi pooled CRISPR interference
  • MMR DNA mismatch repair
  • PE4 PE2+MLH1dn
  • PE5 PE3+MLH1dn
  • Transient co-expression of MLH1dn did not result in detected changes to microsatellite repeat length, a clinically used biomarker of MMR proficiency (Umar et al., 2004).
  • an optimized prime editor architecture (PEmax – see FIG.54B) was engineered that further increases editing efficiency in synergy with improvements from PE4, PE5, and recently developed engineered pegRNAs (epegRNAs) (Nelson et al., 2021). Finally, it was shown that strategic installation of additional silent mutations nearby an intended edit can improve prime editing efficiency by weakening MMR recognition.
  • a library of sgRNAs are lentivirally transduced into cells expressing the CRISPRi effector protein (dCas9–KRAB) such that most infected cells receive only one sgRNA, causing the knockdown of one gene per cell.
  • a target sequence for genome editing is also delivered with the library sgRNAs in the same lentiviral cassette. After genome editing occurs at this target site, paired-end sequencing then enables the frequency of each editing outcome to be measured alongside each linked CRISPRi perturbation.
  • paired-end sequencing then enables the frequency of each editing outcome to be measured alongside each linked CRISPRi perturbation.
  • SaPE2 prime editor variant was constructed by replacing the SpCas9 nickase domain in PE2 with Staphylococcus aureus Cas9 (SaCas9) N580A nickase (Ran et al., 2015). Prime editing activity was verified using SaPE2 and orthogonal S. aureus pegRNAs (Sa-pegRNAs) (FIG.47A).
  • Sa-pegRNAs orthogonal S. aureus pegRNAs
  • a lentiviral Repair-seq vector was designed for screening with SaPE2 by adding a composite SaPE2 edit site.
  • This site was comprised of a single target protospacer that was identified to be efficiently edited in HEK293T cells (FIG.47A) and two flanking protospacers that allowed complementary-strand (the non-edited strand) nicks 50-bp downstream (+50 nick) or upstream (–50 nick) of the target (FIG.40B, FIG.47B).
  • This design supported prime editing with SaPE2 in three approaches: PE2, PE3 with a +50 nick (PE3+50), or PE3 with a –50 nick (PE3–50) (FIG.47C).
  • This library was transduced into human K562 and HeLa CRISPRi cell lines (Gilbert et al., 2014; Gilbert et al., 2013) and, after 5 days, cells were transfected with SaPE2, Sa-pegRNA, and Sa-sgRNA plasmids that program a G•C-to- C•G transversion at the pre-validated edit site.
  • Genomic DNA was extracted from cells 3 days after transfection, a 453-bp region containing the CRISPRi sgRNA, edit site, and complementary nick sites was amplified by PCR, and paired-end sequencing was performed to measure the distribution of editing outcomes for each genetic perturbation (FIG.40B, FIG.47B).
  • EXO1 an exonuclease with a role in MMR (Genschel et al., 2002), also increased intended editing efficiency by up to 2.3-fold for PE2 in K562 cells.
  • knockdown of LIG1, a nick-sealing DNA ligase (Pascal et al., 2004), and of FEN1, a 5 ⁇ flap endonuclease (Liu et al., 2004) reduced the frequency of intended editing, consistent with their previously proposed roles in nick ligation and 5 ⁇ flap excision during prime editing (Anzalone et al., 2019).
  • one unintended outcome category contained the intended G•C to C•G edit as well as an additional base substitution and a 1-nucleotide (nt) insertion near the target site (FIG.41C).
  • the sequence at these additional mutations perfectly matched 9-nt at the 3 ⁇ end of the pegRNA scaffold sequence, consistent with reverse transcription into the pegRNA scaffold and incorporation of the resulting 3 ⁇ DNA flap into partially homologous genomic sequence.
  • the most abundant class of unintended PE3+50 outcomes contained sequence from the reverse-transcribed 3 ⁇ DNA flap that does not rejoin genomic sequence at the intended flap annealing location (5.1% of non-targeting reads in K562, 3.8% in HeLa; FIG. 41D).
  • the frequency of unintended flap rejoining outcomes increased upon knockdown of HLTF, a fork remodeling helicase (Poole and Cortez, 2017), but was reduced by up to 1.7-fold by knockdown of MMR genes (FIG.41H).
  • MMR knockdown substantially reduced deletions from PE3+50 by up to 3.7-fold (K562) and 1.6-fold (HeLa; FIG. 41G).
  • MMR knockdown in K562 cells also qualitatively shifted the observed boundaries of deleted sequence.
  • genomic sequence between the two SaPE2- induced nicks was most frequently deleted, but deletions extending outside of this region were also observed (FIG.41I, top).
  • MMR knockdown decreased the frequency of these longer deletions dramatically more than deletions between the programmed nicks with PE3+50 (FIG. 41I, bottom and FIG.41J), suggesting that MMR activity may cause the formation of longer deletions during prime editing.
  • Model for mismatch repair of prime editing intermediates [701] The effects of MMR knockdown on both intended and unintended editing outcomes in these Repair-seq screens led to a working model for the role of MMR during prime editing.
  • MMR resolves DNA heteroduplexes containing a single base mismatch or small insertion-deletion loop (IDL) by selectively replacing the DNA strand that contains a nearby nick (Iyer et al., 2006; Kunkel and Erie, 2005; Li, 2008).
  • IDL insertion-deletion loop
  • the heteroduplex is first bound by MutS ⁇ (MSH2–MSH6), which recognizes base mismatches and 1- to 2-nt IDLs (Warren et al., 2007), or by MutS ⁇ (MSH2–MSH3), which recognizes 2- to 13-nt IDLs (Gupta et al., 2012) (FIG.42C).
  • MSH2 recruits the MutL ⁇ heterodimer (PMS2–MLH1), which incises only the nick-containing strand around the heteroduplex (Fang and Modrich, 1993; Kadyrov et al., 2006; Pluciennik et al., 2010; Thomas et al., 1991). From these incisions, EXO1 mediates 5 ⁇ -to-3 ⁇ excision of the heteroduplex (Genschel et al., 2002), polymerase ⁇ resynthesizes the excised DNA strand, and ligase I (LIG1) seals the nascent strand to complete repair (Iyer et al., 2006; Kunkel and Erie, 2005; Zhang et al., 2005).
  • LIG1 ligase I
  • MMR may engage a specific prime editing intermediate: a DNA heteroduplex formed by hybridization of the reverse-transcribed 3 ⁇ DNA flap to the adjacent genomic DNA (FIG.42A). If MutS ⁇ –MutL ⁇ recognizes the heteroduplex within this structure, the 3 ⁇ nick present after flap equilibration—but before ligation—could stimulate selective excision of the edited strand and subsequent repair to regenerate the original, unedited sequence. Alternatively, MMR may also prevent productive flap interconversion by rejecting annealing of the edited 3 ⁇ flap to the genomic target (Sugawara et al., 2004).
  • MMR knockdown substantially enhances PE3+50 editing in K562 and HeLa cells (FIG.40F), suggesting that this intermediate is uncommon and that MMR typically repairs the heteroduplex before nick ligation.
  • the mechanism of MMR may also explain how MutS ⁇ –MutL ⁇ gene knockdown reduces indel byproducts from PE3+50 (FIG.41F).
  • MutL ⁇ may induce DSBs by indiscriminately nicking the target locus, particularly when both DNA strands already contain pegRNA- and sgRNA-programmed nicks (FIG.49D).
  • HEK293T cells were treated with siRNAs targeting MSH2, MSH6, MLH1, or PMS2, the cells were cultured for 3 days to allow siRNA-mediated knockdown (FIG.49E), then plasmids encoding PE2 and pegRNAs that program point mutations at three endogenous genomic loci were transfected (EMX1, RUNX1, and HEK293T cell site 3, hereafter referred to as HEK3). Across these loci, it was observed that mRNA knockdown strongly increased average PE2 editing from 7.7% to 25% with a decrease in indel frequency from 0.39% to 0.28% (FIG.42C), but improved average PE3 editing efficiency to a lesser extent (from 25% to 37%).
  • Prime editing was measured in MMR-deficient ⁇ MSH2 or ⁇ MLH1 haploid HAP1 cells.
  • PE2 prime editing efficiency was much greater in MMR-deficient HAP1 cells (17% at HEK3, 5.0% at EMX1) than in wild-type control cells (0.44% at HEK3, 0.07% at EMX1; FIG.42D).
  • nicking the unedited strand at these loci did not affect editing efficiency in MMR-deficient HAP1 cells (FIG.42D).
  • HEK293T cells were co-transfected with plasmids encoding PE2, pegRNAs, and ATPase-deficient mutants of human MSH2, MSH6, PMS2, and MLH1 (Iaccarino et al., 1998; Räschle et al., 2002; Tomer et al., 2002), or endonuclease-deficient mutants of PMS2 and MLH1 (Gueneau et al., 2013; Kadyrov et al., 2006) (FIG.43A).
  • ATPase-impaired MLH1 E34A and endonuclease-impaired MLH1 ⁇ 756 increased PE2 editing efficiency by 1.6- to 3.1-fold for three single-base substitution edits at the HEK3, EMX1, and RUNX1 loci.
  • additional dominant negative MLH1 variants were engineered and tested to maximize the enhancement of prime editing efficiency.
  • the MLH1 N-terminal domain (NTD) mediates MutL ⁇ (PMS2–MLH1) recruitment to MSH2 during MMR (Plotz et al., 2003) and contains an ATPase essential for MutL ⁇ function (Kadyrov et al., 2006) (FIG.43B).
  • the MLH1 C-terminal domain dimerizes with PMS2 and contributes to MutL ⁇ endonuclease activity critical for MMR (Gueneau et al., 2013) (FIG.43B). While the MLH1 ⁇ 756 dominant negative variant disrupts this endonuclease, it was found that a larger deletion of these residues (MLH1 ⁇ 754-756) further elevated prime editing efficiency at three sites tested (FIG.43C, FIG.50A). Combining ATPase and endonuclease mutations (MLH1 E34A ⁇ 754- 756) did not further improve prime editing, however (FIG.43C).
  • MLH1 ⁇ 754-756 enhanced PE2 editing efficiencies to the greatest extent on average (by 3.2-fold; FIG.50D).
  • MLH1 ⁇ 754-756 was designated as MLH1dn.
  • MLH1dn improved prime editing in a dose-dependent manner within HEK293T cells (FIG.50B).
  • MLH1dn did not increase editing in MMR-deficient HCT116 cells (Parsons et al., 1993) (FIG.50C).

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Plant Pathology (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
  • Steering-Linkage Mechanisms And Four-Wheel Steering (AREA)
  • Steroid Compounds (AREA)
  • Document Processing Apparatus (AREA)

Abstract

La présente invention concerne des compositions et des procédés d'édition primaire avec une efficacité d'édition améliorée et/ou une moindre formation d'indel par inhibition de la voie de réparation de mésappariement d'ADN tout en réalisant une édition primaire d'un site cible. En conséquence, la présente invention concerne un procédé d'édition d'une molécule d'acide nucléique par édition primaire qui implique la mise en contact d'une molécule d'acide nucléique avec un éditeur primaire, un ARNpeg, et un inhibiteur de la voie de réparation de mésappariement d'ADN, ce qui permet d'installer une ou plusieurs modifications sur la molécule d'acide nucléique au niveau d'un site cible avec une efficacité d'édition accrue et/ou une moindre formation d'indel. La présente invention concerne en outre des polynucléotides pour l'édition d'un site cible d'ADN par édition primaire comprenant une séquence d'acide nucléique codant un napDNAbp, une polymérase, et un inhibiteur de la voie de réparation de mésappariement d'ADN, le napDNAbp et la polymérase étant capables en présence d'un ARNpeg d'installer une ou plusieurs modifications dans le site cible d'ADN avec une efficacité d'édition accrue et/ou une moindre formation d'indel. La divulgation concerne en outre des vecteurs, des cellules et des kits comprenant les compositions et les polynucléotides de l'invention. La présente invention concerne également des compositions et des procédés d'édition primaire avec une efficacité d'édition améliorée et/ou une moindre formation d'indel avec des protéines de fusion d'éditeur primaire modifiées. La divulgation concerne en outre des vecteurs, des cellules et des kits comprenant les compositions et les polynucléotides de la divulgation.
EP22702103.7A 2021-01-11 2022-01-11 Variants d'éditeur primaire, constructions et procédés pour améliorer l'efficacité et la précision d'une édition primaire Pending EP4274894A2 (fr)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202163136194P 2021-01-11 2021-01-11
US202163176202P 2021-04-16 2021-04-16
US202163176180P 2021-04-16 2021-04-16
US202163194865P 2021-05-28 2021-05-28
US202163194913P 2021-05-28 2021-05-28
US202163231230P 2021-08-09 2021-08-09
US202163255897P 2021-10-14 2021-10-14
PCT/US2022/012054 WO2022150790A2 (fr) 2021-01-11 2022-01-11 Variants d'éditeur primaire, constructions et procédés pour améliorer l'efficacité et la précision d'une édition primaire

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP4274894A2 true EP4274894A2 (fr) 2023-11-15

Family

ID=80119064

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP22702103.7A Pending EP4274894A2 (fr) 2021-01-11 2022-01-11 Variants d'éditeur primaire, constructions et procédés pour améliorer l'efficacité et la précision d'une édition primaire

Country Status (5)

Country Link
EP (1) EP4274894A2 (fr)
JP (1) JP2024503437A (fr)
AU (1) AU2022206476A1 (fr)
CA (1) CA3203876A1 (fr)
WO (1) WO2022150790A2 (fr)

Families Citing this family (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116209770A (zh) 2020-03-04 2023-06-02 旗舰先锋创新Vi有限责任公司 用于调控基因组的改善的方法和组合物
JP2024533311A (ja) 2021-09-08 2024-09-12 フラッグシップ パイオニアリング イノベーションズ シックス，エルエルシー ゲノムを調節するための方法及び組成物
EP4437106A2 (fr) * 2021-11-24 2024-10-02 Prime Medicine, Inc. Procédés et compositions pour inhiber une réparation de mésappariements
US20240052370A1 (en) * 2022-07-27 2024-02-15 Inscripta, Inc. Modulating cellular repair mechanisms for genomic editing
WO2024077267A1 (fr) 2022-10-07 2024-04-11 The Broad Institute, Inc. Méthodes et compositions d'édition d'amorce pour traiter des troubles de répétition de triplet
WO2024178144A1 (fr) * 2023-02-22 2024-08-29 Prime Medicine, Inc. Procédés et compositions pour la réécriture de séquences nucléotidiques
WO2024187173A1 (fr) * 2023-03-09 2024-09-12 The Regents Of The University Of California Cribles d'édition primaire à haut rendement identifiant des variants d'adn fonctionnels dans le génome humain
WO2024192141A1 (fr) 2023-03-13 2024-09-19 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Traitement de cancers présentant un état de cellule mésenchymateuse résistant aux médicaments
WO2024197185A1 (fr) 2023-03-21 2024-09-26 The Broad Institute, Inc. Procédés et compositions pour disséquer la physiologie des organelles
WO2024206125A1 (fr) * 2023-03-24 2024-10-03 The Broad Institute, Inc. Utilisation de l'édition primaire pour le traitement de la drépanocytose
CN118792282A (zh) * 2023-04-13 2024-10-18 深圳大学 Un1Cas12f1突变体及其应用
WO2024226838A2 (fr) 2023-04-25 2024-10-31 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Traitement de maladies auto-immunes à état pathogène des lymphocytes t

Family Cites Families (55)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4217344A (en) 1976-06-23 1980-08-12 L'oreal Compositions containing aqueous dispersions of lipid spheres
US4235871A (en) 1978-02-24 1980-11-25 Papahadjopoulos Demetrios P Method of encapsulating biologically active materials in lipid vesicles
US4186183A (en) 1978-03-29 1980-01-29 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army Liposome carriers in chemotherapy of leishmaniasis
US4261975A (en) 1979-09-19 1981-04-14 Merck & Co., Inc. Viral liposome particle
US4663290A (en) 1982-01-21 1987-05-05 Molecular Genetics, Inc. Production of reverse transcriptase
US4485054A (en) 1982-10-04 1984-11-27 Lipoderm Pharmaceuticals Limited Method of encapsulating biologically active materials in multilamellar lipid vesicles (MLV)
US4501728A (en) 1983-01-06 1985-02-26 Technology Unlimited, Inc. Masking of liposomes from RES recognition
US5049386A (en) 1985-01-07 1991-09-17 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. N-ω,(ω-1)-dialkyloxy)- and N-(ω,(ω-1)-dialkenyloxy)Alk-1-YL-N,N,N-tetrasubstituted ammonium lipids and uses therefor
US4946787A (en) 1985-01-07 1990-08-07 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. N-(ω,(ω-1)-dialkyloxy)- and N-(ω,(ω-1)-dialkenyloxy)-alk-1-yl-N,N,N-tetrasubstituted ammonium lipids and uses therefor
US4897355A (en) 1985-01-07 1990-01-30 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. N[ω,(ω-1)-dialkyloxy]- and N-[ω,(ω-1)-dialkenyloxy]-alk-1-yl-N,N,N-tetrasubstituted ammonium lipids and uses therefor
US4774085A (en) 1985-07-09 1988-09-27 501 Board of Regents, Univ. of Texas Pharmaceutical administration systems containing a mixture of immunomodulators
US4889818A (en) 1986-08-22 1989-12-26 Cetus Corporation Purified thermostable enzyme
US5079352A (en) 1986-08-22 1992-01-07 Cetus Corporation Purified thermostable enzyme
US5374553A (en) 1986-08-22 1994-12-20 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. DNA encoding a thermostable nucleic acid polymerase enzyme from thermotoga maritima
US4837028A (en) 1986-12-24 1989-06-06 Liposome Technology, Inc. Liposomes with enhanced circulation time
US5244797B1 (en) 1988-01-13 1998-08-25 Life Technologies Inc Cloned genes encoding reverse transcriptase lacking rnase h activity
US4965185A (en) 1988-06-22 1990-10-23 Grischenko Valentin I Method for low-temperature preservation of embryos
US5047342A (en) 1989-08-10 1991-09-10 Life Technologies, Inc. Cloning and expression of T5 DNA polymerase
US5270179A (en) 1989-08-10 1993-12-14 Life Technologies, Inc. Cloning and expression of T5 DNA polymerase reduced in 3'- to-5' exonuclease activity
US5264618A (en) 1990-04-19 1993-11-23 Vical, Inc. Cationic lipids for intracellular delivery of biologically active molecules
WO1991017424A1 (fr) 1990-05-03 1991-11-14 Vical, Inc. Acheminement intracellulaire de substances biologiquement actives effectue a l'aide de complexes de lipides s'auto-assemblant
JP2709311B2 (ja) 1990-09-28 1998-02-04 エフ．ホフマン−ラ ロシュ アクチェンゲゼルシャフト 熱安定性ｄｎａポリメラーゼの５→３′のエキソヌクレアーゼ突然変異
DE553264T1 (de) 1990-10-05 1994-04-28 Wayne M Barnes Thermostabile dna polymerase.
US5436149A (en) 1993-02-19 1995-07-25 Barnes; Wayne M. Thermostable DNA polymerase with enhanced thermostability and enhanced length and efficiency of primer extension
US5512462A (en) 1994-02-25 1996-04-30 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Methods and reagents for the polymerase chain reaction amplification of long DNA sequences
US5912155A (en) 1994-09-30 1999-06-15 Life Technologies, Inc. Cloned DNA polymerases from Thermotoga neapolitana
US5614365A (en) 1994-10-17 1997-03-25 President & Fellow Of Harvard College DNA polymerase having modified nucleotide binding site for DNA sequencing
US5773258A (en) 1995-08-25 1998-06-30 Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. Nucleic acid amplification using a reversibly inactivated thermostable enzyme
US6183998B1 (en) 1998-05-29 2001-02-06 Qiagen Gmbh Max-Volmer-Strasse 4 Method for reversible modification of thermostable enzymes
US6534261B1 (en) 1999-01-12 2003-03-18 Sangamo Biosciences, Inc. Regulation of endogenous gene expression in cells using zinc finger proteins
GB9920194D0 (en) 1999-08-27 1999-10-27 Advanced Biotech Ltd A heat-stable thermostable DNA polymerase for use in nucleic acid amplification
AU785007B2 (en) 1999-11-24 2006-08-24 Mcs Micro Carrier Systems Gmbh Polypeptides comprising multimers of nuclear localization signals or of protein transduction domains and their use for transferring molecules into cells
US8178291B2 (en) 2005-02-18 2012-05-15 Monogram Biosciences, Inc. Methods and compositions for determining hypersusceptibility of HIV-1 to non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors
US9783791B2 (en) 2005-08-10 2017-10-10 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Mutant reverse transcriptase and methods of use
EP2137300B1 (fr) 2007-04-26 2011-10-26 Ramot at Tel-Aviv University Ltd. Cellules souches pluripotentes autologues issues de la muqueuse buccale ou gastro-intestinale
EP2342336B1 (fr) 2008-09-05 2016-12-14 President and Fellows of Harvard College Evolution dirigée continue de protéines et d'acides nucléiques
BRPI1009221A2 (pt) 2009-03-04 2016-03-15 Univ Texas proteínas de fusão transcriptase reversa estabilizadas.
US8889394B2 (en) 2009-09-07 2014-11-18 Empire Technology Development Llc Multiple domain proteins
NO2510096T3 (fr) 2009-12-10 2015-03-21
WO2012054727A1 (fr) 2010-10-22 2012-04-26 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Mélanges de transcriptase inverse présentant une stabilité de stockage améliorée
WO2012088381A2 (fr) 2010-12-22 2012-06-28 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Évolution dirigée continue
ES2618632T3 (es) 2011-09-28 2017-06-21 Zera Intein Protein Solutions, S.L. Inteínas divididas y usos de éstas
EP2877490B1 (fr) 2012-06-27 2018-09-05 The Trustees of Princeton University Intéines clivées, conjugués et utilisations de celles-ci
US9181535B2 (en) 2012-09-24 2015-11-10 The Chinese University Of Hong Kong Transcription activator-like effector nucleases (TALENs)
WO2014055778A2 (fr) 2012-10-03 2014-04-10 Agrivida, Inc. Cassettes d'expression multi-protéines
JO3470B1 (ar) 2012-10-08 2020-07-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme مشتقات 5- فينوكسي-3h-بيريميدين-4-أون واستخدامها كمثبطات ناسخ عكسي ل hiv
US9359599B2 (en) 2013-08-22 2016-06-07 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Engineered transcription activator-like effector (TALE) domains and uses thereof
US9737604B2 (en) 2013-09-06 2017-08-22 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Use of cationic lipids to deliver CAS9
EP3097196B1 (fr) 2014-01-20 2019-09-11 President and Fellows of Harvard College Sélection négative et modulation de la stringence dans des systèmes à évolution continue
CN107075491B (zh) 2014-10-28 2021-07-06 谷万达公司 用于稳定反式剪接的内含肽修饰的蛋白酶的方法和组合物
US11299729B2 (en) 2015-04-17 2022-04-12 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Vector-based mutagenesis system
US9580698B1 (en) 2016-09-23 2017-02-28 New England Biolabs, Inc. Mutant reverse transcriptase
US20220106596A1 (en) * 2019-01-29 2022-04-07 University Of Washington A method of gene editing
WO2020180975A1 (fr) * 2019-03-04 2020-09-10 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Édition de base hautement multiplexée
GB2601618A (en) * 2019-03-19 2022-06-08 Broad Inst Inc Methods and compositions for editing nucleotide sequences

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA3203876A1 (fr) 2022-07-14
WO2022150790A2 (fr) 2022-07-14
JP2024503437A (ja) 2024-01-25
AU2022206476A1 (en) 2023-07-20
WO2022150790A3 (fr) 2022-08-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022150790A2 (fr) Variants d'éditeur primaire, constructions et procédés pour améliorer l'efficacité et la précision d'une édition primaire
CN114127285B (zh) 编辑核苷酸序列的方法和组合物
JP2023525304A (ja) 標的二本鎖ヌクレオチド配列の両鎖同時編集のための方法および組成物
US20230021641A1 (en) Cas9 variants having non-canonical pam specificities and uses thereof
JP2023543803A (ja) プライム編集ガイドｒｎａ、その組成物、及びその使用方法
JPWO2020191233A5 (fr)
JPWO2020191234A5 (fr)
JPWO2020191243A5 (fr)
WO2023076898A1 (fr) Procédés et compositions pour l'édition d'un génome à l'aide d'une édition primaire et d'une recombinase
WO2023015309A2 (fr) Éditeurs primaires améliorés et leurs procédés d'utilisation
CN117321201A (zh) 用于增强引导编辑效率和精度的引导编辑器变体、构建体和方法
WO2023205687A1 (fr) Procédés et compositions d'édition primaire améliorés
WO2024108092A1 (fr) Distribution d'éditeur primaire par vaa
WO2024206125A1 (fr) Utilisation de l'édition primaire pour le traitement de la drépanocytose
WO2024138087A2 (fr) Procédés et compositions pour moduler des facteurs cellulaires pour augmenter les efficacités d'édition primaire
CN116685682A (zh) 引导编辑向导rna、其组合物以及使用它们的方法

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: UNKNOWN

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE INTERNATIONAL PUBLICATION HAS BEEN MADE

PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: REQUEST FOR EXAMINATION WAS MADE

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20230717

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR

DAV Request for validation of the european patent (deleted)
DAX Request for extension of the european patent (deleted)
REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HK

Ref legal event code: DE

Ref document number: 40102152

Country of ref document: HK